Home

RockWorks15

1. ivi DH 06 2 0 64 7 153 4 v DH 07 I Text Interval 30 713 167 0 v DH 08 T Data Time In 40 53 3 58 8 lt DH 09 BoData Points 50 258 646 V DH 11 P Text Point T 6 0 62 8 100 1 7 DH 12 STFS 7 0 62 4 192 4 7 DH 13 8 0 70 0 95 8 Vistar I swale These data can be displayed as curves along 2D and 3D strip logs Striplogs menu and can be interpolated into a solid model for display as isosurface or voxel models vertical profiles cross sections fence diagrams and plan maps P Data menu Note that each P Data sheet represents a merging of the records stored in the MDB table See Editing the Data as a Spreadsheet page 59 for how to view the data with multi select and copy paste tools See Importing Data page 63 for topics regarding importing LAS files etc See P Data Manipulation Tools page 198 for topics regarding manipulating the point values resampling converting to logarithmic uranium grade etc P Text Datasheet Use this table to enter non numeric information that is recorded for depth points The P Data sheet discussed above is limited to numeric information only the P Text datasheet allows for alphanumeric characters P Text fields e Depth Measured depth to the first sampled point for the hole The depth values must be positive e Column 1 Recorded data for that downhole point for that component If you have no data for a point you can leave the cell blank Bla
2. BR ume D i Ez BOH l a Measurements digitized data ead Current mode tida No Propect Dimention X M MOSER Y 5505 572g X and Y coordinates for any Image location Toolbar Summaries Left hand toolbar File operations Open Save Print view operations copy to new window best fit stretch zoom pan magnify and crop Upper toolbar Edit mode draw points circles symbols text draw lines lines polylines rectangles polygons draw miscellaneous items scale bars text tables images grids legends lithology stratigraphy well construction color symbol line style etc measure tools bearing distance perimeter area digitize tools vertices lines polylines polygons vertical exaggeration Data toolbar Save clear copy all text copy only numeric text append to image create new image Menu Summaries File menu Open save print append RK6 files set RockPlot2D options import files export files close RockPlot2D close RockWorks Edit menu Undo copy image cut copy paste delete individual items 250 RockWorks15 RockPlot2D View menu Stretch best fit zoom in zoom out pan magnify vertical exaggeration set diagram extents make all objects visible Draw menu Draw circles symbols text lines polylines rectangles polygons scale bars text tables legends lithology stratigraphy well construction color index new layer Measure menu Bearing d
3. Color Index G Value 32 Edt 5 fa mie 24 RockWorks15 Introduction Filters Automatic filtering of ground surface AND borehole bases manual options too Contours Display contours on the faces of 3D isosurface cutouts Animations Animate automatic beveling of voxel blocks or isosurfaces Other Tools Fault Surfaces Create 3D fault surfaces from contour polylines Rose Diagrams New Rose Diagram options for petal length Profiles and Sections Smoother solid model profile and section diagrams RockWorks14 and RockWorks2006 Users Read This There should be a seamless transition between RockWorks14 or RockWorks2006 and RockWorks15 the Borehole Manager database and the RockWorks Utilities ATD files grid and solid models and all graphics files created in RockWorks2006 or 14 are fully compatible with RockWorks15 The program will be installed into a new folder and a new RockWorks15 Data Samples folder will be created in My Documents WinXP or Documents Windows Vista folder Please read the previous topic What s New for a list of some of the primary new features In addition here s a list of some of the changes which may affect your day to day work e 2D images 3D images text reports and computed datasheets are displayed right within the program s Options window Adjust settings and re process the diagram with just a few clicks You can select multiple types of output at once a 2D map a
4. Throughout this manual look for the symbol to know where to get more information in the Searchable Help system 27 Introduction RockWorks15 On line tutorial F of Rock Werks Help 3 jef Hie Back Conterts ina Tam T terial Create Lithelogy Hikes and Magrams hning mi looong Cy Tulcea P What Would You Lite ie Do F Leam About the Tuona Vindoen T Set Tour Propeol Disaran A Lege p bor Leet Map Dj Cenate Lithology biodeis Ciagram a hela Models aed em aerar biria mi Ei Danky Liey Lega in 30 Thi gece ol ihe Borehole Manager fuboral conli 7 Diapirag Made Lihas Le kessens for create dapama bo dhistate obperved rock F Create a Lithodoagy Soi bkal zoil typos leted in the project Lithodoypy data taba i De a AA areal L E Craba a Lithodnegy okama Fiep Peck a kason by checking on its amom Win mecommand z poma ma ar going through hese tessons m iho order listed The tutorial lessons are included in the main Help system You can access them e Viathe Help Tutorials menu option e Via Help Contents and click the Tutorial button at the top of the window e Via Help Contents and look for the Tutorial heading in the left pane Web Support Page Visit www rockware com and click on the Support menu for a variety of support options including FAQ s case studies etc Web Support Forum Join our user forum at www rockware com click Support User Forum you can post questions re
5. hret Dtos sseteceect TOn Tore h Tet hee P Gate Porti fractures Aru erh 29 SBTC BGCSZIERSE Fep E Praet a bae Wm tay pop Laney Statapapry Pete TOt Cate Pote Apte Wooton Gote Tots Windom fap oni rae I Text and P Text Use I Text and P Text tabs to enter downhole alphanumeric data Sample numbers comments etc R Borehole Data Manager 43 boreholes s Name R DH 01 i DH 07 E DH 03 W OH W DH 05 W DH 06 F DH 07 F DH 08 F DH 09 W DH 10 E DH 11 W DH 12 F EF mai aa Location a e I Orientation Import Export T Spreadsheet I Text Types Tab Manager T uthology Depth to Top Depth to 8 Color Sample ID Stratigraphy H 0 0 50 reddish brown DH 02 0 E toata inter 20 0 25 0 grey and black DH 06 20 peso 40 0 45 0 matoon grey BH 08 40 FText Inter 60 0 65 0 light tan DH 06 60 T Data Tim l P Text Poin P Data Points Fractures Shapefiles Import Shapefiles and attributes into the Utilities datasheet 21 i Introduction RockWorks15 New Striplog and Cross Section Tools DH 01 oe 7 Engineering f y CiawSsnd moderately sandy Slightly gravely 25 0 Lost circulation at 35 but ae s estimated the gt adjacent lithology Gravet slightly sandy very gravely 50 0 Gravet slightly sandy very clayey I Text and P Text Display downhole comments notes etc in st
6. Paste All Replaces the current datasheet with the contents of the clipboard Columns Insert Inserts a new blank column in the active datasheet Columns Delete Deletes one or more columns from the active datasheet Columns Math Performs simple arithmetic operations on the values within a selected column in the current datasheet Columns Merge Merges the contents of two columns in the active datasheet with a user specified separator Columns Increment Lists numeric values in a column incrementing the values by the real number you declare Columns Combine Used to combine symbol color columns or linestyle color columns in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet only Columns Statistics Used to compute basic statistics range mean standard deviation etc for a single column of values in the datasheet Columns Filter Used to filter out data values that fall outside a user defined range Columns Fix Strips out commas tabs and spaces from numeric values in a selected column Rows Insert Inserts a user specified number of rows above the currently active row in the datasheet offering the user the option to change the default row number Rows Delete Deletes a user specified number of rows in the current datasheet offering the option to change the default row number Rows Go to Advances to a specific row in the current datasheet Rows Sort Sorts the rows in the current datasheet based on a se
7. Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images RockPlot3D Data Items Fence Panel Settings Adjust the fence panel s color scheme Adjust the fence panel s surface appearance Adjust the fence panel s transparency Adjust the fence panel s smoothing Apply a fence panel G value filter General RockPlot3D Data Items Adjusting Transparency Some of the more complicated components of RockPlot3D displays isosurfaces grid surfaces etc have lots of options for adjusting colors filtering data and more These are discussed earlier in this section Some components of the displays are quite simple they contain only a general transparency setting See Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images Data Items General RockPlot3D Data Items Howto Adjust the transparency of a group of items Adjust the transparency of individual items 274 RockWorks15 RockPlot3D RockPlot3D Legends Bentene 059 0 79 O89 059 049 0 39 029 019 009 See Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images RockPlot3D Legends Adding a legend to an existing image Adjusting the legend settings A legend is a key to colors and data values or data items that can be generated automatically by RockWorks or can be added interactively in RockPlot3D The picture here shows a legend correlating colors with geochemical values in a fence diagram RockPlot3D Types Tables RockWor
8. ReportWorks RockWorks15 Managing ReportWorks Files 9 Help Contents ReportWorks Managing Files Creating a New ReportWorks Document Use the ReportWorks File New menu option to create a new page layout document Once the new document is created use File Page Setup option to define the page size and layout and the Tools menu options to insert graphics and shapes Opening Existing ReportWorks Images Use either of the following methods to open an existing ReportWorks document which has been saved as an RW6 file Method 1 e Access the Project Manager along the left edge of the main RockWorks program window See page 107 e Expand the ReportWorks Diagrams heading e Double click on the name of the file to be opened Method 2 e Open anew ReportWorks window above e Use the File menu Open command to browse for the file to be opened Note that if you are opening an older ReportWorks RWR file and it contains older RockPlot2D images RKW rather than RK6 those images will be omitted You will need to open the RKW files into the current version of RockPlot2D update them to the new RK6 format and re insert them into the ReportWorks document If the existing RW6 document contains linked images and those images are moved you ll see a warning that they cannot be located You can browse for these images to update their paths Combining ReportWorks Documents ReportWorks permits you to combin
9. The Borehole Manager s File Transfer Locations gt Utilities Datagrid tool is used to transfer borehole location information from the Location table to the RockWorks Utilities There you can view the data in a tabular format edit it process it create maps compute statistics convert coordinates to name a few and even transfer your edits back to the Borehole Manager using the Utilities File Transfer Locations gt Borehole Manager The Borehole Manager s File Transfer Stratigraphy gt Utilities Datagrid tool is similar It transfers all stratigraphy data from the database to the RockWorks Utilities datasheet This can provide a quick method for viewing or adjusting your stratigraphic contacts You can create structure maps using the Map menu tools and you can compute thicknesses using the Edit Columns Math tools Note that stratigraphy depths are converted to elevations when transferred to the datasheet If you transfer any edits back using the Utilities File Transfer Stratigraphy gt Borehole Manager option the elevations are converted back to depths 81 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 ww The Borehole Manager s I Data Export I Data gt Utilities Datasheet tool and the similar tools in the T Data and P Data menus transfers the measurements for a single track for one or multiple boreholes to the Utilities Datasheet There you can perform calculations on the track measurements compute
10. Topics Using the Borehole Manager cccsssssscccesesssssecccecceesssseeeeceesessaeececessssnssseeecceesessaaeeeecesessaeeeees 29 Getting Started in the Borehole Manager ccccsssssssscccesssssssceccsesssseseeccesesssaeceeeesessssenseeeeeees 32 Creating a New Project in the Borehole Manager cccccssssssscceeccesssssnececceessssseeeeecesessaeeeeeeees 33 Manually Entering Your Data cisessiccsscevsennasossveecenensoecvonssnunssmedsecnnunsensnsdsitnseeksvindoussuesssatustedeetiseseastinas 35 o ang DD a E eer een een eee error e 63 Other Data TODI S nanaienssssnaaaesn tieid iiid cx uadaeacutti ca ca ance ee asians casenannecnenapeeaniesxeduaatnasseasenaines 69 The Borehole Database ois a ssezseessentunessuadencevuel sraa aai 77 Workflow in the Borehole Manager sssscccccessssssscccceessssneececeessssseeeceesessneeeeceseesaeeeeeeeeseesaes 83 Using the Borehole Manager The Borehole Manager is the RockWorks data interface designed for entering downhole data It is one of two main data windows available in RockWorks How to access the Borehole Manager 1 Click on the large Borehole Manager tab along the left side of the program window iu i bok pog D i Ci y gt e i ra Z g D io E K p K 0 px ol baie i i E LA Da i OF i v het om A EN A E The program will bring the Borehole Manager window to the front You can also use the Window Borehole Manager menu option The me
11. current Color Symbol Tabl B R goan wa e 4 IH eenae ea ad i mah oo 8 6 6 Gb we 8 KR g A crem 5 y Ok M Cancel Help I ez Create Printable Index symbol z number TO Symbol number where cursor is pointing Create a printable symbol index i Cancel changes and exit Accept changes and exit To view symbol samples that are not currently visible drag the scroll bars up or down as necessary Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Symbol Tables Using the Symbol Editor The Symbol Editor is a tool that permits you to edit an existing symbol design or create a new symbol design for use to illustrate sample locations in maps stereonets etc Symbol designs are stored in a RockWorks Symbol Table The Symbol Editor is accessed from the Select Symbol window The selected symbol design or blank symbol will be displayed in the Symbol Editor 288 RockWorks15 af Symbol 16 Design Template where you draw your symbols Erases the most recently Design Template added item in the Design Template Hap be used repeatedly Accepts changes Cancels changes and exits Editor RockWorks Tables Symbol 16 Segments Clears the Design Template Imports a symbol design stored under a different symbol number Accesses Help The Select Symbol window can also be accessed by double clicking in a symbol column in the RockWorks Utilitie
12. thinks then you can start entering and processing your own data Getting Started in the Borehole Manager Here are some reminders about how RockWorks works and things to remember when working with the RockWorks Borehole Manager We ve noted pages with more information where applicable 1 Create New Project When you re starting a new project launch RockWorks and create a new project using Project New p 35 Borehole data for each project is stored in a Microsoft Access database or MDB file p 77 Fach project has its own database in its own project folder Models and graphics are stored in the project folder too The database file and the project folder share the same name SmithProject folder would have the SmithProject mdb database file 2 Enter Data Once the project is created you can enter your data You can import your borehole data from Excel files and other formats p 63 You can also hand enter the borehole data Use File New Log to add a new borehole record p 35 Enter the downhole data into the appropriate data tab for the well p 37 Use the Edit Edit Data as Spreadsheet as a neat tool for spreadsheet style editing of a table including copy pasting etc p 59 Quick database shortcuts Tab advances cell to cell Ctrl Del deletes a row Down arrow adds a row to the end of the table Right click Rows to add or delete a row 3 Project Dimensions When your borehole data is enter
13. 1 Run the Stratigraphy Model option and turn OFF the Interpolate Surfaces option RockWorks will read the existing GRD files for the model and simply recreate the diagram 2 Usethe RockWorks Utilities Grid menu options to build a new diagram from a list of GRD file names Please visit the RockWare website for RockWorks Case Studies concerting advanced stratigraphy modeling tools Simply go to www rockware com access the RockWorks page expand the Support section to the left and click on Case Studies Manually Building 3D Stratigraphic Diagrams The RockWorks Utilities Grid Grids gt Stratigraphic Model tool is used to create a 3D stratigraphic model diagram based on a list of existing grid models that represent the top superface and base subface of each unit These are grid models that must already exist on your computer This program is designed for two types of applications e Users who have created their grid models within other applications e g ModFlow Surfer and wish to use RockWorks to create stratigraphic or hydrostratigraphic diagrams e Users who have created their grid models within the Borehole Manager portion of RockWorks but need more flexibility in dealing with stratigraphic relationships e g Special manipulations with the grids This is a manual way of creating the kind of stratigraphic model that s available in the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Model tool Datasheet RockWork
14. 230 RockWorks15 Directional amp Geotechnical Tools Chapter 19 Directional Statistics Tools Topics OT edie Besides tet tee ca etna te grate da nance inate ect eae eect ence eee nee ee 231 Ce NC ATOW MAp ee 231 Grndding and Mapping Lnealons ssserseisnrsn nnsa anA a a a EA AEE aA Eai En 231 rearing Lineal Maps sessirnir i a 232 Creating Rose Diagrams s sisien siai aAa aaa Eaa ESE S 232 Other Lineation TOols ccccsssssccccccssssssnscccccsssssnssccccessssnscecessssseeacsececesessseseeecssssssanseeeseesaeeeeeees 232 Creating Stereonet Diagrams esssrrrrersrnrrrrrrrrrrrrrsrsrnsrnrnrnsnnrnrnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnneseeeeeeeeeseseesseeeseeesnne 233 Creating Sitike anid Dip Maps seessseisnssserrae naian aE 233 Oiber PAA ToU S eian EEE 234 Overview The RockWorks Utilities Linears and Planes menus contains tools used for performing analyses on and creating diagrams of directional 2D or 3D data These tools were previously lumped under the Dirstat menu Creating Arrow Maps The RockWorks Utilities Linears Arrow Map tool is used to read X1Y1X2Y2 data page 92 and create a map in which lineations are represented with arrows plotted from the beginning X Y coordinates to the ending coordinate pair This graphic example illustrates an arrow map overlaying a lineation density contour map discussed next Notes See Creating Lineation Maps below for maps without arrowheads 2 Help Contents RockWorks Utilities
15. Includes a date filter 2D and 3D the latter offers additional display types DH 04 to 400 T Data Bargraph Text _ Plots the actual numeric _ values for T Data bargraphs 1 4 above Dates amp values in 2D values only in 3D P Data Curve 1 4 Plots DH 01 to 100 a point to point curve with 00 MET or without fill representing data read from columns in the P Data table The Curves have a variety of settings and in 3D you have the option of plotting discs 250 2D and 3D 130 RockWorks15 Strip Logs and Log Sections 0 0 P Text 1 4 Plots the alphanumeric data stored in columns in the P Text table A as textual labels on the log n a 2D only PR lost circulation _ Fractures Represented with a tadpole column in 2D logs and oriented disks in 3D logs to show fracture depth orientation and dip _ Fractures Text Plots _ fracture measurement _ values in 2D logs DH 26 Aquifers Plots one or more interval blocks representing depth to surface and base declared in the Water levels table in 2D and 3D logs Water level symbols are also available 250 A420 2 14 2007 131 Strip Logs and Log Sections Aquifer Text Plots date labels in 2D logs Vectors Represented with atadpole column in 2D logs and with arrows in 3D logs to show the direction and bearing declared in the Vectors table 2
16. L Text Interval T Data Time I Canceling Both insert and edit modes can be cancelled by pressing the escape Esc key This will cancel any edits that are in progress Deleting Records Deleting a record is done by e Typing Ctrl Del holding down the Ctrl key and pressing the Delete key e Right clicking and choosing Delete See also Editing Borehole Records as a Spreadsheet page 61 Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Your Borehole Data Borehole Manager Database e Checking your data and database integrity e International number formatting e Database engine specifications and more Configuring the Data Tables Underneath the hood of RockWorks is a collection of information about the RockWorks database itself This meta data is called a Data Dictionary The Data Dictionary gives RockWorks a lot of versatility You can change the names of your Borehole Manager tabs their order and background color even hide those tabs you do not use You can add optional borehole information such as the drilling company or date of initial boring or hide these optional fields if you do not use them Changes that you make to the Data Dictionaries are stored in a System folder inside your project folder This allows you to maintain different Dictionaries for different projects Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Your Borehole Data Borehole Manager Database e Summary of the RockWor
17. Lithology Tools Creating Lithology Fence Diagrams 185 Lithology Modeling RockWorks15 ow Lithology Profile Use this tool to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing lithology and create a 2 dimensional flat vertical profile between any two points in the study area Lithology types are represented on the profile panel using patterns and or colors Striplogs can be projected onto the panel plane and true orientation will be honored There is an option to create multiple parallel profiles automatically You can request generation of a map illustrating the profile slice location Choose Use Existing Model in the Options window if you already have a good solid lithology model MOD file and don t need to re interpolate J ust browse for the MOD file name in the project folder See page 203 for information about drawing profile panel traces Help Contents Borehole Manager Lithology Tools Creating Lithology Profile Diagrams Lithology Section This tool is used to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing lithology and create a 2 dimensional vertical multi paneled section of lithology The section panel endpoints can be drawn anywhere in the study area Lithology types are represented on the section panel using patterns and or colors You can request generation of a map illustrating the section panel locations Choose Use E
18. Meets doers Layout Proview Overs Include Well Construction Legend F Deptt LOG TITLE Ams Fl Lithology Pl Siratiaranha 2D Striplog Designer JB Seriplog Designer z E Turn items on off by Check An Uncheck AN Summary i re P S Visible terns Layout Preview checking unchecking the Visible Timne I h b Tf Depths sca CW sible tems check boxes Tias las came tems P i ESTI ses wm will be e Visible Items will be displayedin Ejsrstigapty iTe casna 7 Well Const i Text eC displayed the Layout Preview PLDataet v Text as seve here o Een m y em TE e click and e Clickand drag the columns in the Pinnas Piren ose drag to Layout Preview to change their Ee i anal e position in the log Eies Bs ol e o R z rit fati mami x e Click ona Visible Item to view or Eross 2 Ter Lthology Option change its options vous at Piar pt Cong Arois MT Click on a EF Data 3 PEED E Visible Item P Data s i iya z i lran E Column Perimeter to View change PPTs its options F cF Tmg 3 List of available log items Turn on an item by inserting a check in its check box P Bitmaps Patterns Pyrex Posymbols P Tet 120 RockWorks15 3D Striplog Designer e Turn items on off by checking unchecking the Visible Items check boxes Tip tum off all but the Title and Axis to generate 3D
19. See page Refer back to Chapter 7 for more details about the process of gridding Typical Workflow 1 Enter your borehole locations and water level data pages 38 and 47 2 Establish your Project Dimensions page 100 3 Create a borehole location map to verify well locations page 110 4 Display your aquifer levels in 2D and 3D logs Chapter 5 5 Create an Aquifer Model below 6 Create other Aquifer diagrams 167 Aquifer Modeling RockWorks15 Interpolated Aquifer Diagrams oa 3D Aquifer Model The Borehole Manager s Aquifers Model tool creates a 3 dimensional diagram that illustrates a selected aquifer layer at a particular date or over a specified date range The layers will be displayed in the color of your choice During the process of building the 3D diagram the program will create a grid model for the upper and lower surface of the aquifer using the user selected gridding method These grid models will be stored in the project folder ase The completed diagram will be displayed in a RockPlot3D window with the upper surface lower surface and side panels Volume of the aquifer will be displayed The aquifer block can be combined with other 3D diagrams such as the stratigraphy block diagram above The grid models that make up the model will be named date_top grd and date_base grd Aquifer Profile Diagram The Borehole Manager s Aquifers Profile tool create
20. The tools in the Grid Filter menu are used to read an existing grid file and alter the grid node Z values by imposing a filter of some kind The resulting node values are stored in a new grid file The resulting model can be illustrated as a 2D map or 3D surface The Boolean Filter transforms a real number grid file to a Boolean true false file in which nodes are set to 1 if their Z value falls within a user specified range and a 0 if the Z values do not The Limit Filter is used to compare the nodes of one grid model with the corresponding nodes in another Nodes whose Z values exceed or fall below those in the second grid can be re assigned those node values This is handy for constraining stratigraphy based on lower or upper layers The Minimum Area Filter is used to filter from Boolean or conventional grid models contiguous nodes whose areas fall below a threshold setting them to zero to eliminate exploration target areas that are too small The Polygon Clip Filter reads a user created table listing polygon boundary coordinates and sets a grid file s nodes that lie either inside or outside the polygon to a constant value or to the value of the corresponding node in another grid model See also page 59 The Range Filter deletes high or low Z values from a grid file reassigning them a user specified constant The Rounding Filter reads Z values stored in a grid file and rounds them up or down to the user declared rounding i
21. data Exported Files RockWorks can export the following file types AVI RockPlot3D BMP JPG PNG TIFF GIF WMF EMF PCX PCC TGA AFT VST ICO RockPlot2D RockPlot3D 292 RockWorks15 Reference 9 ReportWorks DBF from data DXF RockPlot2D grid models ENZ from grid models Surfer GRD grid models ESRI Shapefile SHP RockPlot3D TXT data Excel XLS data Help Contents Reference File Formats Program Preferences The Tools General Preferences option is used to establish some general operational settings for the RockWorks program This option is available from both the RockWorks Utilities and Borehole Manager via the Tools menu Skip Introductory Screen Insert a check in this box if you want to hide the introductory welcome screen that s displayed when you start up RockWorks Changes will not take effect until the next time you start the program This setting can also be adjusted on the startup screen itself Project Manager These options define the display of the Project Manager pane along the left edge of the program window Load Last Used ATD File into Utilities Datasheet On Startup Insert a check here if the program is to load into the Utilities data window automatically on startup the last datasheet with which you were working Prompt for Project Folder If activated you will be prompted each time the program is launched for the name of the folder in which you wish to work The prom
22. surfaces solids 3D logs fence diagrams and more This window is displayed automatically any time that a 3D graphic is generated This window can be embedded in the program Options windows or displayed as a stand alone window You can open a blank RockPlot3D window using the Window RockPlot3D menu option You can open saved RockPlot3D files using the Project Manager See Chapter 24 for information aout RockPlot3D Sole alo oleh m 2 b C3 eE i Reess vocal stin Asn 7 ReportWorks This is the page layout program for raster images RockPlot2D images with legend text shape scale bar annotations You can open a blank ReportWorks window using the Window ReportWorks menu option You can open saved ReportWorks files using the Project Manager See Chapter 25 for information about the sa ARE _ ie BirporfWiocn RRR RS Lie oe cts ie Pe Ea are Deke ipo cele ee G ua E CN IE et hall o E AE ON 4 ep OF MODED 15 Introduction RockWorks15 8 Menus and Options Windows Most of the RockWorks tools are accessed by clicking on the drop down menus at the top of the program windows and selecting an item from the menu s list Some options also have toolbar button equivalents TA RockWorks 15 Project File Edit View Grid Solid Volumetrics Hydrol Project Folder C Users M ga EZ Map is E Grid Based Map hy 3 g Project Manad e gt 35 points Irth m gt 4
23. 0 0 Soil Silty soil Gravel Coarse grading to fine 25 0 128 RockWorks15 r DH 01 DH 01 Soil Silty soil Gravel Coarse grading to fine Silt DH 01 DH 01 Horizon Spergen Fr RockWorks15 Strip Logs and Log Sections Well Construction Column Plots a column containing intervals of pattern 2D and color that correspond to material types rock types listed in the Well Construction data table The materials are defined in the Well Construction Types Stl Si Table 2D and 3D Me ee Well Construction Text _ Plots well construction depths thicknesses and or comments in 2D logs T gt ne PYC des entonite DH 01 I Data Bargraph 1 4 Plots a bargraph _ representing data read from columns in the I Data table _ The bargraphs have a variety of settings 2D and 3D the _ latter offers additional display types w S Like ho f gt u5 Sj amp n oon I Data Bargraph Text Plots the actual numeric values for I Data bargraphs 1 4 above 2D and 3D PI T io 7 eT S Lik 0 05 129 Strip Logs and Log Sections RockWorks15 DH 01 0 0 I Text 1 4 Plots the alphanumeric data stored in columns in the I Text table as textual labels on the log 2D only rey and T Data Bargraph 1 4 Plots a bargraph representing data read from columns in the T Data table
24. ADO acQuire option to import data from a database exported from an external source This wizard was written specific to MDB data extracted from an aqQuire database You may also be able to use it to import from another source for which you have an OLE DB provider though these have not been specifically tested Windows supplies providers for MS Access MS J et MS SQL Server Oracle and most ODBC drivers to name a few The process involves defining the data type and selecting the data file to be imported mapping the import fields to the Borehole Manager fields and importing the data table by table Mapping templates can be stored for future use Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering your Borehole Data Importing Data fora detailed step by step listing Importing LAS Data Use the File Import LAS or File Import Multiple LAS options to import data from a single or multiple LAS Log ASCII Standard files version 1 2 2 for import into the Location P Data and optional Orientation tables of an existing borehole or a new well record You can select the curves in the LAS file to be imported header information can be imported into Location table fields and data decimation is available Azimuth and inclination curves can be imported into the Orientation table for the single file import Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering your Borehole Data Importing Data fora detailed step by step listing 66 RockWorks
25. DH 08 DH 43 KDH 12 J Borehole Location Map Border Outer_Border DH 03 DH 37 Or Digitized point 0 21g5449 7 DH 29 ome FDH 09 EHDH 05 amp o DH 38 DH 36 a D Data tools GDH I6 H 01 2 DH BH 28 4 l i CE CCEE DH 35 DH 06 DH 34 Sone HA Point 652 768 8 5 535 593 3 Recorded data DH 14 Gece Digitize Point No Project Dimensions X 653 556 12221 Y 5 535 719 177595 The RockPlot2D Data Window contains the following tools which can help you manage your measurements or digitized coordinates These tools are available as buttons above the Data Window or as commands in the Data menu l Save Saves the contents of the data window in a text file D Clear Clears all entries so that you can start a new data listing You will NOT be warned that data will be lost ibe Copy all Data Copies all data including numbers and text labels to the Windows clipboard for pasting elsewhere Don t use Ctrl C to copy the data displayed in the data window That command is reserved for copying the current plot the picture itself to the clipboard ze Copy Numeric Data Copies numeric data only computations and or digitized coordinates to the Windows clipboard for pasting elsewhere Don t use Ctrl C to copy the data displayed in the data window That command is reserved for copying the current plot the picture itself to the clipboard hq New Graphic Creates a new pl
26. File Edit pimein heeten Eee Deroy Oe Shon i leoedd P Overburden EST 0 2 e Agquiter 1 100 03 20 lw q Aquitard 1 100 01 3 0 G Aquiter 2 100 02 40 lw J Bedrock 100 5 0 e Formation Rock density name Formation for mass pattern amp computations colors Fill percent Formation Display in for logs sequence diagram top down legend sort column 54 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager a The Stratigraphy Types Table lists for each formation Formation The formation name This field will link to the data table Pattern The pattern and colors to be used to represent the formation in diagrams You can click on the pattern cell to bring up a pattern selection window where you can select pattern design foreground and background colors line thickness pattern repeating density etc In 3D logs and 3D models the background color only is displayed Pattern designs are not supported in the 3D OpenGL window Fill Percent The percent fill for the pattern when displayed in strip logs At 100 the full log column will be filled with pattern At 50 only half will Density The formation s density in weight per cubic unit This is only used for mass computations in the program If you don t know what to enter just enter 1 and disregard any mass computations Order The formation s order from the ground downward This is important it will affect program logic as it models your surfaces This G value
27. H H H H 133 Strip Logs and Log Sections RockWorks15 Other Log and Profile SectionSettings Other Options This grouping contains settings that control downhole resolution for deviated boreholes Clip Logs This tool allows you to specify an elevation range for display in the single or multiple log diagrams 2D and 3D Hang Section Allows the user to align a selected stratigraphic unit on a horizontal line in profiles and sections Plot Surface Profile Displays in profiles and sections a line representing the ground surface read from a user specified grid file Perimeter Annotation Profiles and sections can be annotated with elevation labels X Y or distance labels panel coordinates titles and other text Create Location Map The program will create a map illustrating the trace of the profile cross section or fence diagram The map can be generated stand alone and or embedded in 2D Lithology Legend This legend displays rock types and colors as read from the project s Lithology Types Table Settings include location size and offset 2D and 3D Stratigraphy Legend This legend displays formation names and colors as read from the project s Stratigraphy Types Table Settings include location size and offset 2D and 3D Well Construction Legend This legend displays well construction material names and colors as read from the project s Well Construction Types Table Reference cage 3 dimensional log d
28. Keyword lor Click here or 00 0 0 sit double click here 0 0 gt 49 Soil s LData Intervals 5 to bring up the Types table I Text Interval 7 24 55 A Lithology Type T Data Time In 40 39 File Edit P Data Points a 79 4 Keyword Pattern Fill Percent Density G Value Show in Legend P Text Point T gt Clay 100 03 3 0 m NA _ Gravel 100 0 6 5 2 m l _ Mudstone 100 1 0 7 0 v Water Levels Sand 100 07 5 0 Ei Symbols Silt 100 0 8 4 0 W Patterns A Siltstone 100 1 0 8 0 PA Bitmaps _ Soil 100 1 0 2 0 v7 4 Vector Or you can click on the I Data Types button in the I Data tab to bring up its Types table where the column headings are defined Location m P a Click here to bring up Orientation Import Y Export Y Spreadsheet I Data Types Ta the Types table Litholoagy Depth to Top Depth to Base Benzene Soil Sand Gravel Ca Mg Lead Stratigraphy gt 0 0 5 0 61 0 84 5 0 10 0 21 0 74 0 3 33 LData Intervals 10 0 I Text Interval a 15 0 T Data Time In 20 0 P Data Points ea 25 0 P Text Point T _ 30 0 Fractures Bi 40 0 Water Levels 45 0 Symbols 50 0 Patterns Bi 55 0 Bitmaps S 60 0 Lithology Types Tables The Borehole Manager database uses Lithology data tables page 40 for entry of depth intervals and keyword rock or soil type names for each borehole These materials can be illustrated in strip logs and can be int
29. RCL Scripting 17 Introduction RockWorks15 What s New in RockWorks15 New Interface Options Embedded Output 2D images 3D images text reports are displayed right within the program s Options window This allows you to adjust settings and re process the diagram with just a few clicks Uer or p Mesure J Un eter J x Arn l mer Fasily un dock the graphic into a stand alone window E y ephe Sex toe Mors tee Ves D Mesure Dtos Uiii Dste Lyen 0 dope y A a i if ia a a x l inn Dya al WwW Copy to new window Ed x a gt 4 we s Embedded Help See instructions for the current topic you can adjust the tab stacking order a z Meri si wrelstion Optiors t x 20 Strpieg Desgner Section Selection Map Stratigrantw Section s I7 interpolate Surtace i be gt pa forai Creating Interpoteted Stratigraphy Sections Multi Panet G tree n t Moch J r lt RockViork 1ehole Manager t e bterpolate oral models for the upper 1 how Mice aji of The projects ratioa 4 4 gt y Y t J t Y 18 RockWorks15 Introduction Embedded Striplog Layout Tools Click on the Striplog Designer tab to define the log settings fig Stratigraphic Secon Menu 9 Cormier opts intsuctens 20 Streleg Desc Secten Selection Map Stratrapiny Section 2 OY W erpoote Surfaces 2 e re Serootting Passes C3 Crack Al Uncheck Al Summary a teed A ae AA 3
30. Striplogs can be displayed for reference in editing the model voxels You can adjust the tilt and skew and drag controls to adjust the cutout dimensions to see inside the model Editing can be done on single points or multiple points i Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Tools Editing Solid Models 221 Solid Model Tools RockWorks15 Morphing Solid Models The RockWorks Utilities Solid Morph tool is used to read a list of existing solid model files MOD and create a dynamic movie within RockPlot3D that shows time based changes within these models You can specify any number of intermediate transitional models be generated between the existing models Notes Be sure the solid model files have the same dimensions and number of nodes to morph successfully Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Tools Morphing Solid Models Initializing a Blank Solid Model Use the Solid Initialize tool to create a new solid model from scratch at the dimensions and node spacing you declare All model nodes will be initialized to a single user declared value Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Tools Solid Model Import Export Tools Importing Solid Models The Solid Import command is used to read an existing set of regularly spaced XYZG data stored in an ASCII format and translate the data into a RockWorks solid model file format ao Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid M
31. Symbol Index 289 Well Construction 55 275 tanks 93 245 T data exporting 197 T Data datasheet 43 58 T data diagrams 193 T Data diagrams time graph maps 111 196 time graphs 196 ternary diagrams 89 239 thickness maps 145 149 155 170 TIFF images see also raster images 92 tilted modeling 177 309 Reference time graph maps 111 196 time graphs 196 time based interval data 43 58 Tobin data importing 68 total depth 38 total dissolved solids 230 Township Range Section 89 117 Township Range Section conversion 117 290 transfer boreholes to RockWorks Utilities 81 RockWorks Utilities to boreholes 98 translating map coordinates 117 transparency 270 274 trend surface analysis 213 trend surface gridding 141 trend surface residuals gridding 141 trialware 4 triangulation gridding 141 triangulation network 297 triangulation survey 241 trilinear diagrams 239 troubleshooting 275 276 tubes 246 tutorials 27 32 293 undo 259 undocking 252 uninstalling RockWorks 12 units 38 280 univariate statistics 195 237 unlocking 5 6 8 USDA soil classification 239 UTM coordinates 117 vector diagrams 202 vector map 116 Vectors datasheet 49 version 293 vertical bitmap panels 93 244 vertical exaggeration 254 268 vertical panel image lists 93 View Columns 94 viewing plot files 254 268 volume computing 163 223 224 225 displaying in RockPlot3D 271 272 formation
32. You can adjust the style and scaling Double click on the scale bar to access its options or right click and choose Properties You can resize the scale bar by first single clicking on it to see its handles Then click and hold on any of the handles on the corners or edges and drag to the new position Release the mouse button when the rectangle edges are in the correct position The program will automatically extend or shorten the bar and labels accordingly Reposition the entire scale bar as you wish by clicking and holding anywhere on it and dragging it to the new location Help Contents ReportWorks Drawing Tools Inserting a Scale Bar 284 RockWorks15 RockWorks Tables Chapter 26 Rock Works Tables Topics Grape TOA TCS aa a TA ESAT ENA OA estes see A SA NAAA 285 Diagram Legend El Era lt _ lt ep PRIOR IP near RIO RET aae TETEA EO ONE 289 IVES Project aes aan ued owrct nace sc eanecoeu ee nen uxeneecunadvansuass a uma oiniona ua ueeourtaNs 290 Tea CCL TW ea OS oa ened aie cae cn rahe ac ase Salat ae et war dod sets an Sa cc oa Sa Sale yuiaud se untidied am taniawaded hielatltdeunbaccoaiecds 290 Graphic Libraries Pattern Tables Pattern Tables Overview Patterns are repeating graphic units that can be associated with some kind of data item such as lithology keywords in the Borehole Manager s Lithology tab or formation names in the Stratigraphy tab The actual pattern lt gt data associations are made within th
33. You can define your column headings using the Types tables as discussed on pages 57 58 191 Fracture Modeling RockWorks15 2 Establish your Project Dimensions page 100 For solid models be sure the X and Y Spacing for the nodes is half the average minimum distance between your boreholes or closer Be sure the Z elevation spacing of the nodes is no greater than the smallest sampling interval in the data tabs so that measurements will show up in the model However if you have really finely sampled P Data it may be unrealistic to make your model that fine you may consider using the resampling options to cull out some of the measurements Create a borehole location map to verify well locations page 110 Do the well locations look correct no goofy outliers Display your downhole I Data T Data or P Data in 2D and 3D logs page 119 Does it look like the downhole data is entered accurately Can you spot highs lows in the observed data that you want to watch for in the interpolated model Create a solid model and include your 3D logs with the output diagram Does it look like the model accurately represents your data Use the RockPlot3D filtering options to view specific data ranges and confirm that they coincide with the log data If you aren t getting good data representation in the model check the vertical Z spacing of the Project Dimensions See also the Trouble shooting suggestions at the end of this chapter
34. e Column 1 Measured value for that downhole interval for that date If you have no data for an interval you can leave the cell blank Blank cells will simply be skipped during processing e Column 2 Column x Continue in this manner typing in the measured value for each component for that interval for that date Repeat for as many columns as you have measurements for for that depth interval Click on the T Data Types button at the top of the datasheet to define the column names for the measurement types e g Mercury Arsenic etc The columns link to a T Data Types Table where names data ranges etc are defined Borehole Data Manager 43 boreholes Name Location w ry 2 E E 4 DH 01 Import Y Export Y Spreadsheet T Data Types Tab Manager 7 DH 02 Orientation J DH 03 Lithology 7 DH 04 Stratigraphy 80 0 2 14 2007 7 DH 05 60 0 80 0 5 15 2007 0 0 10 0 I Data Intervals b v DH 06 _ 60 0 80 0 8 6 2007 0 0 4 0 Hono ii E Text Interval 60 0 80 0 11 18 2007 00 30 7 DH 08 T Data Time In vi DH 09 P Data Points 7 NH 1N These data can be displayed as bar graphs along 2D and 3D strip logs Striplogs menu and can be interpolated into a solid model for display as isosurface or voxel models vertical profiles cross sections fence diagrams and plan maps T Data menu Note that each T Data sheet represents a merging of the records stored in the MDB table See Editing the Data as a Sprea
35. e Column 2 Column x Continue in this manner typing in the measured value for each component for that interval Repeat for as many columns as you have measurements for for that depth interval Click on the I Data Types button at the top of the datasheet to define the column names for the measurement types e g Benzene Gold percent gravel etc The columns link to an I Data Types Table where names data ranges etc are defined Borehole Data Manager 43 boreholes Name Location a P a DH 01 Orientation Import Y Export Y Spreadsheet I Data Types Tab Manager v DH 02 J DH 03 Lithology Depth to Top Depth to Base Benzene Soil Sand Gravel Ica v DH 05 5 0 10 0 Data Intervals a 10 0 15 0 80 640 J DH 07 I Text Interval 15 0 20 0 70 36 0 DH 08 T Data Time In 20 0 25 0 72 12 0 75 0 DH 09 m i 25 0 30 0 12 0 89 0 7 DH 10 P Data Points J DH 11 P Text Point T 30 0 35 0 17 0 85 0 ann ann an These data can be displayed as bar graphs along 2D and 3D strip logs Striplogs menu and can be interpolated into a solid model for display as isosurface or voxel models vertical profiles cross sections fence diagrams and plan maps I Data menu Note that each I Data sheet represents a merging of the records stored in the MDB table See Editing the Data as a Spreadsheet page 59 for how to view the data with multi select and copy paste tools 42 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager om
36. in which the value of a voxel node is set to be equal to the value of the nearest data point Honors your control points but can generate models with abrupt changes e Distance to Point This method assigns each solid model node a value equal to the distance to the closest control point thus generating a confidence model based on distance The distance is recorded in your X Y Z units e Inverse Distance This method assigns a voxel node value based on the weighted average of neighboring data points either all points or those directionally located using fixed or variable weighting exponents o Isotropic The program will use all of the available data points when computing a voxel node s value useful when modeling uniformly distributed data in non stratiform environments Drawbacks Highs are concentrated around the boreholes Weighting exponent 2 o Anisotropic Instead of using all available control points for the Inverse Distance modeling the program will look for the closest point in each 90 degree sector around the node useful for modeling drill hole based data in stratiform deposits Tends to connect up highs and lows at the same elevation Weighting exponent 2 o Weighting Uses all data points but weights them differently based on their horizontal v vertical positioning from node Useful for controlling the lenticularity of the model Weighting exponent user declared e Horizontal Biasing This method func
37. reads files in a DXF format They will appear as a three dimensional mesh surface Geosoft GXF GXF Grid eXchange are an ASCII grid format read by Geosoft ESRI ASCIIGRID Export the RockWorks grid to an ASCII grid file that s importable into ESRI GIS programs for contouring and other spatial analysis Ohio Automation ENZ X and Y node locations and Z values are listed in three columns in an ASCII format with columns separated by commas The node order is the same as that listed for the ASCII XYZ above RockWorks 7 A grid file format read by the RockWorks version 7 program for DOS RockWare RIM The RockWare Terrain Model RTM is a binary grid file format originally designed as a method for shipping Digital Elevation Model DEM data 214 RockWorks15 Grid Model Tools Surfer Choose from Surfer 6 binary or Surfer 7 and Surfer 8 ASCII and binary formats VistaPro This is a binary grid format read by VistaPro as DEM data ow Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Grid Import amp Export Importing LIDAR Data Use the Grid LIDAR XYZ gt Grid tool to import XYZ files created from LIDAR LIght Detection And Ranging equipment and generate a grid model that represents the Z values typically surface elevation This is different from the process of gridding external XYZ data in the Map Grid Based Map option in these ways e Because of the huge number of points in a typical LIDAR file the program
38. saved as a RK6 file To insert the image position the cursor in the page where the one corner of the image is to be placed and click and hold the left mouse button to insert it With the button still 282 RockWorks15 ReportWorks e o e pressed in drag to the location of the diagonal corner point and release the mouse button As you drag you ll see a rubber band image of the shape s outline e You can adjust the diagram s scaling clipping outline and fill pattern color e Youcan access the image s options at any time by double clicking on the image or by right clicking and choosing Properties e You can resize the image block by first single clicking on the image to see the boundary handles Then click and hold on any of the handles on the corners or edges and drag to the new position Release the mouse button when the boundary s edges are in the correct position e Reposition the image as you wish by clicking and holding anywhere on the text and dragging it to the new location See the Bitmap tool for inserting more generic graphic images The Bitmap tool can be a good option if the RK6 image is slow to redraw in the ReportWorks page or if there are offset or scaling problems Help Contents ReportWorks Drawing Tools Inserting a RockPlot Map or Diagram Inserting a Raster Image into a ReportWorks Page Use the Raster menu command or toolbar button to insert into a ReportWorks page a BMP J PG
39. stratigraphic layers using the user selected gridding method or existing grid models can be used if no new interpolation is desired 3D striplogs can be appended and a map illustrating the fence panel locations can be requested Un check the Interpolate Surfaces check box if the grid models already exist in the project folder and don t need to be interpolated again This can be a handy way to include GRD files that are the result of editing filtering other operations page 209 See page 206 for information about drawing the fence panels See page 153 for fences drawn with straight line panels not interpolated Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Profiles Sections Fences Creating Interpolated Stratigraphic Fence Diagrams Surface Based Stratigraphy Geology Maps Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Surface Map tool to create a 2 dimensional map representing the stratigraphy where it intersects a designated surface typically the surface topography In other words it creates a geological map based on downhole stratigraphic data The process involves creating a stratigraphic model for the study area storing it as a temporary solid model MOD and determining the intersection of the different formations with a user specified surface model This is stored as a RockWorks grid model GRD and the map is displayed in the RockPlot2D window Strat types are represented with colors and or patterns with a
40. such as a ground surface grid pit excavation grid etc Polygon Filter Clips stratigraphic surfaces inside or outside a user defined polygon Exteror fitter interior filter Help Contents Reference Stratigraphy Modeling Reference 166 RockWorks15 Aquifer Modeling Chapter 9 Modeling Water Levels Topics COT ceca ace ccaeas A E A A E 167 TE TO a ondtned twee thos dose Uo unasaneA nes piussaucsiuasaudhmos mantaceteetoumesnccties 167 Interpolated Aquifer Diagrams ssscccccsssssssscccceessssssescecsesssseseeesesssseeseeecsssssseeseeceessssenseess 168 Exporting Water Level Data cccccsssssssccccssssssnsccccessssssescecsesssseeseeceeseessseasececesesseeeeeesesesseeseess 170 Overview e Aquifer water level depths are entered into the Borehole Manager Water Levels tab This table allows you to also enter the date on which the sampling was taken so that a single borehole can have multiple water levels listed You can use the tools in the Borehole Manager Aquifer menu to create models of these water surfaces for a specific date or date range and to visualize them as 2D profiles sections and plan maps and as 3D surface diagrams and fences These can be particularly useful when combined with other 2D and 3D diagrams of your project The water levels are modeled using surface modeling gridding tools Use the water level grid models to constrain T Data models for samples taken the same date
41. to you after purchase The registration number might start with the characters RW15CT or RW15AT Contact RockWare if you can t locate this number Licensee Name Type in your organization s name This will be displayed in the program s startup screen 2 Contact RockWare for your machine specific Unlocking Code You ll need to send us the Installation Number the Registration Number the Licensee Name and your contact information Tip Click the a button to copy the Installation Number Licensee Name and Registration Number from the startup screen to the Windows clipboard Tip If you need to wait for your unlocking code go ahead and run the program in trial mode described above All work done in trial mode is fully usable once you license the program 3 When you receive your Unlocking Code from RockWare type it into the Unlocking Code prompt 4 Inserta check in the Show days remaining check box if you d like to be reminded of the number of days until the license expires at each program startup 5 Click the Continue button to proceed into the program and jump to page 10 Starting Up RockWorks Remove License Remove License Click in this button if you wish to remove the licensing from the current machine typically to transfer the license to a different computer 1 Click Continue The program will prompt you to confirm the license removal 2 Click Yes to continue with the removal Click Cancel to cancel the ope
42. 0 11 0 7 DH 16 Bitmaps 120 0 35 0 10 0 J DH 17 Pree i m 130 0 17 0 37 0 Vectors are displayed as arrows in 3D logs and as tadpoles in 2D logs and sections Striplogs menu They can be interpolated into cavern models using the Vectors Model option Well Construction This table is used to enter depth intervals and well material keywords for display as a Well Construction diagram on striplogs In addition the user declares the inner and outer diameter for the materials for correct representation of width The construction keywords are associated with graphic patterns just like lithologic keywords and are easily selected from the data tab In addition you can specify an offset from well center enabling you to display two separate borings in a single Well Construction diagram Data fields e Depth to Top Measured depth to the top of the interval to be filled with the pattern block The depth values must be positive e Depth to Base Measured depth to the bottom of the pattern interval e Outer Diameter Determines the outer width of the pattern blocks in the Well Construction Column e Inner Diameter Determines how far to the center of the Well Construction Column that the interval will be filled with the pattern block 50 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager e Material Double click in this cell and choose the unit name from the Well Construction Types Table see page 55 Or you can single click in this cell
43. 154 surface map 159 surfaces 149 154 155 stratigraphy grid list files 90 stratigraphy models 157 164 165 216 295 Stratigraphy Types Table 54 stratigraphy versus lithology 69 stratigraphy volume 163 225 Stretch command 254 strike gt dip direction 234 strike and dip computing from 3 points 234 strike and dip data 91 strike and dip map 233 strip logs 119 122 3D 125 126 comparing endpoints 134 computing survey coordinates 134 cross sections 123 124 Google Earth 126 in page layout 277 maps 124 125 plotting 249 265 profile 122 123 Striplogs menu 119 stripping ratio filter 219 Structural Elevations 2 Dimensional 145 154 Structural Elevations 3 Dimensional 149 154 155 support 27 RockWorks15 surface maps 148 149 154 155 170 195 201 in page layout 277 viewing 265 270 surface objects 245 Surfer grid models 214 survey 134 survey data 241 survey downhole 39 134 242 survey maps 241 Survey menu 241 SYM files 292 Symbol Editor 288 Symbol Index Tables 289 Symbol Table 280 287 288 292 symbols 38 259 displaying in logs 48 133 in 2D map layers 297 in datasheet 94 inserting on page 281 Symbols datasheet 48 system requirements 2 Tab Manager 80 tables Color Index 289 Keyword 52 Land Grid 290 Line Style Index 289 Lithology 52 275 Pattern 280 285 286 Pattern Index 289 Stratigraphy 54 275 Symbol 280 287 288
44. 255 RockPlot2D 249 converting coordinates 263 data window 260 digitizing on screen 260 drawing items 259 editing tools 256 files 246 251 252 253 254 introduction 14 layers 257 measurements 259 viewing 254 255 256 RockPlot3D data items 270 files 266 267 275 introduction 15 265 printing 267 reference items 269 troubleshooting 275 276 viewing 268 269 RockWare contacting 10 27 rockware landbase 292 RockWare Landbase 115 RockWorks Borehole Manager 29 change licensing 11 file type summary 291 getting started 32 installation 2 4 introduction 1 license types 4 menu settings 293 294 menus 16 network license 7 new features 18 program preferences 293 project dimensions 100 RockWorks Utilities 85 running from a script 297 scripting 17 starting up 10 293 system requirements 2 trialware 4 uninstalling 12 unlocking 5 8 RockWorks15 version 293 RockWorks Utilities overview 12 unlocking 6 RockWorks Utilities datasheet 85 86 88 94 97 98 RockWorks 7 214 RockWorks14 25 RockWorks2002 67 RockWorks2004 67 RockWorks2006 25 RockWorks99 68 rose diagram maps 110 201 rose diagrams 201 212 232 rotate RockPlot3D view 268 strike and dip data 235 X Y data 117 round filter 211 RW pat pat 280 285 RW_sym sym 280 287 RWG6 files 292 combining 278 exporting 279 new 278 opening 278 printing 279 RWR fil
45. 3D surface a grid report etc They ll all display in separate stick up tabs e The Options windows also now display the Striplog Designer and the section profile and fence Selection Maps in stick up tabs e The program is initially set up in modal state meaning you can keep only one Options window open at atime Use Tools General Preferences Secondary Windows to establish a non modal state in which you can keep multiple windows open at once AND allow access to the database while an Options window is open 25 Introduction RockWorks15 Your menu settings are now stored separately for each project So as you open a project the program will load the suite of menu options you ve established for that specific dataset If you install updates which we ve been known to publish from time to time the factory defaults won t affect your existing project settings You can also import menu settings from another project if you wish And global settings such as how the overall program window should look whether to check for updates etc are stored separately from the project specific settings Polygon tables colorfill tables fault tables etc most of these accessory tables are now stored in your project database You can maintain multiple copies of these tables with specific names right with your data No more hunting down elusive TAB files Your existing TAB files are easily imported into the database tables The borehole data
46. 45416 30 229 0 0851 999 25 276 028 4951 3 6083 3 6094 4 5073 30 2307 0 0962 88 0754 278 3948 A9513 30 TL32 3 6871 4 6054 30 2325 0 1078 90 6614 277 1869 4952 Sx 1938 Sa OT 4 8445 30 2343 0 1159 91 8636 274 0056 65 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 J A9525 3 8753 3 8756 5 1333 30 236 0 1244 92 3335 270 426 4953 3 9307 3 9303 5 4392 30 2378 0 1334 92 5751 267 2069 4953 5 3 9575 3 8997 5 639 30 2396 0 1472 93 8368 263 9627 4954 3 9264 3 8412 5 5964 30 4807 0 1183 97 5396 258 8914 4954 5 3 8961 3 8112 5 2783 30 4821 0 0955 100 383 257 2962 4955 3 8942 3 8405 5 0118 30 4839 0 0737 99 1916 267 9763 Notes e These import tools allow you to import one or many columns from the spreadsheet e They also allow you to append new data columns to existing drillholes For example if the drillhole already lists ILD and ILM columns you can add new SP and GR columns to the hole with the result being all 4 P Data columns for the drillhole e This tool does not allow you to append new data to an existing column if the specific column already exists and you import it again the original data will be replaced For example if the hole already lists ILD and ILM columns and you import ILD and ILM data again the original data will be overwritten Help Contents Borehole Manager I Data Tools T Data Tools and P Data Tools Importing Excel Data for additional details Importing from an ADO Source acQuire Use the File Import
47. Clip command is used to extract from an existing map or diagram all of the contents that lie within a user declared rectangular area The clipped image is displayed in a new RockPlot2D window This tool is also available using the Clip button ty in the left hand toolbar Help Contents RockPlot2D Manipulating RockPlot2D Files Clipping Converting Plot File Coordinates The Degrees to UTM and UTM to Degrees commands in the RockPlot2D Utilities menu are used to convert plot file coordinates from longitude latitude decimal degrees to Universal Transverse Mercator UTM meters or feet and vice versa The converted map is displayed in a new RockPlot2D window These utilities convert graphic coordinates the coordinates that are stored for each line symbol etc in the plot file If you wish instead to convert the original X Y data coordinates that are listed in your datasheet you can do so using the tools in the RockWorks RockWorks Utilities Coords menu or the Borehole Manager s Map menu Help Contents RockPlot2D Manipulating RockPlot2D Files Converting Diagram Coordinates 263 RockPlot2D RockWorks15 Notes 264 RockWorks15 RockPlot3D Chapter 24 RockPlot3D Topics FROCKPIOL SD OVELVICW iciusicinidansiatituwauiacdsdvebesteiscieswassed AE 265 Managing RockPlot3D Files cccssssssscccsesssssnensccccessssnseccessssseeseeeceessseeseeeeseesesssesseeesessssenseees 265 Viewing RockPlot3D Files ss sususpaisusnvnse
48. D Output window RockPlot3D Notes Before selecting the menu command be sure to enable those boreholes whose data is to be displayed in the logs Borehole Manager Tutorial 4 Help Contents Borehole Manager Logs and Cross Sections Displaying Multiple Logs in 3D Google Earth Stratigraphy Columns Use the Borehole Manager s Striplogs Google Earth Stratigraphy Columns tool to plot stratigraphic columns representing your currently enabled boreholes within Google Earth The base of each stratigraphic column is positioned at the ground surface Google Earth does not allow for sub surface displays Menu command Striplogs Google Earth Stratigraphy Columns Output window Google Earth This tool requires that decimal longitude and latitude degree coordinates are listed in each borehole s Longitude and Latitude fields in the Location tabs It does not convert Easting and Northing coordinates Help Contents Borehole Manager Logs and Cross Sections 126 RockWorks15 Strip Logs and Log Sections Log Item Summary Log Components The following items are available for display in strip logs displayed individually or in groups in 2D orin 3D Note that not all components are available for all log views o Because OpenGL does not support them pattern designs are not drawn on 3D logs Instead lithology stratigraphy well construction and pattern intervals are shown on the cylinders using the background color
49. Each sample will be represented by a point in each trilinear diagram unique symbols may be selected for each sample and can be referenced in a symbol index at the top of the diagram Symbols may be accompanied by labels if desired The diamond field is designed to show both anion and cation groups Circles may be plotted around each point to illustrate total dissolved solids TDS for the sample The total dissolved solid computation will include all components listed in the data file standard ions and additional ions Concentrations entered in the source data file in units of milligrams per liter are converted to milli equivalents per liter for display on the diagram You may choose up to 4 additional cations and up to 4 additional anions for the TDS computations Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Tools Creating Piper Diagrams 229 Hydrology Hydrochemistry Tools RockWorks15 Creating Stiff Diagrams The RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Stiff command reads a listing of ion concentrations from the datasheet and creates a Stiff diagram for groundwater ion concentration analysis LS Stiff diagrams plot milli equivalent concentrations of cations on the left side of the diagram and of anions on the _ right Each ion is plotted as a point and the points are gt connected to form a polygonal shape The ions are plotted CE in a consistent order Na K across from Cl Ca across from D d HCO3 CO3
50. Exporting ReportWorks Documents The ReportWorks program saves plot files on disk in its own RW6 format If you want to save the plot in a BMP Windows Bitmap J PG J PEG or PNG Portable Network Graphics format you can do so with the Export command File menu The following information must be entered File Name Click on the small open file button to type in the name to assign the exported file Color Depth Choose from the drop down list box the color resolution you wish to use for the output raster image As you increase the color resolution the output file will increase in size For good color depth you should probably choose 24 bits pixel Changing the pixels per inch and or colors per pixel does not change the printable size of the graphic but instead the resolution of the image and the size on disk of the output file Resolution DPI This setting defaults to 96 and will determine the resolution of the output graphic in dots or pixels per inch As you increase the number of dots per inch the disk size of the output file will increase If you want to display the image on screen only a resolution of 96 will probably be adequate If you want to print the image at high resolution you should increase the resolution to at least 150 pixels per inch We use 200 300 for publication quality graphics Compression J PG and PNG only These files can be created with varied compression use the sliding bar to select the compress
51. Histogram Plots cccccssssssccccesssssssceeceessssseeeeccesessseseeeceesessnaeeeeeecesesssaaeees 238 Creating a Scattergram X Y Plot for Two Variables 0 cccssssscccccsssssssceceeesssssseeeceessssesseeeees 238 Creating a Ternary Diagram for Three Variables ccccccsssssccceceessssssceceeesssssaeeeecessssseeeeeeeees 239 Creating a Sieve Diagram scssacaxaxacsnacansednededanasaaduaiasanedanaianedianasanodanasanadanabesensseacdaneanaceensosaetensbexdadent 239 E oae E aea E E E A E E E E 239 Statistical Tools Overview The RockWorks Utilities Stats menu includes program for computing univariate bivariate and trivariate statistics as well as for creating a variety of statistical diagrams Some of these tools are also available in the Borehole Manager for summarizing database records Computing Univariate Statistics 9 RockWorks Utilities The RockWorks Utilities Stats Univariate tool is used to calculate statistics for a single column of samples in the current datasheet Data may be filtered out when an appropriate filter range is selected Statistics include simple summaries population min max range mean etc as well as Mean 1 2 3 and 4 Standard Deviations Notes This option is also available as a right click option simply right click anywhere within a RockWorks Utilities datasheet choose Columns Statistics and you will see the statistical report in a text window Help Contents Rock
52. Histogram options are used to read a single track of data from the database and determine the frequency or percentage of the total number of measurements for that variable that falls in each user defined grouping or cell These values are represented as a bar histogram plot Help Contents Borehole Manager I Data Tools T Data Tools or P Data Tools Creating a Scattergram X Y Plot for Two Variables mme The RockWorks Utilities Stats Scattergram tool is used to plot the data listed within a designated column in the datasheet against the data within another column Notes Linear Regression and Polynomial Fit are available for interpolation Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Statistical Tools 238 RockWorks15 Statistical Tools Creating a Ternary Diagram for Three Variables Sard The RockWorks Utilities Stats Ternary tool generates a trilinear diagram based on three columns of data Optional contouring is available to show point density Grave z 3 Clay In addition the Ternary program also includes options for plotting a variety of classification systems These will plot a pre defined diagram in the background with your data points and or contours in the foreground The currently available templates include Folk s 1954 siliclastic classification system Schlee s 1973 after Shepard siliclastic classification system Shepard s 1954 siliclastic classification system and the USDA soil c
53. Landbase It creates maps illustrating lease boundaries In order to create a land grid section or lease map you must have a set of land grid data imported or interpolated into the program or have downloaded the RockWare Landbase containing data for the area of interest RockWorks Utilities Section Maps TT TTT T1777 The Map Land Grid Section Map tool generates a map pagang zoora n that illustrates J effersonian land grid boundaries Range Banama Haa Township Section for one or more Townships EERE Sage Data Source Land Grid Table page 290 or the RockWare epee le ene be ls ie is Landbase cose Output window RockPlot2D ef femme pipet Bowne Gave l In order to create a land grid section map you must have HHHH HH already created a Land Grid Table which lists the longitude and latitude coordinates of each section s corners Or you can download the RockWare Landbase see Help Download RockWare Landbase Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Creating Maps 115 Point Maps RockWorks15 RockWorks Utilities Lease Maps The Map Land Grid Lease Map tool creates a map illustrating lease block boundaries filled with patterns and or colors Data source RockWorks Utilities land grid lease descriptions page 89 Output window RockPlot2D Notes The input data file should include lease corner coordinates and patterns Use the Coords Spot J effersonian Polygons tool if your lease
54. Libraries Legend Index Tables RockWorks Tables RockWorks15 Misc Project Tables New to RockWorks15 is the ability to store a variety of project specific lookup tables right in the project database These include things like colorfill tables contour line tables point map scaling tables polygon tables and more See page 59 for more information Land Grid Tables 9 Land Grid Tables contain a listing of J effersonian style locations in Range Township Section RTS notation and the longitude and latitude reference coordinates for the section corners These tables are used by several tools in RockWorks Borehole Manager Map menu Adjust Coordinates J effersonian gt Easting Northing This tool translates well locations from RTS format to the required Fasting and Northing format RockWorks Utilities Coords menu J effersonian Points gt Cartesian and Jeffersonian Polygons gt Cartesian These tools translate RTS locations to X Y coordinates in lon lat or Easting Northing format RockWorks Utilities Map menu Land Grid Section Map and Lease Map These tools create section boundary maps and lease maps Where do these reference coordinates come from RockWorks offers three options e One option is to purchase RTS land grid information from a commercial source This requires that you import that data into the Land Grid Table See Importing Commercial Land Grid Data for details e Another option is to cr
55. Linear Feature Tools Creating Arrow Maps Gridding and Mapping Lineations The RockWorks Utilities Linears Lineation Gridding menu command is designed to read lineation data in X1 Y1 X2 Y2 endpoint coordinate format and create a grid file that models the lineation frequency cumulative lengths and or intersections with a variety of weighting options Directional amp Geotechnical Tools RockWorks15 Notes See Creating Lineation Maps below for mapping the lineations themselves Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Linear Feature Tools Creating Lineation Maps The RockWorks Utilities Linears Lineation Map utility creates a map of lineations from XTY1X2Y2 line endpoint data page 92 Notes See Creating Arrow Maps earlier topic for DEP Rs information about creating maps in which the lineations ARAN contain arrowheads Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Linear Feature Tools Creating Lineation Maps Creating Rose Diagrams The RockWorks Utilities Linears Rose Diagram From Bearings and From Endpoints utilities read either bearing data page 91 or line endpoint data page 92 and generate a directional diagram that depicts the orientations of the linear features Full or half rose diagrams are available Line endpoint data can be interpreted as directional 1 direction or oriented 2 directions Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Linear Feature Tools Creating Rose Diagrams See also C
56. Many of you will enter your data right within the RockWare program s RockWorks Utilities datasheet by typing directly from the keyboard or by cutting and pasting data from another document Another method of getting data into the program is to import data from other applications or commercial sources The following tools are available in the File Import menu see the Help topics listed below for details Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Data Importing Data Importing ASCII Data into the Datasheet Importing DPF Files into the Datasheet Extracting XYZ Coordinates from DXF Files Fxtracting XYZ Coordinates from DXF into ASCII files Importing DXF Lineations into the Datasheet Importing Garmin GPS Data Importing Geonics Conductivity Data Importing DeLorme Data Importing GSM 19 Magnetometer Data Importing Laser Atlanta Data Importing ModPath Pathline Data Importing NEIC Earthquake Data Importing RockBase Data Importing SEG P1 Shotpoint Data Importing Tobin WCS Data Importing XLS Excel Data Exporting Data from the RockWorks Utilities Datasheet If you wish to export the data contained in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet use the File Export command It offers export as a text file a DBF format file or a Microsoft Excel XLS file See these Help topics Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Data Exporting Data Exporting the Datasheet to ASCII Format 97 RockWorks Utilities Datasheet
57. Menu Save to RCL option Reload those settings at a later date using Menu Load from RCL Use your mouse to expand collapse headings and select items as described in the picture If you prefer to use your keyboard here s a list of shortcuts Expands the current node equivalent to clicking on the button p Collapses the current node equivalent to clicking on the button p Ctrl Enter Opens the current node s edit dialog equivalent to double dicking Space Changes the state of a checkbox or radio button equivalent to a _ single click in a checkbox or button Up and Down Selects the next or previous node Arrows E eee ERE A TE A eee a a a Go lt ca Ctrl 2 Ctrl 3 etc Moves the focus to any additional tabs in the order in which they re 2 _ displayed Rockplot2D Rockplot3D text tab etc Enter Accepts the settings and moves on to the next step equivalent to _ clicking the Process button Escape Cancels the dialog equivalent to clicking the Windows Close button Right click Right click on any of the nodes to view the behind the scenes menu _ name group name and parameter variable name This information can be helpful if you are writing RCL scripts 10 Scripting RockWorks RockWorks can be run using RCL RockWare Command Language scripts either from a program command line or using the Tools Compile RCL menu option Contents Reference
58. Once you get a good model you can create other diagrams cross sections fence diagrams etc using the existing solid MOD file l Data T Data and P Data Modeling and Display Tools a Hep Tutorial Borehole Manager Create I Data Models and Diagrams baii Help Tutorial Borehole Manager Create T Data Models and Diagrams am Hep Tutorial Borehole Manager Create P Data Models and Diagrams Notes on T Data Modeling T Data which represents Time Based Interval Data is a lot like I Data but with a few notable differences You may have only one sample downhole per date or date range that you wish to model While you certainly can create a solid model of this data it may be easier to use the T Data Statistics Map option to create a simple 2D contour map of the high values If you do create a solid model for the T Data and if you have water level measurements for the same date or date range as your T Data samples you may want to create your Aquifer Model first and then use those resulting surfaces to constrain your T Data solid model turning on the Upper Surface Grid Filter and Lower Surface Grid Filter and browsing for the date _top grd and date base grd files This will constrain the solid model to the aquifer 192 RockWorks15 Data T Data P Data Modeling Data T Data P Data Model Use the Model tool in the three menus to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representi
59. PNG TGA TIFF EMF or WMF image You can adjust the image s scaling and outline To insert the image use your mouse to position the cursor in the page where the one corner of the image is to be placed and click and hold the left mouse button to insert it With the button still pressed in drag to the location of the diagonal corner point and release the mouse button As you drag you ll see a rubber band image of the shape s outline e You can access the image s options at any time by double clicking on the image or by right clicking and choosing Properties e You can resize the image block by first single clicking on the image to see the boundary handles Then click and hold on any of the handles on the corners or edges and drag to the new position Release the mouse button when the boundary s edges are in the correct position The raster image will be redrawn within the new boundary using the selected stretch or best fit scaling you ve selected e Reposition the image as you wish by clicking and holding anywhere on the text and dragging it to the new location See the RockPlot RK6 tool for inserting RockPlot generated graphic images and the Georaster tool for raster images with world coordinates Help Contents ReportWorks Drawing Tools Inserting a Raster Image 283 ReportWorks RockWorks15 Inserting a Geo Referenced Raster Image into a ReportWorks Page Use the Georaster menu command or toolbar button sin to inser
60. Scale Venice Scala Scaling kapou Previse nannies Lte Mi mech 161 S286 unis Diegam Expienaig CAS A Page Diagram C Landscape G Poia w Erini X Cocal 7 Help Set up your printer Choose a printer from the drop down list and configure the printer settings paper size etc using the Configure button Select your print units Choose from diagram units per inch centimeters feet or meters Select your paper orientation Landscape or Portrait You should see the Layout Preview update accordingly Set the diagram scaling First decide if the horizontal scale needs to equal the vertical scale Then decide whether you need a specifi scale or if it s ok just to fill the page You can use the Center button to center the diagram on the paper Set the margins and pattern scaling optional Help Contents RockPlot2D Managing RockPlot2D Files Importing Files into RockPlot2D Use the RockPlot2D File Import tool to display other kinds of graphic files within RockPlot2D save them in a RK6 format combine them with existing RK6 maps etc These imports include AGL files DLG files DXF files ArcInfo E00 files ESRI Shapefiles Raster images BMP J PG PNG TIFF TGA EMF WMP See Help Contents RockPlot2D Managing RockPlot2D Files Importing Images RockPlot2D RockWorks15 9 Exporting RockPlot2D Files The Rockplot2D File Export command is used to save its 2D images in a
61. Stratigraphy What is Stratigraphy These are interpreted formations often groups of lithologies which are distinctly layered in nature are consistent between wells in their order from the surface downward and never repeat within a borehole Interpreted stratigraphy is entered into the Stratigraphy tab with depth to formation top depth to base and formation name 400 observed lithologies Interpreted stratigraphy 200 lithologies 200 400 70 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager Interpreted stratigraphy single logs 400 400 200 200 0 200 200 400 400 How are Stratigraphy Units Defined RockWorks stores in each project database a Stratigraphy Types Table where you define the names of the ordered rock units or layers the colors and patterns to be used to represent them in logs and diagrams and some additional settings Page 54 How is Stratigraphy Modeled Because stratigraphic units are distinctly layered you can request simple log to log correlations no modeling in hole to hole or straight log sections Cross Section A A v0 100 200 puir 4000 0 0 niir oe RockWorks can interpolate surface models of each stratigraphic layer for 2D and 3D display for slicing as profiles sections and fences and for stacking as 3D diagrams ay eg ge ee 71 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 Lithology Represents observed rock type Is often the first step in entering boreh
62. The Advanced program offers variable symbols variable sizing and other options Datasheet RockWorks Utilities XYZG file page 91 Note This tool used to be listed in the Grafix 3D Utilities Spheres program Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Creating Maps Plotting Points in 3 Dimensions Google Earth Maps The Utilities Map menu contains a Google Earth submenu that offers plotting of e Placemark maps e Polygon maps and e Polyline maps in Google Earth 114 RockWorks15 Point Maps These tools create a Google Earth KMZ Keyhole markup language binary file based on the contents of point polygon or polyline information listed in the Utilities datasheet The resulting maps can be loaded automatically into the Google Earth application installed separately from RockWorks Data source RockWorks Utilities datasheet polyline polygon and placemark data Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Creating Maps Log Maps The Borehole Manager Striplogs menu contains tools for displaying small logs for enabled boreholes in a plan view display These tools are described in the chapter on logs see page 124 E f i Land Grid Maps The RockWorks Utilities Map Land Grid menu contains two tools designed to work with J effersonian Land Grid information It creates section maps that illustrate Range Township and Section lines either commercial or idealized or based on the RockWare
63. The Smoothing Filter tool reads an existing solid model and averages the G values based on a user declared filter size The smoother can be run 1 or more times to get rid of Spurious noise within the model and bring out regional trends Note that this tool pays no attention whatsoever to the original data from which the model was generated and makes no effort to honor the observed data values The Tube Filter reads an existing solid model and given a list of xyz coordinates that represent the axes of tubes e g mine workings tunnels etc sets the nodes that are either outside or inside the tubes to a null value Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Tools Solid Model Filtering Tools Creating and Manipulating Boolean Solid Models The RockWorks Utilities Solid Boolean Operations menu contains tools to transform a real number solid model file to a Boolean true false file in which nodes are set to 1 if their G value falls within a user specified range and a 0 if the G values do not In addition there are tools to manipulate the resulting Boolean models The following options are available Boolean Conversion This tool transforms a real number solid model file to a Boolean true false file In this process the G values of nodes are set to 1 if their original G value falls within a user specified range and to a 0 if the G values do not fall within the range Then multiply this model back against the origi
64. The process of creating solid models is discussed in Chapters 10 13 Solid models are used to illustrate the 3 dimensional distribution of geochemistry geophysical lithology or other measured values The tools in the RockWorks Utilities Solid menu discussed here are used to filter extract edit and otherwise manipulate these solid models See also Chapters 10 13 Computing Solid Model Statistics The RockWorks Utilities Solid Statistics utility is used to get a general summary of the contents of an existing solid model file The statistical summary can be displayed in several Ways e Asa textual report in which the summary of node values and computed statistics are displayed in a document in a text editor Example Run this on two models to be sure they have the same dimensions for future mathematical operations e Asaplottable frequency histogram of the node values reported as numbers or percent Be warned that histograms of high density solid models may take a significant amount of time to create or they may exceed the capacity of your computer system e Asaplottable scatterplot of observed versus computed G values representing model error We call these Krajewskigrams in honor of our associate who invented them e Asalisting of predicted versus modeled values in the data window Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Tools Solid Model Statistical Tools 217 Solid Model Tools RockWorks15
65. These fields are optional e Units The units you are measuring This is for your reference only e Description Descriptive information about the measurements for your reference Handy to know Add a new row by clicking in the last row and pressing the down arrow on your keyboard See Help Contents Index P Data Types for more information about using this table Miscellaneous Project Tables RockWorks relies on a variety of other lookup tables for miscellaneous operations such as custom coloration of contour bands or the location of a polygon s vertices as it s used to filter a grid model Project File Edit View Map Striplogs Lithology Stratigraphy I Project Folder C Users ROCKWARE Documents RockWorks15 Data Sal Ti Borehole Manager y Utilities Misc Project Tables amp Color Fill Table E Contour Table o Point Map Range Table g 3D Point Map Range Table t XY Coordinate Table 3 XY Pair Table WA Fault Table J Polygon Table Bargraph Scale Table i 3D IDW Sector Table lt 2D DW Sector Table Synonym Table H Grid Models 38 Files 59 A l gF oo ae Xo ae ea Display Project Dimensi Borehole Data Manac Name iLo raon T W DH 02 2 DH 03 Lit W DH 04 F st DH 05 W DH 06 H W pH 07 A W DH 08 T W DH 09 DH 10 DH 11 E DH 12 DH 13 i Borehole Manager RockWorks15 These tables are stor
66. Topics Cy occa eatin artiste ceca de nce see ors E T O E A 151 Non Interpolated Stratigraphy DiaQrams c cccccccccsssssssccccessssssseecceessssseeeeceessessneeeecesesssaseeeees 152 Interpolated Stratigraphy Structure Maps and Isopachs cccccssssssecceesssssseeeceesssssneeeeeeeesees 154 Interpolated Stratigraphy Models and Diagrams cccccssssssccceeesesssssececceesessneeeeeeesesssseeeeeees 156 LAU I A A OS scien Sand ss dati tvncve E AE 160 Stratigraphy Computation Tools cccscssssscccccesssssscecccesssssseecccesssssaeeeeceeessssaeeeecesessaeeeeeeseeaees 163 Advanced Stratigraphy LOD CS pesara R 164 Stratigraphy Modeling Options ccccccsssssscccccesssssscecccesssssseeeccessssssnaeececesesseeeeecessssaeeeeeeeeesees 166 Overview What is Stratigraphy In RockWorks stratigraphy is considered as subsurface intervals of distinct rock types that do not repeat within a single well and do not vary in order between wells Stratigraphy can represent localized grouped lithologies soils clay 1 conglomerate clay 2 or regional formations Navaho sandstone Wingate Sandstone Chinle Shale If your subsurface rock or soils are not layered it should be entered as lithology page 40 How is Stratigraphy Modeled In the previous chapter we discussed the concept of Delaunay EZ contouring whereby triangle based contours can be drawn directly from the control points based on their l
67. Types table and provides a means of adding control for surface interpolation You can opt for creating a backup of the project database before continuing with this operation which is a very good idea See also Missing Formations page 72 Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools 161 Stratigraphy Modeling RockWorks15 oa ao ao Consolidating Stratigraphy Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Consolidate tool to locate identical contiguous stratigraphic intervals without regard for any associated comments and consolidate them into a single interval This utility is primarily designed for users who are importing data from other programs that store data at uniform intervals You can opt for creating a backup of the project database before continuing with this operation which is highly recommended Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Exporting Stratigraphy Data to ASCII Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Export ASCII XYZ File tool to export Stratigraphy depth elevation or thickness data for each borehole to an ASCII Text XYZ file The resulting file will contain the X and Y location coordinates for the formation contact in each borehole taking into account any boring deviation or inclination and the selected depth upper elevation lower elevation or thickness Thickness is drilled thickness as recorded in the Stratigraphy tab not grid based thickness
68. View Project Dimensions pane C Display Project Dimensions a Backup database Borehole Data Manager 43 boreholes A Exit RockWorks JEL Name Location Create new borehole record Ty b W DH 01 Orientation en EK DH 02 i Delete current borehole record 5 all boreholes z DH D4 A Stratigraphy Disable all boreholes 5 DH 05 oe interval i Edit current data as spreadsheet 2 DH 06 Display tab manager DH 07 I Text Interval Create borehole location map es m G H SS DH 09 a Create single 2D striplog Jj ae P Data Paints aa Create single 3D striplog J DH 11 P Text Point Run RCL script aq DH 12 Fractures Open RockPlot2D window I DH 13 ar ee Open RockPlot3D window gg DH 14 eee Open ReportWorks window ee P P ER DH 16 Patterns Access Help messages DH 17 F DH 18 ee i 31 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 Go through the Tutorials Before you start entering and visualizing modeling your own data we HIGHLY encourage you to go through some of the tutorial lessons accessible in the Help Tutorials menu item These lessons utilize a sample dataset that is installed with the program and a variety of lessons with different types of data is offered The purpose of the tutorial is to acquaint you with the structure of the data and the functioning of some of the menu options Once you have some familiarity with how the program
69. a specific number of unique users to log in at a time for example if you purchased a 5 seat license then 5 unique ID s are allowed to be logged in at any one time 4 Click the Continue button to proceed into the program See Starting Up RockWorks page 10 RockWorks Annual License RockWorks Annual Choose this if you have purchased a time limited typically annual license for the program The software is typically installed onto a single computer and the program can be used by anyone who uses that computer for a limited period of time This requires an unlocking code which is supplied by RockWare You must have standard user or higher e g administrator privileges to set up the annual licensing Restricted users should contact their system administrator RockWorks15 Introduction AN RockWorks Licensing RockWorks 15 Revision 2009 9 8 License Type Send us this information A RockWorks Trialware RockWorks Single RockWorks Utilities Single RockWorks Network Unlocking Code RockWorks Annual 7 Show days remaining within annual licensing period and we ll send you this to transform the program from Trialware mode Skip this menu the next time the program is executed Remove Licensing E Request Unlocking Code Via The Web X cancel 1 Enter the requested information Registration Number Type into this field the letters and numbers that were sent
70. and contouring options striplog setup etc The ability to store project specific settings is new to RockWorks15 Global Settings These settings which probably won t vary much from project to project and which would be very annoying to change as you move to different projects are stored in a file GlobalSettings ini in the program s main System folder Many of these settings are established in the Tools General Preferences menu item such as whether the Help window is displayed on program startup or how wide the Project Manager pane should be RockWorks contains some handy tools for managing these settings listed below by functionality e Creating a new project As you create a new project in RockWorks you have the option of bringing in the project specific menu settings from an existing project You can bring other project data in as well This can be helpful if the data is similar and you want to start work in the new project based on where you left off in the old e Making backups Use the Tools Export Menu Settings option to store a copy of your current Global and or Project settings for all menus in ini file s handy if you re fiddling around with settings and may want to go back to a previous configuration e Restoring settings from backups Use the Tools Import Menu Settings option to bring into the program a copy of the global and or project settings for all menus previously saved e Technical support a
71. and store them as grid models Be sure the input file declared at the top of the window has a bmp extension if it s a BMP file and a jpg extension if it s a J PG file Digital Elevation Model DEM RockWorks can import Canadian Government USGS 30 Meter or USGS 3 Arc Second DEM formats ESRI ASCIIGRID Imports a grid model from an ESRI GIS program that has been saved in an ASCII format GXF This represents GXF Grid eXchange Files output from the Geosoft program This program does not import compressed GXF grid models RockWorks 7 Binary files that were created by the last DOS version of RockWorks Surfer Import Surfer ASCII or binary grid models Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Grid Import amp Export Exporting RockWorks Grid Models Use Grid Export Grid to export the data contained in a RockWorks grid model to another file format It offers export to a variety of formats with a variety of options ASCII XYZ X and Y node locations and Z values are listed in three columns with user selected delimiter character decimal precision with or without a header ASCIT Matrix The Z values only of the grid file are listed in rows and columns with the number of entries corresponding to the numbers of nodes horizontally and vertically in the grid file The Z values are listed at the decimal precision you select AutoCAD DXF Matrix ASCII files which can be read into any software application that
72. as right hand rule or dip direction Equal area and Equal angle projections are available Gridding can be using the Step Function or Spherical Gaussian methods See the help messages for details about the stereonet statistics and more Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Planar Feature Tools Creating Stereonets See also Creating Stereonets and Stereonet Maps from downhole fracture data page 201 Creating Strike and Dip Maps 69 oF b4 The RockWorks Utilities Planes Strike amp Dip Map utility N is used to plot a strike and dip map based on X and Y OR coordinates strike dip and color data from the data sheet 82 page 91 43 Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Planar Feature Tools Seealso directional maps of slope aspect grid models page 212 233 Directional amp Geotechnical Tools RockWorks15 Other Planar Tools 9 Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Planar Feature Tools Converting Strike Bearing to Dip Direction The RockWorks Utilities Planes Strike gt Dip Direction command is used to read from the datasheet a listing of azimuth bearings representing strike and translate them to dip direction The output values will be stored in a designated column in the same datasheet This permits you to change the format of your data from right hand rule to dip direction Computing the Orientation of a Single Plane Based on 3 Points The RockWorks Utilities Planes 3 Points gt Planes One S
73. be used to illustrate geological topics surface elevations formation thickness average geochemical concentrations as well as non geological topics such as crime incidents in a precinct RockWorks offers both a grid based and a non grid based means of creating 2D maps By contrast 3D surface maps must be generated from a grid model See the previous section for details 3D surface maps are displayed in the RockPlot3D window 147 Gridding Contouring 3D Surfaces RockWorks15 RockWorks Utilities Map Grid Based Map This tool is used to create grid models of XYZ data in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet or in an external ASCII file The Z values can represent surface elevations or geochemistry or virtually any measured value You can choose the gridding method to be used to model the Z values You can then create a 2 dimensional flat map or 3 dimensional surface map or flat projection of the grid model This section discusses 3D maps If you have borehole data and wish to create grid based formation structure maps see a later topic in this section Datasheet RockWorks Utilities XYZ file page 88 Note that this tool will also grid and map XYZ data stored in an external ASCII file e This tool can create a grid model only no surface a surface of an existing grid model no new grid or a new grid and surface Since the grid model is saved on disk you can create a surface from an existing grid model no need to re
74. blocks are listed only in Range Township and Section descriptions You need to have X Y corner coordinates F Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Creating Maps Directional Maps The RockWorks Utilities Grid Directional Analysis Directional Maps option is used to illustrate slope and aspect grid models as a variety of 2 dimensional gradient and flow maps These are discussed under Grid Model Tools See page 209 for more information Shotpoint Maps ease The RockWorks Utilities Map Shotpoints command is used to create a map that illustrates shotpoint locations as read from the datasheet Datasource RockWorks Utilities shotpoint data page 90 The shotpoint data must include at minimum a shotpoint line number a symbol and an X and Y coordinate for the individual shotpoint You may optionally include the point number not used in the map and a label for points typically representing distance Each seismic line will have two or more data rows containing individual point records Output window RockPlot2D Notes See also Importing SEG P1 Data page 97 re import of SEG P1 shotpoint files PCr Ecideeee E Tei ti EE t vajar kA i fue ene E Do seen ETE EENETI EENE mena P A I H 2 Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Creating Maps 116 RockWorks15 Point Maps Global Maps tg The RockWorks Utilities Map Sphereplot 2D and 3D options git PREP creat
75. by a specific factor To make the image taller enter a value gt 1 To make the image flatter enter a value lt 1 See also Printing RockPlot2D files page 252 regarding print scaling 254 RockWorks15 RockPlot2D Setting the Map or Diagram Extents Use the View Set Diagram Extents menu option to change the coordinate extents of the map or diagram displayed in the RockPlot2D window The West North East and South prompts display the current edge coordinates in the RockPlot2D map or diagram To change the coordinates you have several options You can type in new coordinates these to increase or decrease the extents along any axis Additional Margins Use these settings to increase the image extents by a specific percent along all axes or individual axes Once established you must then click on the Scan Extents button below to scan the current coordinates and then add the requested margins Scan Extents Click this button to scan the current map or diagram to reset the extents The extents will be set to the minimum and maximum coordinates of the objects in the image plus any margin percent established Project Dimensions Click this button to reset the extents to those listed in the current project dimensions Zooming in and out of the screen image Follow these steps to enlarge reduce the image display in the RockPlot2D window See also the Magnifier in the next topic 1 Use the Zoom In toolbar button EA or
76. can all utilize the same interpolated numeric model Once you generate a model that looks right you can select the Use Existing Model option solid models or un check the Interpolate Surfaces option surface models to generate the other diagram types They simply offer different ways to visualize the contents of the interpolated model For this reason many users find that using the Model option first to create the numeric model and to visualize it in 3D is a good way to check the accuracy of the interpolation See the following pages Stratigraphy modeling 151 Aquifer modeling 167 Lithology modeling 183 I Data T Data P Data modeling 191 Data Queries Use the database query tools to enable borehole subsets for modeling and display There is a simple query and a complex query available p 82 RockPlot2D is the display window for 2D flat graphic images such as maps cross sections 2D logs rose diagrams and the like It contains a whole fleet of editing tools p 249 RockPlot3D is the display window for 3D graphic images such as solid voxel models isosurfaces fence diagrams 3D surfaces etc It is interactive with rotation zooming appending etc p 265 ReportWorks is a page layout window for images RK6 BMP J PG TIFF etc text legends shapes and more p 277 Automation If you need to automate your work in RockWorks you can do so with RCL RockWare Command Language scripts p 297 Cre
77. can be a handy way to include GRD files that are the result of editing filtering other operations page 209 Striplogs can be appended However note that in cross sections logs are always displayed as vertical If your wells are inclined or deviated this will be accurately represented in the interpolation panels but not in the logs If you need non vertical logs displayed in a section view you should opt for a Profile diagram above which will honor true well geometry See page 153 for creating straight sections using no interpolation See page 159 for interpolated sections in 3D See page 205 for information about drawing the section slice Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Profiles Sections Fences 158 RockWorks15 Stratigraphy Modeling o ao Interpolated Stratigraphic Fence Diagrams RockPlot3D and ESRI Shapefile Output There are two tools in the Borehole Manager Stratigraphy menu for creating fence diagrams based on interpolated stratigraphic surfaces e Stratigraphy Fence Modeled e Stratigraphy Fence ESRI Format Modeled Fence panel spacing can be regular in a variety of configurations or you can draw your own panels The stratigraphy will be color coded based on the formation s background color in the Stratigraphy Types Table During the process of building the fence panels the program will create a grid model for the upper and lower surface of each of the active
78. can be conceptualized like a 3 dimensional contour Within RockPlot3D you can interactively adjust the anam minimum value en enclosed within the Iso Level Value NullValue 1E27 isosurface contour Real number models I Data T Data and P Data are generally best displayed as isosurfaces 178 RockWorks15 Diagram Type All Voxels In an all voxel diagram you ll see color coded voxels themselves which usually look more angular and blocky than isosurfaces In RockPlot3D you can adjust both the minimum and maximum node values to be displayed Lithology models should be displayed using an All Voxel view Real number models that you need to filter for low or mid range values can be displayed as All Voxels Iso Mesh Plots a series of polylines that represent three dimensional contours at a user defined cutoff By plotting these lines in conjunction with an isosurface a more distinct diagram can be created Solid Modeling Filer M Embed M ShowVohime Vohane 2 2010S Fiker F Enbied F Show Volume Volume 1 0351267 aes Sas 13 TEETE 538 Isosurface With Isomesh Isosurface Without Isomesh Plot Logs Includes 3D logs of all active boreholes in the 3D diagram All of the standard 3D log design options are available See page 127 Reference Cage Includes 3D axis coordinates labels Include Legend Includes a color legend for the model 179 Solid Modeling RockWork
79. can be used to translate coordinates that are listed in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet A few of these are listed below e Longitude Latitude to UTM Converts X Y location coordinates from a longitude and latitude format in decimal degrees to a Universal Transverse Mercator UTM format in meters or feet RockWorks offers 23 coordinate conversion schemes including NAD83 and NAD27 e UTM to Longitude Latitude Converts UTM Universal Transverse Mercator XY coordinates in feet or meters to longitude latitude coordinates in decimal degrees The same coordinate projections as above are offered e Jeffersonian Points gt Cartesian Translates well locations listed in Range Township Section descriptions footage or quarter quarter to Cartesian X Y coordinates This translation is based on either a Land Grid Table of idealized 117 Point Maps RockWorks15 or commercially purchased data or the RockWare Landbase data which covers portions of the U S e jJeffersonial Polygons gt Cartesian Generates X Y coordinates for each corner of leases that are listed with Range Township Section descriptions quarter quarter or lots This translation is based on either a Land Grid Table of idealized or commercially purchased data or the RockWare Landbase data which covers portions of the U S e And more i Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Coordinate Conversion Tools 118 RockWorks15 Strip Logs and
80. click the small down arrow and choose the name from the drop down list If the material name is not listed you ll need to add it to the current Well Construction Types Table e Offset Optional Declares the offset from the center of the well that this material block is to be plotted enabling multiple borings within a single construction diagram Negative values offset the block to the left of the center positive values to the right e Caption optional Enter here any text you want to be plotted with the diagram on the log Borehole Data Manager 43 boreholes Name Lithology gt sian P Spreadsheet Const Types Tab Manager F DH 03 Data Intervals Depth to Top Depth to Base Outer Dial Inner Dia Material offset caption TI DH 04 Text interval T gt 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 Cover 0 0 Cover Ww DH 05 T Data Time Inte 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 Screen 0 0 Screen ZI DH 06 0 0 40 0 5 0 2 5 Grout 0 0 Grout v DH 07 Sool ewan 0 0 50 0 05 0 0 1 2 PVC 0 5 1 2 PVC seas P Text Point Text 0 0 100 0 05 0 0 1 2 PVC 0 5 1 2 PVC F DH 10 Fractures 40 0 45 0 5 0 4 0 Bentonite 0 0 Bentonite 7 DH 11 Water Levels E Bi 40 0 70 0 4 0 2 5 Screen 0 0 Screen 7 DH 12 EFE 45 0 65 0 5 0 4 0 Gravel 0 0 Gravel V DH 13 50 0 60 0 1 0 0 0 Pump 0 5 Pump F DH 14 65 0 70 0 50 4 0 Bentonite 0 0 Bentonite V DH 15 Bitmaps l 70 0 90 0 5 0 25 Grout 0 0 Grout V DH 16 Vector 90 0 95 0 5 0 4 0 Bentonite 0
81. color scheme drawing style and other visual characteristics f Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Stacked Surface Tools 148 RockWorks15 Gridding Contouring 3D Surfaces ow Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Structural Elevations 3D Use this tool to create 3 dimensional images representing the surface elevations of one or all stratigraphic unit s in the project If you create surfaces for all formations the program will automatically name the grid models using the formation name with the grd file name extension Be sure you have your formations listed correctly in the current Stratigraphy Types Table Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Structure Maps 2D amp 3D See also Chapter 8 Stratigraphy Modeling Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Stratigraphic Thickness 3D Use this tool to create a 3 dimensional image which represents the thickness of a selected stratigraphic unit The completed image will be comprised of a surface representing the formation s top a surface representing the formation s base and enclosing sides Notes In RockPlot3D the program will display the computed volume and mass of the selected formation In order for these computations to be accurate be sure that your depth units are the same as your X Y units such as feet so that the cubic volume as in ft3 makes sense In addition the mass computation is based on the density per cubic u
82. defined for the materials Log Item 2D 3D Title Plots the boring s name at the top of the log _ read from the Location tab Font settings adjust the text _ orientation thickness etc DH 01 Axis Plots the log s trace down the hole This is always activated in 2D and is _ the location above which the _ titleis plotted You can adjust the line style thickness and color Handy also for simply showing well locations in sections and 3D views Depth Labels Plots depth labels down the log Settings include labeling interval font style etc 2D and 3D y Sal SE ASE ENET SAE E 127 Strip Logs and Log Sections Lithology Column Plots a column containing intervals of pattern 2D and color that correspond to observed rock types listed in the Lithology datsheets The materials etc are defined in the Lithology Types Table 2D and 3D DH 01 _ Lithology Text Plots lithology depths keywords _ thicknesses and or comments in 2D logs keywords and descriptions in 3p Stratigraphy Column Plots a column containing _ intervals of pattern 2D and _ color that correspond to formation names listed in _ the Stratigraphy datasheets _ The formation names etc _ are defined in the _ Stratigraphy Types Table 2D and 3D Stratigraphy Text Plots Stratigraphy depths thickness and or keywords in 2D logs formation name in 3D DH 01 0 0 25 0
83. extents of the boreholes The spacing setting for the Z axis won t be used unless you decide to save a solid model version of your stratigraphy model Create a borehole location map to verify well locations page 110 Be sure your well locations look correct Display your downhole stratigraphy in 2D and 3D logs pages 122 and 125 Does it look like the downhole stratigraphy intervals are entered correctly Are the formations consistent in order between the wells Create a stratigraphy model page 157 and include your 3D logs with the output diagram Does it look like the surfaces accurately represent your stratigraphic contacts You can expand the Stratigraphy Model heading in RockPlot3D to turn on off formations and to drill down to individual surfaces If you have problems getting the surfaces to honor the data check your Project Dimensions node spacing check your data insert pinchouts try a different algorithm and fiddle with some of the other gridding options Create other stratigraphic diagrams If the stratigraphy model does a good job representing your units you can create your cross sections profiles etc using the same grid models turn Interpolate Surfaces OFF so that the program won t keep regridding the formations Help Tutorial Borehole Manager Create Stratigraphy Models and Diagrams Non Interpolated Stratigraphy Diagrams These straight diagrams are generated with no interpolation gridding Instead li
84. graphic format other than its own RK6 format The following exports are offered Bitmap BMP format J PEG format KMZ Google Earth PNG format TIFF format DXF format WMF format EMF format RockPlot3D ReportWorks Help Contents RockPlot2D Managing RockPlot2D Files Exporting RockPlot2D Images Viewing RockPlot2D Files e 9 RockPlot2D is the plotting engine for flat or 2 dimensional maps and diagrams within RockWorks and these maps and diagrams are plotted automatically into a RockPlot2D tab in the Options window upon their completion Once the image is plotted on the screen you may do any of the operations discussed in the topics below Help Contents RockPlot2D Viewing Plot Files Changing the screen scaling of the image To adjust the display of an image in the plot window select one of the scaling options Best Fit The Best Fit command View menu or toolbar button will fill the window as best it can with the current diagram while maintaining the currently established vertical exaggeration Stretch The Stretch toolbar button or View menu command is used to fill the current window with the diagram regardless of the horizontal and vertical scaling used The represented vertical exaggeration will be displayed in the VE item in the toolbar WE 1 00 VE You can use the Vertical Exaggeration button in the toolbar andi in the View menu to stretch or compress the vertical axis of the screen image
85. have a couple of options Using the Project Manager 1 Expand the ATD Files heading and just double click on the name of the ATD file you wish to open See page 107 for more information Using the Menus 1 Access the RockWorks Utilities datasheet 2 Select the File Open command 3 In Browse for the ATD file you wish to open Tip Use File Recent for a quick list of recently accessed data files The program will load the file information into the datasheet s cells The column headers are loaded from the header block listed in the file The name of the current data file will be displayed in the title bar at the top of the program window You can refer to the files in the My Documents RockWorks15 Data Samples folder for formatting examples Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Data Using the Datasheet re opening a RockWorks99 and earlier datasheet 87 RockWorks Utilities Datasheet RockWorks15 fi How to save a datasheet Changes you have made to the data currently displayed in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet can be saved on disk using the File Save or Save As command If the data file already has a name as shown at the bottom of the program window selecting Save will save the current version on disk under the same name If the data file is untitled as shown at the bottom of the program window or if you choose Save As the program will display a dialog box in which you can specify the na
86. is used to read a list of existing solid model files MOD and create a dynamic movie within RockPlot3D that shows time based changes within these models You can specify any number of intermediate transitional models be generated between the existing models To access the morph settings right click on the item s name or icon w in the right pane and choose Options You can also double click on the morph item to access the options The program will display the Morph Options window in which you can run the morphed sequence export to an AVI file and adjust isosurfaces color scheme surface style and opacity You can change the minimum G level enclosed in the isosurface skin and adjust the appearance of the model at the boundary edges Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images RockPlot3D Data Items Morphed Model Settings Running the Morhed Solid Model Sequence Saving the Morhed Sequence as an AVI File Adjusting the isosurface color scheme Adjusting the isosurface style Adjusting the isosurface transparency Establishing the minimum iso level Displaying the isosurface volume Adjusting the isosurface cap appearance RockPlot3D Voxel Model Settings RockPlot3D can display solid models as isosurfaces or as all voxels The All Voxel display is typically used for display of lithology solid models or Boolean models that result from the RockWorks Utilities Solid menu filtering tools but can also
87. like the stratigraphy picker 4 UE iii T CMBR SENAT EON Accessory Tables in Database Project specific tables such as Color Fill Polygon and Bargraph Scaling are now stored in the project database You can maintain multiple copies of each 20 RockWorks15 t gt EB Grid Models 29 Files D Solid Models 20 Files D 2 D Diagrams 22 Files D 3 D Diagrams 25 Files D FH ReportWorks Diagrams 3 p E Display Project Dimensions E Project Manager Borehole Data Manager 43 boreholes D Borehole Database came ali Location 4 ff Misc Project Tables gt F DH 01 E gt Color Fill Table a p Ge Contour Table g DH 02 pann gt e Point Map Range Table V DH 03 DH 01 gt 3D Point Map Range Tab V DH 04 Eastin v gt 3 XY Coordinate Table V DH 05 oo o D XY Pair Table V DH 06 gt lt Polygon Table V DH 07 4 a 4 Bargraph Scale Table custom_gold_scale Bargraph Scale Table cu a custom_porosty gt custom_benzene_ Edit Help custom_sand Minimum Maximum Sze x aA ay a gt 0 01 0 02 25 0 D or 0 02 0 029 50 0 R T Synonym Table 0 029 0 038 75 0 gt A ATD Fies 43 Files E 0 75 9 999 0 100 0 Introduction Reorganized Project Manager Even easier to access your data models and graphics TOE Fonit Campare Cer AOODW ARE Docetarts Rock Werks Outs Surpas Oneetater Dodo ETTI theta tara
88. maps display your sample borehole locations in plan view and various striplog diagrams display downhole data in 2D and 3D RockWorks also contains tools to transform the observed data into interpolated models filling in the blanks where no samples exist This chapter discusses contour maps triangle based easy and grid based in 2D and as 3D surfaces Sai Sagai ii es T j i D 0H fi PEHA Swn y f J 0H J j j Ga A t A uA ee i G1 Ca Nap yf t li Fn QLH j li j IE T wad J id i t F pi Ai OL 4 j j j i l 4 d apre och i a j ri emne A AES y f aao DTHM e j y pe E f iS hon f Enay al d J L 137 Gridding Contouring 3D Surfaces RockWorks15 Delaunay Contouring aka EZ Contouring One method of creating a contour map from XYZ points is to construct a series of triangles between the data points with a data point at each triangle vertex The triangles are constructed so that the angles are as close as possible to equi angular Contour lines are then interpolated between the triangle vertices and connected together to form the map We refer to this process as Delaunay Contouring it is also often referred to as dip contouring by some geologists Benefits Because it by passes the gridding step this mapping method operates the most quickly In addition it honors all of the data values many people
89. menu command to enlarge a portion of the map or diagram plotted within RockPlot2D Position the magnifying glass tool at one corner of the area to be enlarged Depress the mouse button and drag the tool to the opposite corner lick here and Seles maa m 7 FHH Fag gue HLL i ob E Hd t Release the mouse button when you have reached the opposite corner of the area to be enlarged When you release the mouse button the program will redraw the selected area on the screen maintaining the current vertical exaggeration Y Use the Zoom Out toolbar button EA or View menu command to restore the active RockPlot2D window to its original zoomed out view Use the Undo Last Zoom toolbar button GK if you ve zoomed in multiple times and want to go back to the previous view not all the way out 255 RockPlot2D RockWorks15 Using the RockPlot2D Magnifier Use the Magnifier button a or type Ctrl M to magnify selected portions of the current screen display Simply click on the button and a square or rectangular zoom area will be visible somewhere within the plot Use your mouse to drag the zoom area around the window Right click on the zoom area to select the magnification amount You can also resize the zoom area by grabbing and dragging a border or corner with your mouse To disable the magnifier click the Magnifier button again or type Ctrl M Using the Pan tool to shift the current view Use the Pan button to
90. model such as the ground surface or a stratigraphic unit and or below a unit Additional options include applying a regional tilt to the modeling as well as warping the lithology model based on a surface See Solid Modeling Options on page 175 Once you have the solid model file created you can use that existing model for future block fence profile section and plan diagrams They can all share the same MOD file without having to recreate it each time choose Use Existing Model in the diagram s Options window Typical Workflow 1 Define your lithology material types in your Lithology Types Table page 52 Be sure the G value for each material is unique RockWorks will use that value to represent the rock type in the solid model Enter your borehole locations and lithology data page 38 or import data page 63 Establish your Project Dimensions page 100 For lithology models be sure the X and Y spacing for the nodes is half the average minimum distance between your boreholes or closer Be sure the Z elevation spacing of the nodes is no greater than the smallest sampling interval in the Lithology tabs so that the materials will show up in the model Create a borehole location map to verify well locations page 110 Do the well locations look correct no goofy outliers Display your downhole lithology data in 2D and 3D logs page 119 Does it look like the downhole lithology data is entered accurately Do you li
91. prefer this method of contouring since there is no loss of data integrity as a result of gridding The results of this method probably look a lot like what you would get if you drew the contours by hand We often use this method to get a quick view of potential contours before proceeding to create a grid based map for comparison purposes Drawbacks RockWorks cannot build 3D surface maps using this method This method can leave blank areas in the map where there are no control points unless you tell the program to insert edge points Contours tend to be very angular You cannot use any of the gridding tools in the program with the resulting surface isopach computations etc Menu Item Delaunay triangulation is available in the RockWorks Utilities Map EZ Map option turn on the line and or color contours The triangle network is also available as an optional layer Data source RockWorks Utilities XYZ files page 89 If you wish to contour data from the Borehole Manager in this fashion here are some methods for getting your downhole data into the Utilities datasheet e Borehole elevations Use File Transfer Locations gt Utilities Datagrid to transfer your borehole location data to the Utilities datasheet Then select the Fasting and Northing columns for X and Y and the Elevation column for Z e Stratigraphy data Use File Transfer Stratigraphy gt Utilities Datagrid to transfer your borehole locations and stratigraphy con
92. report can also be helpful if you are creating a trend surface map of your data by providing correlation information Use the residuals to determine where localized differences from the regional background may be Help Contents Reference Gridding Reference Trend Surface Gridding for information about creating trend surface maps and examples of different polynomials Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Trend Surface Analysis Morphing Grid Models D Ja a The Grid Morph command is used to generate a series of transitional grids and or contour map images given two end member grids The user can specify the graphic format for the output maps and they are then loaded into the RockWorks picshow application page 247 This is a handy way to generate intermediate images between two models Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Grid Morphing Grid Model Tools RockWorks15 Grid Import Export Tools ao Importing Grid Models into RockWorks The Grid Import command is used to read an existing set of gridded data stored in one of the accepted formats and translate the data into a RockWorks grid file format This tool also imports J PG or BMP images and translates them into a grid format ASCII ASCII grid files consist of a list of space delimited xyz values in which each line contains one node also referred to as Text format Bitmap RockWorks can import BMP or J PG images
93. represent that map site in variably scaled point maps 3 D Point Map Range Table defines a range of values and the size and color for the spheres or cubes to be used to represent that location in variably scaled 3D point maps XY Coordinate Table Defines a listing of X Y coordinate locations to be used to define the panel endpoints in a RockWorks cross section diagram typically in a script when you won t be defining the locations interactively XY Pair Table Defines a listing of X Y coordinate locations to be used to define the panel endpoints in a RockWorks fence diagram typically in a script when you won t be defling the locations interactively Fault Table Defines panel endpoints of fault polyline s which can be used to apply faulting to selected gridding algorithms and display the lines in 2D contour maps and 3D surfaces Polygon Table Defines the boundary vertices of a polygonal area used to filter grid and solid models Bargraph Scale Table Defines the size of I Data and T Data bargraphs in 2D and 3D Striplogs as a percent of the column width based on measured values 3D IDW Solid Modeling Sector Table Defines one or more 3D regions within which the Inverse Distance Table Based solid modeling method will look for points as it s assigning a node value and apply the user defined modeling settings 2D IDW Gridding Sector Table Defines one or more 2D regions within which the Inverse Distance Directional Weighting g
94. requires 8 columns of information The object name X and Y location of one end of the tank X and Y coordinate for the other end of the tank tank elevation radius and color Sample file buried_ tanks atd Template File New Grafix 3D Horizontal Storage Tanks Vertical Tanks These files are used to build a 3D image containing vertical cylinders at specific XYZ locations with a declared radius height and color See Grafix 3D Utilities Storage Tanks Vertical page 245 This program requires 8 columns of information The object name X Y Z location of the tank radius height and color Sample file surface_tanks atd Template File New Grafix 3D Vertical Storage Tanks Other Data Please refer to the Help messages for formatting details for these data types e 3D Discs e 3D Cube Image Lists 93 RockWorks Utilities Datasheet RockWorks15 D e 3D Spheres e Surface Objects buildings etc e 3D Triangles e 3D Tubes Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Data Laying Out Your Datasheet Editing the Datasheet Editing the Datasheet Overview This section summarizes some of the tools used to modify the contents of the RockWorks Utilities datasheet in RockWorks Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Data Datasheet Mechanics Changing Column Titles and Styles Change a data column title To change the name of a column in the current RockWorks Utilities datasheet follow these ste
95. right hand rule or as dip direction dip angle Converting Polylines to Planes The Planes Import Polylines gt Planes program reads xyz polyline coordinates from an external ASCII file and computes the orientations of planes that pass through the polyline vertices It is designed for applications in which the user has xyz coordinates that represent the intersections between fractures or contacts and surface topography By computing the orientations of planes that pass through these points it is possible to analyze and or visualize the relative positions and orientations of these structures Translating Coordinates Converting Azimuth lt gt Quadrant The RockWorks Utilities Coords menu contains two tools for translating decimal style azimuth bearings i e 135 into quadrant style bearings i e S45E and vice versa The input data is read from the datasheet strike and dip data page 91 and the output coordinates are recorded there Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Coordinate Conversion Tools Converting Azimuth Data to Quadrant Format Converting Quadrant Data to Azimuth Format Directional amp Geotechnical Tools RockWorks15 Notes 236 RockWorks15 Statistical Tools Chapter 20 Statistical Tools and Graphs Topics SLALISUICall TOOTS OVervieW scasiscsisneZeaiceanesrivasinn denwto wade uraa onwnsisidvies dtu a 237 COMPULING Univariate SLAM SU CS cirerer iE EREA ATEN AEAEE ATEA A AE Ea 237 Creating Frequency
96. shift your view of the current plot file if it s being viewed in a zoomed in state 1 Simply click the Pan button place your cursor within the image and left click holding the mouse down You ll see cross hairs at the cursor location 2 Dragthe image in the direction where it is to be repositioned and release the mouse button 3 To terminate Pan mode click any other toolbar button Making all RockPlot2D Objects Visible All 2D graphic items can be rendered invisible in two different ways By accessing its Attributes window and removing the check in its Visible check box see Editing Graphics By making the layer in which the item resides invisible see Working with Layers Select the View Make All Objects Visible option to make all individual objects and all layers visible Editing Tools Editing RockPlot2D Graphics RockWorks generated graphic images that are displayed in the RockPlot2D window contains graphic objects that can be selected moved resized and edited To select a RockPlot2D graphic item 1 Click the Edit button in the upper toolbar ha 2 Select an item using either of these methods Item Clicking Position the cursor on the item to be grabbed and click on it to select it The selected item will be displayed with handles on each corner The cursor will change shape to a pointer You can select additional items by holding down the Shift key as you click on them All selected items will appear
97. sssessessssssccceccceeeeeeesesessssssssneeeeeeeeeeeeees 237 Chapter 2 l SUC TOOLS sacs sanceenacvanavanaeuaseanavces O A O E EENEN Ei 241 Chapter 22 Accessory Image Tools ccccccsssssssssscceceesssssseaeeeecceessssnseeeeeecessesseneeeeeeees 243 Chapter 23 Displaying 2D Images RockPlot2D ssnnneneesnsoseneeessssssseeeeeessssssreesssssssssreee 249 Chapter 24 RockPlot3D eeeeeesoesseeseeeeeesssssssssssssssreeeeeeeeessssssssesseeerreeeeeeesssssssssesrreeeeeeeeeees 265 Chapter 25 Report WoOrks ssscccssssscccccccccccceeeesssssssceccececseceeecceeeeeceeeesssssseeeaeeeceseeeeees 2 7 Chapter 26 RockWorks GNC iia secieisaciesediesiedstivd vavsaeedeseissascnetctvudestesvndssbisseeiseqentbecdseathestiertenise 285 Chapter 2 7 RETONON CG ise sccssicssisinisssdetnastinies tonnts sacenadssadadononseibectavwuncedanvnesstenesdedeedscecdeedscadatins 291 Notes RockWorks15 Introduction Chapter 1 Introduction ACELE D a l EEEE EE E E A E E T 1 What s in this Book and What s NOUacsics csssvnssunsevaseasieaedtatecsassaseceeseivsssaveasnasesaaveunedeiosusevenvenseseseseeate 2 SVEM REUT EMENTS oeer a T EE AAT anA EE REE EE E 2 Installing Licensing Starting Up Uninstalling all that 0 0 0 ee cessssccceessssssceceeessssnneeeceeeeseees 2 ABAE 0 0 varaa an a NA N OE AA ee rn 12 RockWorks14 and RockWorks2006 Users Read This cssssccccesssssssceceeessssseeeeceecesessnaeeeeeeees 25 LOGPIOE Users REACT AI
98. statistics etc Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Borehole Data Transferring Data Querying the Data Simple Query Use the View Filter Boreholes tool to query all boreholes in the current project using one or more filters such as a rectangular map area specific stratigraphic formations or specific Location table fields and disable those boreholes that don t meet all of the criteria This is a basic AND type of filter each of the boreholes for which every criterion is true will be enabled and the remaining boreholes will be disabled Here is a cartoon that shows how the entire database is filtered based on two parameters and only those wells where the criteria overlap result as enabled Benzene gt 0 3 gt gt Filter Apply boreholes filter All boreholes are enabled Lithology contains Clay Enabled boreholes There is a preview window to the right where project boreholes are displayed in red if currently enabled Disabled boreholes can be invisible or shown in gray Clicking the Apply button will leave the dialog box open but update the database using the selected filters and update the preview window Filters include map locations vertical extents lithology type stratigraphy type I Data values P Data values T Data values water level dates and optional location fields Complex Query Use the View Select Boreholes tool to query a subset of boreholes in the current project using one or more
99. symbol G Simply click on the Group s button to view the data items within Expand any data item s button to view its components Each of the data types has characteristics you can modify right within RockPlot3D J ust double click on the item in the Data pane to access the settings Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images Data Items iv Turning on off the RockPlot3D Data Items Adding New Data Groups in RockPlot3D Dragging and Dropping RockPlot3D Data Items RockPlot3D Surface Settings RockPlot3D can display 3 dimensional surfaces that are based on grid models These might result from gridding X Y Elevation data in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet Map Grid Based Map or from modeling stratigraphic surfaces in the Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Structural Elevations Surfaces can be displayed individually or in groups RockWorks15 RockPlot3D ae a To access the surface settings right click on the surface item s name or icon in the right pane and choose Options You can also double click on the surface item to access the grid options The program will display a Grid Options window in which you can adjust the color scheme surface style opacity smoothing and data filter Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images RockPlot3D Data Items Surface Settings Adjusting the surface color scheme Adjusting the surface style Adjusting the surface transpar
100. that is positioned above a user defined surface GRD file Handy if you wish to process values that were measured within a specific stratigraphic unit for example Lower Surface Filter Filters out log data that is positioned below a user defined surface GRD file Note that these surface filters are for the original data see below for filters that constrain the solid model once it s created Remove Duplicates Removes duplicate XYZ entries prior to modeling o Filter based on G Values Limits the solid model interpolation to data points with measured values within the specified range Discard Low Values Discard High Values These options allow you to define a value threshold below above which the data point will not be included in the modeling Helpful to remove null values or erroneous highs Replace Low Values Replace High Values These allow you to define a value threshold below above which the data point will be replaced by a user defined value Helpful to generalize highs and or lows o Resample at Regularly Spaced Intervals These tools allow you to resample the source data to coarser intervals i e P Data to speed processing or finer intervals i e I Data for smoothing Different options are available for different data types Closest Point P Data The resampled point will be assigned the value of the closest original point Enclosing Interval I Data T Data The resampled points will use the data va
101. to tabs on top using Tools General Preferences Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Data for more detailed information See also Importing Data on page 63 and Editing the Data as a Spreadsheet on page 59 Location Datasheet This is used to enter the well location information Location fields standard Borehole Name Required This is a unique identifying field for the borehole comprised of alphanumeric characters and it must be unique It will be used as the index field for the borehole and will appear in labels for the borehole on maps and logs Easting Northing Required Easting or X coordinate and the Northing or Y coordinate for the borehole in feet or meters O The well location Easting X and Northing Y coordinates may be listed in global units UTM meters or feet or in local units meters or feet The location coordinates must represent the same units in which the depths total depth in the Location tab and data depths in the other tabs are recorded Thus if your depths are entered in feet so must be your Eastings and Northings If your depths are entered in meters then enter your Eastings and Northings in meters also RockWorks does not require specific units it simply assumes the map units and the depth units are the same RockWorks assumes you know what your units are feet or meters or inches or centimeters and as long as they are consistent as described above you do not need to declare th
102. to enter the depth at that location Type in the depth and click OK 4 Move the cursor to any point near the base of the log using the scroll bars to move downward in the image This is typically the very base of the background grid but it can actually be any point within the log where the depth is known 5 Once the lower point has been selected a green horizontal line will be drawn at the designated depth and the user will be prompted to enter the depth at that location Enter the depth and click OK The Raster Log Calibrator screen will disappear and the appropriate information be computed and displayed within the Bitmaps tab This eliminates the need to load the raster image into another program to determine the header and footer offsets P Data Points Name Da 7 DH 01 S E preadsheet Tab Manager 7 DH02 lE P Text Point Text gt 7 DH 03 Fractures Depth to Top Depth to Base Header Base Footer Top Filename J DH 04 Water Levels ld 5 0 40 0 0 257 bh_02_core_01 png v DH 05 symbols Ju 45 0 119 0 0 878 bh_02_core_02 png v DH 06 120 0 170 0 0 261 bh_02_core_03 png J DH 07 Patterns v DH 08 Bitmaps v DH 09 Viaetoar Help Index raster images raster logs for more details about the calibration screens and about the Bitmaps fields Vectors The Vectors table is used to enter directional data such as groundwater flow directions tiltmeter data sonar data current flow etc This table can also be used
103. values within the node area Helpful for modeling weighted occurrence data Directional Weighting Uses Inverse Distance with a directional weighting bias You can specify a uni directional bias bi directional or create a custom table that lists directions and weighting values Distance to Point Each grid node is assigned a value that represents its distance in your X Y map units to the closest control point This can be used to generate confidence models Inverse Distance A common method using a weighted average approach to compute node values You can vary the weighting value to make the gridding more less localized Kriging Its strength is in identifying patterns across the data including directional trends You can choose from Automatic kriging whereby the program picks the best variogram model to use in gridding the data or you can do it all manually An interactive Variogram Editor is included as well as graphic and text reports to analyze correlation 140 RockWorks15 Gridding Contouring 3D Surfaces Multiple Linear Regression Simple distance weighting is applied to a regression analysis It first fits a first order polynomial to the data points to remove regional trend It determines the control points that lie within a minimum distance from the node and it populates a sum of squares matrix with the data in the search box using inverse distance weighting It solves the matrix for regression coefficients calculat
104. version the data for the Borehole Manager is stored in a Microsoft Access compatible database or MDB file Some of the benefits of using a database structure for data storage include Relational integrity The database keeps track of records in a table that refer to records in other tables such a stratigraphic unit for a borehole linking to the Stratigraphy Types Table Queries RockWorks contains some built in query tools that allow you for example to enable all boreholes that contain a particular formation or lie within a specific area In addition advanced users could use Access for detailed queries Data validation Numerical values are checked and stored preventing entry of alphabetic characters Date fields like Water Level Dates are validated to be actual date time values Some important notes RockWorks uses a project folder for storage of all borehole data and related files The MDB file that s created for a new project will be assigned the same name as the project folder For example if you create a new project folder named Denver then the project database will be named Denver mdb When you access a folder containing BH files from RockWorks2002 or RockWorks2004 the program will launch a wizard that will walk you through the steps to import the individual borehole files into the database Lookup tables such as those that define stratigraphy types and lithology types are stored in the database The data dict
105. well number Importing Kansas Geological Survey Well Data The File Import Kansas Geological Survey option imports tops data provided by KGS This import uses the same framework as the IGH GDS and Tobin imports Importing Newmont Assay MDB Data Use the File Import Newmont Assay MDB option to import data from a Newmont Assay database into the Borehole Manager The Collar Survey and Assays tables are imported Importing Pentrometer Data The File Import Penetrometer option reads a data file output from a Spectrum Technologies Field Scout SC 900 Soil Compaction Meter and import the measurements into the Borehole Manager s Point P data tabs Importing ProSect Data The File Import ProSect option reads a data file from the RockWare ProSect program PRO and imports the drillhole location downhole survey lithology and assay measurements into the Borehole Manager database Importing RockWorks99 Data If your RockWorks99 ATD and TEM files contain downhole borehole data such as stratigraphic layers and or linked LIT HIS CUR or ZON files you ll need to import them into the RockWorks Borehole Manager database If your RockWorks99 ATD TEM files do not contain borehole information you can open them into the other RockWorks data window marked with the RockWorks Utilities data tab Importing Tobin WCS Well Data The File Import Tobin WCS option is used to import data from a Tobin Well Coordinate Service
106. which are specific to each image created by RockWorks Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images Reference Items RockPlot3D offers the following reference items used to orient yourself in the scene A RockPlot3D15 untitled coh fle Edt View Help SS al APR Sle Be CO eldo mE l rop bi S M H Ay sVv Bun oe Labels nd _ eri gt i Axes ee p s World outlines Va Base gt L Orientation Orientation marker Displayed in the lower right corner of the 3D View it shows the current orientation of the X axis red the Y axis blue and Z axis or elevation green If you rotate the display the orientation marker will be updated 269 RockPlot3D RockWorks15 9 Axes TheX Y and Z elevation axes are plotted in the middle of the currently defined scene dimensions World Outlines Expand this item in the data tree to access individual reference grids for the Top Base West North East and South boundaries of the scene Right click on any item to adjust the color fill and opacity of the reference grids Choose View Dimensions to adjust the scene dimensions Axis labels which note the Top Base West North East and South directions Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images Reference Items Data Items The Data Items are the logs surfaces solids or other entities that were created by Groups of items are shown with the Group
107. will also be assigned for that layer in stratigraphic solid models should you decide to save them Show in Legend Defines whether the formation is to be displayed in any diagram legends Handy to know You can click on the Formation heading to sort the table by name You can click on the Order heading to sort the table by order Use the Edit menu tools to switch the case of the formation names and to un check types not contained in the current project Add a new row by clicking in the last row and pressing the down arrow on your keyboard You can delete a formation name Ctrl Del and the program will offer automatic substitution of a different formation for existing data records Help Index Stratigraphy Types Table re accessing importing exporting etc Well Construction Types Tables The Borehole Manager database uses Well Construction data tables for entry of depth intervals and different material types for construction information for each borehole This information can be illustrated in strip logs and log sections The Well Construction Types Table defines for the program the names of the construction materials for the current project and the graphic pattern color to use for each material type This table is stored in the project database 55 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 WellConstruction Type Table File Edit Material Pattern Show in Legend CONCRETE PLUG EE a aal Deere R p SURFAC
108. will be updated automatically Preview Dimensions You can click on the Preview Dimensions button to see a quick view of how dense your models will be Dense Show Advanced Options Insert a check here to display project dimension statistics and other settings These are discussed fully in the Help messages How Do I Know what Node Spacing to Set X Spacing and Y Spacing You might want to start with a density that will create at least one node between each control point Let s say your boreholes average about 100 feet apart You would not want to set the X and Y spacing to 200 because much of your data won t be recorded in the models You might start at a value of 25 or 50 Create a map of your borehole locations Map Borehole Locations or your Utilities sample locations Map EZ Map and use the Measure Distance tool to measure the distance between the map symbols Refer to the Show Advanced Options Statistics Average Minimum setting for the program computed average minimum distance Z Spacing The Z spacing will affect solid models only and you need to look at the downhole resolution of your data If your lithologies vary over 3 or 5 feet don t set the vertical spacing to 10 alot of the material won t be represented in the lithology model Denser is not always better You might create less dense models on trial runs and increase the density only if you feel the detail of the data is not being represented For exam
109. with the file name extension pat See Pattern Tables Overview page 285 SYM These are Symbol Tables that contain the designs for graphic symbols used in maps Statistical diagrams logs etc RockWorks is shipped with a library of symbols in the default rw _sym sym table you can save this file under a different name delete symbols add symbol designs etc via the Misc Tables listing accessed in the Project Manager along the left edge of the main RockWorks program window Symbol files are binary in format with the file name extension sym See Symbol Tables page 287 Rockware_landbase These files contain Range Township Section coordinates for portions of the United States These files are not installed with the program they re large but can be downloaded from the RockWare web site using the link in the RockWorks Help Download RockWare Landbase menu item These data are used by the RockWorks Utilities Map Land Grid Maps tools Coords J effersonian Points amp Polygons tools and the Borehole Manager Map Adjust Coordinates J effersonian tool Importable Files BMP J PG PNG TIFF GIF WMF EMF PCX PCC TGA AFI VST ICO RockPlot2D RockPlot3D or as grid models DBase data DEM grid models DXF RockPlot2D RockPlot3D data GX F grid models Surfer GRD grid models DLG RockPlot2D ESRI e00 RockPlot2D ESRI Shapefile SHP into RockPlot2D TXT data Excel XLS data LAS Log ASCIT Standard
110. you can transfer these data into the Borehole Manager using the File Transfer Locations gt Borehole Manager tool The fields in the datasheet can be mapped to specific fields in the Location tabs e Elevation Required Elevation at the top of the well The elevation units feet or meters must be the same as the Easting and Northing units This should represent the point from which the depths of your other data fields Lithology Stratigraphy etc are measured e TD Required Total depth for the well Be sure the TD units feet or meters are the same as the Easting Northing and Elevation units If the well is inclined or deviated this should be the measured depth not the true vertical depth e Longitude Latitude Optional These fields can be used to store well locations in a decimal longitude and latitude format There are coordinate conversion tools in the Map Adjust Coordinates menu these require that the lon lat coordinates be in a decimal format 34 7625 not 34 45 45 and Western longitudes and Southern latitudes be negative e Range Township Section Legal Description Meridian Optional Use these fields to store J effersonian location coordinates for the wells There are coordinate conversion tools in the Map Adjust Coordinates menu these require that the locations comply to a specific format e API Number Optional Use this field to define the API number a unique identifier for oil and gas wells
111. 0 Bentonite aiie Wel Construction 90 0 120 0 4 0 2 5 Screen 0 0 Screen Help Index well construction for more details about how to enter and format the data Linked Types Tables Some of the data tabs discussed in the previous section link to other tables which act as libraries defining the type of data you are entering You can access these Types tables via the Project Manager pane at nS Sten PAOS OEEO b Doni ae Relate liala l Data T Data Project File Edit View Map Striplogs Lithology Stratigraphy Froject Folder C Users ROCKWARE Documents RockWorksL Samples Display Project Dimensions vu TS om e EER SIE Borehole Data Manager 43 boreholes ag amp ahs nie rial aa A toto m i it nlm zZ E a L aka DH 01 Location Inforrr F e E DH 02 Required Field 2 I Text Types z jiri at a T Data Types DH 05 oo a f P Data Types D Mapes Bea Ato H EEEn 5 DH 07 l 6 z Well Construction Types DH 08 a ATD Files 36 Files 3 Elevation H a E ecg band ME Eilat E DH 09 51 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 You can also access these from within the data tabs themselves For example from the Lithology data tab use the Lithology Types button or double click on a Keyword cell to bring up the Lithology Types table k 4 a H S Import Export Y Spreadsheet Lithology Types Tab Manager Depth to Top Depth to Base
112. 06 20 grey and black DU DH 06 ees 40 0 45 0 DH 06 40 maroon grey 7 DH 07 Text Interval 55 0 60 0 DH 06 55 maroon grey 7 DH 08 T Data Time In 75 0 80 0 DH 06 75 pink grey Sh P Data Points _ 95 0 100 0 DH 06 95 reddish brown 7 DH 11 P Text Point T _ 115 0 120 0 DH 06 115 brownish red DH 12 Frartiirec These data can be displayed as text in 2D and 3D strip logs Striplogs menu Note that each I Text datasheet represents a merging of the records stored in the MDB table See Editing the Data as a Spreadsheet page 59 for how to view the data with multi select and copy paste tools T Data Time Intervals Datasheet This table is used to enter measured numeric values which were sampled at depth intervals as opposed to single depth points and at specific dates This might apply to downhole geochemistry values concentrations sampled at periodic intervals such as in monitoring wells Leave this table blank if you have no date based interval data T Data fields 43 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 or ow e Depth to Top Measured depth to the top of the first sampled interval for the well The depth values must be positive e Depth to Base Measured depth to the base of the first sampled interval for the well e Sample Date Date on which the sample was taken You can also double click in the cell to bring up an interactive calendar selection window Time information is optional
113. 141 177 Delaunay contouring 138 DEM files importing 214 densify 143 density lithology stratigraphy 52 54 density patterns 285 density conversion grid models 210 solid model 219 diagrams drawdown surface 227 Durov 228 flowlines 228 RockWorks15 frequency histograms 195 209 217 238 hydrographs 228 Piper 91 229 plotting 249 rose 91 92 232 scattergrams 209 217 sieve 239 stereonet 91 233 Stiff 91 230 ternary plots 239 water level drawdown 227 XY scattergrams 238 Digital Line Graph files 253 digitizing from bitmaps on screen 247 from RockPlot2D 260 using an electronic digitizer 98 dimensions gridding 143 project 100 RockPlot2D 255 RockPlot3D view 268 solid modeling 175 directional maps 116 212 directional weighting gridding 140 discs 3D 243 distance filter solid models 218 distance measurements 259 distance to point gridding 140 Distance to Point solid modeling 175 downhole survey data 242 drape bitmaps 244 Draw menu RockPlot2D 259 drawdown 227 Durov diagrams 228 DXF files exporting 214 254 267 importing 97 233 253 267 easting 35 38 editing borehole data 35 grid models 211 patterns 286 RockPlot2D graphics 256 RockWorks Utilities datasheet 94 301 Reference solid models 221 symbols 288 elevation 38 EMF images see also raster images 92 endpoint comparison 134 ESRI grid models 214 ESRI Shapefiles export
114. 15 Borehole Manager Importing LogPlot Data Use the File Import LogPlot DAT option to import data from one or more LogPlot DAT files into the Borehole Manager The data field matching is done using a LogPlot DAT file or ENM file as a template and a series of screens is displayed to specify which LogPlot data types are to be placed in which RockWorks database tables Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering your Borehole Data Importing Data fora detailed listing of the import steps Importing RockWorks2002 2004 Data In RockWorks version 2006 and newer the Borehole Manager stores borehole records in a database file MDB in the project folder with the same name as the project folder By contrast earlier versions of the Borehole Manager stored borehole records in individual ASCII BH files If you have upgraded from an earlier version of RockWorks you can import your ASCII BH files into the database via two methods 1 Ifyou want to create the database in the existing RockWorks2002 2004 project folder use the Project Open option to open that folder If the program finds BH files but no MDB file it will automatically launch the import wizard The MDB file that s created will be assigned the same name as the existing project folder 2 Ifyou want to create the database in a new project folder create that folder and then use the File Import RockWorks2002 2004 option to import the BH files If you
115. 177 solid modeling methods 174 solid models 165 180 216 arithmetic operations 218 displaying 265 271 272 editing 221 exporting 222 extracting grid models from 220 fence diagrams 181 filtering 218 219 importing 222 in page layout 277 initialize new 222 modeling methods 174 morphing 222 272 overview 171 pit extraction 224 225 plan maps 181 194 profiles 180 186 193 sections 181 186 194 slicing 271 272 273 smoothing 218 statistical diagrams 217 statistics 217 surface maps 195 volume 226 XYZG data 91 sphere maps 114 117 spider maps 112 spreadsheet 61 SQL Server 66 standard deviations 211 217 240 starburst maps 112 starting up RockWorks 10 293 statistics datasheet 96 grid models 209 solid models 217 univariate 195 237 Statistics maps 146 196 stats menu 237 stereonet diagram maps 201 stereonet diagrams 201 233 stereonet maps 111 stereonets 212 308 RockWorks15 Stiff diagrams 230 Stiff Map 113 230 Stratigraphic Thickness 2 Dimensional 145 155 Stratigraphic Thickness 3 Dimensional 149 155 stratigraphy overview 151 152 stratigraphy contacts picking from logs 160 stratigraphy data exporting 162 Stratigraphy datasheet 41 69 72 81 160 161 162 stratigraphy diagrams fences 153 159 165 216 Google Earth logs 126 isopach maps 145 149 155 plan map 160 profiles 157 sections 153 158 solid model 157 structure maps 145
116. 2 E DH 01 Orientation Import Y Export Y Spreadsheet Lithology Types Tab Manager i DH 02 Le v DH 03 Lithology Depth to Top Depth to Base Keyword gt v DH 04 Stratigraphy 0 0 10 1 Soil gravelly v DH 05 10 1 45 0 Gravel coarse to fine Data Intervals v DH 06 45 0 58 0 Silt 7 DH 07 FText Interval 58 0 104 1 Gravel DH 08 T Data Time In 104 1 180 5 Clay DH 09 3 FI DH 10 P Data Points 180 5 217 0 Sand 7 DH 11 P Text Point bee 217 0 229 0 Siltstone 40 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager Ww ow Lithology data can be displayed in 2D and 3D log and log diagrams using the options in the Striplogs menu Lithology data can also be interpolated into a solid model for display as a 3D voxel diagram 3D fence panels 2D cross sections and profile panels and lithology surface and plan view maps Lithology menu tools See Lithology v Stratigraphy on page 69 for help on definitions Help Index Lithology Data lithology details Stratigraphy Datasheet Into this table you can enter interpreted downhole stratigraphic or formation data Stratigraphy fields e Depth to Top Measured depth to the top of the first stratigraphic horizon for the well The depth values must be positive e Depth to Base Measured depth to the base of the first stratigraphic horizon for the well If you don t know the formation base perhaps the borehole ends mid formation you can leave this blank See Missing Formations
117. 2 9521 Y 5 536 002 Process button current x y mouse position 205 Laying out Sections and Fences RockWorks15 1 To accept the current selection click the Process button at the bottom of the window 2 To redraw the section line follow these steps Rockworks will remember any panel selections from previous sessions If you wish to discard any existing selections and start well picking from scratch click on the Clear button DON T do this if you want to append to an existing section Click on the location to be represented along the left edge of the first panel of the section If you are appending to an existing trace pick the location for the next panel to be added to the existing list The program will draw a line from the last endpoint to this one Pick the next endpoint and the next and the next Each selected panel point will be connected to the previous selection with a line 3 To snap the panel endpoints to actual well locations insert a check in the Snap check box at the top of the window After you select the panel endpoint pairs they will be repositioned to the nearest boreholes Section panels in interpolated surface or solid models can lie between boreholes the Slices can be placed anywhere within the model However if you choose to include Striplogs in these section diagrams and if the panel endpoints don t lie at borehole locations the program will simply project the closest log onto the panel Straight st
118. 225 Reference grid models 209 lithology zones 225 solid models 226 warp model based on grid 177 water level diagrams 167 168 169 170 hydrograph maps 111 water level drawdown 227 water level versus precipitation 228 Water Levels datasheet 47 Water Levels tab 170 Well Construction datasheet 50 Well Construction Types Table 55 wintab32 dll 98 WMF images see also raster images 92 workflow 83 310 RockWorks15 world file 243 248 XLS files exporting 31 97 importing 64 65 97 XML files opening 266 275 saving 266 XY scattergram datasheet values 238 XY stations 241 242 XYZ data 88 98 162 170 241 XYZG data 91 189 197 zip files saving 267 zoom in out of screen display 255 256 268
119. 231 creating strat contacts 166 216 density conversion 210 dimensions 100 143 displaying as stacked surfaces 148 editing 211 exporting 214 extracting from solid models 220 fences 215 filtering 211 filtering solid models with 218 importing 214 LIDAR 215 morphing 213 node values posted on a 2D map 297 profiles 215 profiles 3D 215 resampling 210 residuals 209 slope aspect analysis 212 statistics 209 tools 209 302 RockWorks15 Grid Based Map 144 148 gridding 139 declustering 141 densify 143 dimensions 100 143 faulting 143 high fidelity 142 logarithmic 142 methods 139 140 options 141 overview 139 polyenhancement 142 smoothing filter 142 hanging cross sections 124 Hardware Acceleration 276 help 27 293 high fidelity 142 177 histogram plot 195 238 hole to hole cross sections 123 124 hole to hole fence diagrams 153 horizontal biasing solid modeling 175 horizontal bitmap panels 92 244 horizontal tanks 93 hybrid gridding 141 hydrochemistry ion data 91 113 228 229 230 Hydrochemistry menu 227 hydrographs 228 hydrographs maps 111 Hydrology menu 167 227 I data exporting 197 I Data datasheet 42 57 189 I data diagrams 193 images see raster images 259 import data 26 63 215 233 grid models 214 images 214 246 253 267 solid models 222 initialize solid model 222 Insert Grid into Model 220 installation number 4 installing RockWorks 2 4 int
120. 259 polygon perimeter 259 random numbers 240 rotating 3D data 235 slope aspect 212 solid model statistics 217 standard deviations 240 strike amp dip from 3 points 234 strike to dip direction 234 total dissolved solids 230 trend surface 213 univariate statistics 195 237 water level drawdown 227 XYZ coordinates from survey data 241 consolidate lithology 189 consolidate stratigraphy 162 contour maps 143 144 145 297 contours Delaunay 138 297 from 3 points 234 in 2D map layers 297 Convert menu 220 coordinates changing in RK6 files 263 converting 117 converting in Borehole Manager 117 Copy to new window command 252 CPT files importing 68 cross sections 119 drawing 205 300 RockWorks15 fractures 200 I data 194 in page layout 277 lithology 186 P data 194 plotting 249 profiles see also Profiles 123 stratigraphy 153 158 strip logs 123 124 T data 194 water level 169 cumulative gridding 140 DAT files importing 67 data Borehole Manager 37 69 72 98 160 161 162 188 189 customizing tabs 80 database 34 77 79 80 editing as spreadsheet 61 exporting 81 197 202 importing 63 query 82 83 transferring to RockWorks Utilities 81 data RockWorks Utilities 85 86 293 294 data layout 88 digitizing 98 editing the data 94 exporting 97 importing 97 transferring 98 data items in RockPlot3D 270 data window in RockPlot2D 260 DBF files 97 declustering
121. 2D and or 3D map to illustrate this data The data values can be color coded in a variety of ways These maps are discussed in Chapter 12 I Data T Data and P Data Modeling 146 RockWorks15 Gridding Contouring 3D Surfaces Other Contouring Tools The RockWorks Utilities Grid menu offer a number of grid model filtering and manipulation tools Most of these menu items offer the option to create a map of the resulting grid see Chapter 15 Grid Model Tools 2D Contour Map Layers Ht Line contours can be drawn at regular logarithmic or user Ip l f By defined intervals Contour lines can be smoothed and displayed with labels Line style and color can be defined for labeled and unlabeled contours Options for omitting zero K DY YY value low value or high value contours are available Color contours Numerous color schemes exist or define your own Boolean grid models can be displayed with specific colors for the zero and 1 value nodes Custom color tables can be created for specific value ranges A color legend is available Colors can be applied gradationally typical contours or using a Classification paint by numbers approach Seeall of the 2D map layers on page 296 3D Surface Maps How to Create Them 3 dimensional surface maps are really just a 3D view of a 2 dimensional contour map Like the 2D maps they illustrate quantitative values that have been measured over space Like the 2D maps they can
122. 5 amp Stratgraphy Legend Vade Rena Layout Prewewrer oo ithoiogy Prde Log Time b Jro Surface Proje F Stremquetry Te me Lj Perimeter Annotabon Options J WetCont Fite 2 M Create Location Map Late 1 3 Trncote losta 2 Te iData 9 te lDsta t Te btext 1 blest 2 Tent 3 a L Test a Tosta 1 Te T Date 2 te T Hate Te T Data oe Te Y Puta Orve 1 Options opener TAA oeta 93 2 Trak Gamma Poa 60 Lett Maren 0 1 Pleat ot t n Embedded Profile Section Fence tabs Click on the Selection Map tab to define the panel locations 21 Correlation Options Instrections 20 Strpiog Desgner 5ecton Selector Map Stratigraphy Section Smoothing Posses T at 2 2i is aaa Seam a FI Pet Surface Profile Renmeter Annotation Oster Ock on a sechon vertex a F Greate ocabon Map 4 Truncate ISL SSM 26528330 5 535 768 3 65280 5 535620 4 651040 5535 5 S eSLi60 5 535 523 Gjo 5 535 473 TIN 555 424 8 65205 0 535 343 Detailed Settings in Redesigned Windows Gridding mapping solid modeling and many diagram options have been pulled out of the tree menus to their own dialog boxes Much easier to use Grid Dimensions Bdrectional Weighting Options Based On Project Dernensons Automatic f L E AdusaiGamnme Project Dmensions Varuble Based On Data Coordinates Oapey Fabric Report Mansa Average Mnmum Bas Drection 45 Be vatane Ostanc
123. AE 35135554 1450 188 J53 255 TRAJE i OH 03 e403 Bee Seo 1254 ifi 5 167lidao TRUE 5 HGS DH 04 Aa 5555753 1450 279 60 g TRUE amp OH CH 03 CH0 MEHA 1280 142 PF 325912 TRUE 7 DH 05 DH 06 653103 5535162 1515 216 L5 16711680 TRUE amp DH OF Enne e ae oa aa 213 41 8323199 TRUE lo oua me Data for multiple boreholes 47g 5 aass7ii TRUE 110 H i Borah MARAN 1230 rG LI B3SiHA TRUE 1 O H10 LH 10 Bal See 1452 159 Jl 32039 TRUE 12 DH 11 OH 11 652074 5535162 1683 205 22 16711680 TRUE l H 2 DH l ESIJ74 JAE 1503 121 25 255 TRUE id a ens Gii S555078 MA 225 T 0 TRUE 15 DH 14 DH 655763 5525057 1495 zt L4 D TRUE 15 OH DH 13 GFHHD J351 1252 216 14 D TRUE i7 oW 16 oW 15 GSIS 5505014 13M 156 ta 0 TRUE 12 OHel GH 1 GSi5335 S525 728 1497 lil La D TRUE Ceres Location Laoingy Straten interad Tritteval i m OOO Multiple worksheets with different data types A few important notes about the File Import XLS importer e The Excel import tool can append to existing borehole records This means that data being imported that references existing borehole names can be written to the existing record s fields For example if your existing database contains Location and I Data records for DH1 and DH2 you can append Lithology data for those same boreholes e You can append new boreholes to the project via the Excel import If your XLS file references borehole names not already present in the project it will create new borehole records and bri
124. B files this table is binary rather than ASCII in format To access the Symbol Table where you can view the current symbol set open a new symbol library or even access the Symbol Editor where you can modify existing symbols or create new ones follow these steps 1 Access the Project Manager pane along the left edge of the program window 2 Expand the Misc Tables heading 3 Double click on Symbols item The program will display the default Symbol Table in the Select Symbol window Here you can view and select symbols from the current symbol library It also lets you access the Symbol Editor where you can edit existing symbol designs and create new symbols See the topics below RockWorks Tables RockWorks15 e The Symbol Table can also be accessed from within the RockWorks Utilities data sheet by double clicking on a graphic symbol cell It can also be accessed by clicking on the picture of the symbol in the Borehole Manager Location tab Using the Select Symbol Window The Select Symbol window displays all of the symbol designs in the current Symbol Table The factory default Table is RW_sym sym in the program s main System folder This window is used to view symbols select symbol colors open other Symbol Tables and access the Symbol Editor Move symbols elsewhere in the current Table Edit the currently selected symbol Current Symbol T able m atA ROCKWARE AppData Locah Rock Warerw sym sym Sax ena 4 Ac
125. Borehole 83 locate closest point 262 location borehole 38 Location datasheet 38 81 logarithmic gridding 142 logarithms 177 LogPlot data importing 26 67 LogPlot keywords 52 logs see also strip logs 119 longitude latitude 38 117 263 maps 109 2D map layers 296 3D point map 114 3 point contour 234 bar chart 112 borehole maps 110 145 contour 143 144 145 154 155 297 cylindrical world 117 EZ maps 296 flow 116 212 Google Earth 114 grid based maps 296 hydrograph 111 in page layout 277 land grid 115 lease 116 lineations 231 232 lithology 187 pie chart 112 plan 146 194 201 plotting 249 265 point maps 109 112 114 rose diagram 110 201 Reference section 115 shotpoint 116 Slope 116 212 spherical 117 starburst 112 statistics 146 196 stereonet 111 201 Stiff diagrams 113 230 stratigraphic 149 154 155 270 stratigraphy 159 160 strike and dip 116 212 233 strip logs 124 125 surface 148 195 201 270 survey 241 time graph 111 196 water level surface 170 270 mathematical operations datasheet 96 grid models 210 solid models 218 MDB file 77 291 Measure menu RockPlot2D 259 menu settings 293 294 menus 16 17 missing formations 72 161 MOD files see also solid models 291 model resolution 100 175 models aquifer 168 fractures 200 grid 209 I data 193 lithology 185 P data 193 plottin
126. Borehole Datat j ps E e Mic Project T E Fault Map gt ATD Files 47 f Google Earth po Grd Mode amp 44 A Ba a k WB Sold Model 2 WE Land Grid s c gt W 2 Digranes Multivariate Maps r bsi 2 gt S 3 D Diagrams Shotpoints kzi o gt EB ReportWorks 0 gt fe LAS Fies 2 Fii a a RCL Files 9 Files When a menu item or button is selected a window with program options will be displayed The options will be displayed in an expandable collapsible outline format View documentation for program option f Grid Based Map Menu Click on the button 3 1 Data Source to expand the heading Grid Model Create New Grid Click on the button Grid Name Mlaerlmes to collapse the heading 7 Use Existing Grid A filled radio button 9 Create 2 Dimensional Grid Diagram indicates an option is on 44 E Background Image An empty radio button M Symbols indicates an option is off 4 Labels S Z4 Labeling Options 4t V Contour Lines f Grid Based Map Mane emetik lt lt Graphic display menu options L ET Input Colu A blank box t Colored Intervals x m a ren a 3D Diagram i 7 7 mFS f indicate en option ie of 7 7 E Feu rons opaa EERI Gan a Or wl i coal ard A checked box V 3 gt 7 Border Y Northing A Reference indicates an option is o
127. CSV file for use in Excel Help Contents Borehole Manager I Data Tools T Data Tools P Data Tools 197 Fracture Modeling RockWorks15 P Data Manipulation Tools The options in the P Data Analyze menu perform the following data manipulations Add Random Adds random numbers to a P Data track Gamma Counts gt Uranium Grade Reads Gamma measurements from a P Data track and converts the data to uranium grade values in an I Data track Conversion constants can be uniform or pulled from custom fields in each borehole s Location tab Logarithm Computes the logarithm of a given p data column Logarithmic conversions are useful when you want to show the variations within the low values despite high values that otherwise squish the curve when using the autoscale option P Data Histograms by Lithology Determines data values for a selected P Data track and the specific lithology entries where they occur RockWorks will generate a composite diagram with frequency histograms for each lithotype An optional report will show an outlier summary Resample Resamples a P Data track storing them in a new output track Filters are also available This can be helpful if your source data is sampled at too fine an interval to be practical for modeling or log display 198 RockWorks15 Fracture Modeling Chapter 13 Fracture Modeling Vector Modeling Topics Fracture Modeling OvervieW ccsssssssccccecesssssnsccccessssese
128. Columns Column Name Min Value Max Value Description This table defines for each column e Name Name of the measured value you ll be recording such as Benzene or Percent Sand this will become the column heading This field is limited to 31 characters e Min Value Max Value Define the minimum and maximum acceptable values for the component These fields are optional e Units Units you are measuring such as PPM or Percent For your reference only e Description Descriptive information about the measurements for your reference Handy to know Add a new row by clicking in the last row and pressing the down arrow on your keyboard See Help Index I Data Types for more information about using this table l Text Types Tables I Text Types tables are used to define the columns displayed in the I Text Intervals data tab A Text Text Data Columns Description sf Cose Heb This table defines for each column 57 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 o a e Name The name of the text you ll be recording such as Sample ID or Color this will become the column heading This field is limited to 31 characters e Description Descriptive information about the data for your reference Handy to know Add a new row by clickingin the last row and pressing the down arrow on your keyboard Help Index I Data Types for more information about using this table T Data Types Tables T Data Typ
129. D and 3D Vectors Text Plots vector _ Measurement values in 2D _ logs Bitmaps Plots raster images of a variety of formats between specified depth intervals Typically used to show raster logs or downhole photos 2D and 3D RockWorks15 DH 26 DH 26 0 0 ME ir A 2 14 2007 DH 26 DH 26 0 0 25 0 30 18 27 13 25 0 26 15 DH 01 y DH 01 25 0 pt heh a age e 132 RockWorks15 Strip Logs and Log Sections Patterns Plots user selected pattern blocks i between specific depths in the log as read from the Patterns table 2D and 3D SS DH 05 y 7 DH 05 Patterns Text Plots any oy Screen 9 1 Pattern captions in 2D logs Screen 9 1 creen 3 4 creen 9 2 creen 9 2 DH 03 i i 0 0 MA Symbols Plots user i 2 selected symbols at specific 4 fracture zone YK iracture zone _ depths in the log as read _ from the Symbols table 2D 4 ESEN 2 l edding plane and 3D 25 0 DH 03 DH 03 y Sy mbols Text Plots any J fracture zone _ _fracture zone Symbol captions in 2D logs bedding plane edding plane H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H i H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
130. Da E gt V DH 01 Export Y Spreadsheet Tab Manager 7 DH 02 Stratigraphy J pH 03 Data Intervals Depth Azimuth Inclination Radius Aperture Color 7 DH 04 I Text Interval Text 20 0 290 0 300 75 0 10 7 DH 45 75 DH 05 T Data Time Inter 550 3050 5 0 5 0 10 4 DH 06 76 0 295 0 200 50 0 10 i 7 DH 07 P Data Points 950 3150 310 900 10 4 DH 08 P Text Point Text DH 09 S J DH 10 Fractures PEIEE i J DH 11 Water Levels Water Levels Datasheet This table is used to enter one or more dates depths and optional text for observed water level s in the boreholes Water Level data fields Date Here you enter the date on which the measurement was taken by typing it in or double clicking in the cell and choosing a date On logs the date field can be displayed as a text label For profile plan fence and solid diagrams RockWorks will use the Date field to match like measurements between wells For this reason you can enter the date in any numeric format the program should be able to match 1 1 01 with 01 01 2001 You cannot use an alphabetic format e g January 12001 The date and time formats will automatically adjust to U S or other formats based on the Windows Regional Settings Depth to Top Measured depth to the top of the water level The depth values must be positive Depth to Base Measured depth to the bottom of the water interval If you wish to displa
131. Dakota Ee Morrison 5 J Danan eTo domator A Boo Fountain ae Precambrian 500 763 Precambrian This formation would not appear in individual strip logs It would be displayed in hole to hole stratigraphy sections Stratigraphy Section Straight as pinched out at the well with pattern fill Formation automatically pinches out at this borehole Hole to hole section The formation s depths for that borehole would be included in computations that generate surfaces and thickness calculations Note that in this stratigraphic model the red surface is pulled up to lie on top of the lower surface H 2 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 The Stratigraphy menu s Fill in Missing Stratigraphy option will insert zero thickness formations into each borehole record This can be a very handy tool but be sure 1 that you have correctly defined the stratigraphy order in your Stratigraphy Types table and 2 that you back up your database when prompted before completion of this process just in case you re not happy with the results Omitted Formations Another way to note no data is omit the formation name altogether Stratigraphy Gal parete penetas nin i 0 120 Gal Pierre 120 215 T flow Dakota ia 215 2600 Pierre EEs f 266 Dakota Bese Morrison oo m Marida The Fountain formation 0 sp0 763 Pecani is not entered at all ane a ee This tells the program that that formation is missing and it should not be repre
132. E CASING E THREADED EMD PLUG THREADED JOINTS Material patern Display in ita and colors diagram legend 4 4 4 4 4 s s s s s s lt The Well Construction Types Table lists for each material Material The material name such as casing or screen This field will link to the data table Pattern The pattern and colors to be used to represent the material in log diagrams You can click on the pattern cell to bring up a pattern selection window where you can select pattern design foreground and background colors line thickness pattern repeating density etc In 3D logs the background color only is displayed Pattern designs are not supported in the 3D OpenGL window Show in Legend Defines whether the material is to be displayed in any diagram legends l Handy to know Use the Edit menu tools to switch the case of the material names and to un check types not contained in the current project Add a new row by clicking in the last row and pressing the down arrow on your keyboard You can delete a material type Ctrl Del and the program will offer automatic substitution of a different keyword for existing data records ig Help Index Well Construction Types Table re accessing importing exporting etc 56 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager a l Data Types Tables I Data Types tables are used to define the columns displayed in the I Data Intervals data tab fs Interval 1 Data Data
133. FOR LOSS OF INFORMATION REVENUE OR PROFITS WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE STRICT PRODUCT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER THEORY EVEN IF ROCKWARE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES Trademarks Owners RockWorks RockWorks99 LogPlot RockWare RockWare Inc ArcView Shapefile EOO ESRI Inc AutoCAD AutoDesk Microsoft Windows Microsoft Corporation Surfer Golden Software Inc All other company and product names are or of their respective trademark owners See complete terms of the license agreement during the installation of the software Table of Contents Chapter 1 Introduction scssscaisssieversocicesseasesssensdacadsvesscedovedesdecssesidndsansidedssnstaasacensenedeatansvaniadecs 1 Chapter 2 The Borehole Mana er s cccccccsssssssscceccceesssssnseeccceesssessseeeecceesesssaeeeeeeeeees 29 Chapter 3 The RockWorks Utilities DataSheet ccccccccccccccceeessssssesssssssnseeeeeceeceeeeeeeees 85 Chapter 4 Project Dimensions and the Project Manager ccssssscccccseesssssnseeceeeeessees 100 Chapter 5 2D and 3D Point Maps Other Base Maps cccsssssssssseeecceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 109 Chapter 6 Strip Logs amp Log S CHOMNS cccccssssssssssccesssssssesscececssesssceeseeeessessseeeseceeesees 119 Chapter 7 Gridding Contour Maps and 3D Surfaces ccccccssssssscceceeessesssneeeeeeeesesees 137 Chapter 8 Stratigr
134. Files 7 Dt Basement A 3 D Diagrams 8 Files H ReportWorks Diagrams 1 File fe IAS Files Files ckWorks See Chapter 7 for more details about gridding 156 RockWorks15 Stratigraphy Modeling Stratigraphic Models Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Model tool to create a 3 dimensional surface diagram that illustrates stratigraphic layers The stratigraphy layers will be color coded based on the formation s background color in the Stratigraphy Types Table This process involves the interpolation of a grid model for the upper and lower surface of each of the stratigraphic units using the user selected gridding method These grid models will be stored in the project folder The completed diagram will be displayed in a RockPlot3D window with formation upper surfaces lower surfaces and side panels Volume and mass of each formation will be displayed in the RockPlot3D window The program offers optional creation of a 3D solid model representing the stratigraphy grid models layered from the bottom up for use with other analysis tools Insert a check in the Save Model option if you want the program to store on disk a numeric 3 dimensional solid model with voxel nodes representing stratigraphy type Use a mod file name extension for the solid model file RockWorks will not use this MOD file when displaying the stratigraphic surfaces in RockPlot3D at this time it will instead display the gr
135. Grafix 3D Utilities Images tools to apply 3 dimensional characteristics to bitmap images This includes floating a bitmap horizontally at a specified elevation draping an image over a surface or displaying images as horizontal or vertical panels A variety of bitmap images are supported BMP J PG EMF WMFP PCX PNG TGA and TIFF Where applicable georeferencing can be done with an accompanying World File Float a bitmap at a particular elevation The Grafix 3D Utilities Images Float tool reads an existing bitmap image and given input user coordinates and an elevation generates a flat floating 3D image of the bitmap Notes Be sure the X and Y coordinates you assign to the bitmap corners are in the same units as those in the project with which you ll be combining this image Once the image is created save it then use File Append to append this to an existing image 243 Image Tools RockWorks15 Drape a bitmap over a surface The Grafix 3D Utilities Images Drape tool reads an existing bitmap image and given an existing grid model generates a 3D image of the bitmap that confirms with the grid surface Save the draped bitmap view then use File Append to append this to an existing RockPlot3D view Display bitmap images as vertical panels The Grafix 3D Utilities Images Panels Vertical tool reads a list of bitmap images and their coordinates and displays them as vertical image panels T
136. H O1 DH 05 132 0 142 0 54 54 15 77 234 54 15 77 5JDH 02 DH 03 188 0 171 0 280 07 245 100 07 2 15 6 DH 02 DH 04 186 0 229 0 187 13 9 47 T13 947 7 DH 02 DH 05 186 0 142 0 221 39 15 61 47 39 15 61 amp DH 03 DH 04 171 0 229 0 133 9 TS 313 97 T y 9 DH 05 DH 05 1710 1420 149 38 11 71 329 38 11 71 10 DH 04 0H 05 229 0 142 0 289 01 33 03 109 01 33 03 135 Strip Logs and Log Sections RockWorks15 Notes 136 RockWorks15 Chapter 7 Gridding Contour Maps and 3D Surfaces Topics OVO E E ERR un annis nip E E E 137 Delaunay Contouring aka EZ Contour in cccssssccccessssssseeceeesssnceecececeesssaeeeeeesessnaeeeeeeees 138 Grid Based COn OUN scrret san AOE AEN ipeaeeaen 139 r a A aE E E eevee 140 Other Gridding Options ccccccsssssssccccesssssnsccscecesssssesecceessssseeseecesssssnseseeccsessssaeseeessessaeeeessees 141 Ond Model Dinen os ccass canna sanewas saanouasiinestiectaosdivattestncepentusseessnnstyentveniesnatbaasanneaienspasbacesiaecbane 143 2D Contour Maps How to Create Them ccccccccccccccccccsssssssssnsceeeeccceccceeeeeeesssssseseeeeeceeeeeeeeees 143 3D Surface Maps How to Create Them ccccccccccccssssssssssssssseeeccecccceeecessssssceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseees 147 Overview Gridding Contouring 3D Surfaces The previous chapters discuss some of the tools in the RockWorks program that allow you to visualize your data as is with no interpolation various point
137. Log Sections Chapter 6 Strip Logs amp Log Sections Topics CY TOY ea O a E O S A aed eaaeaicaretes 119 Simiplog Layout OPU OTS sasana eaea 120 2D Logs Projected Log Profiles and Log Sections eeeeeeseeseeseereseesesreesesresresresresersesns 122 Log MOD cee nee nC ne Eres ner ene een npn em aS 124 SO ara vase att em ayeteeee rae E aa saneadedeat estate 125 Google Earth Stratigraphy Columns cccsssscccceessesssseececeessssseeececessssneeeeeceseessaeeeeeeeeees 126 L g TSS AY e R A 127 Computing Borehole Survey Coordinates and Creating Diagrams ccccssssscceeeeeeees 134 Comparing Log EMC POMS sccvuescacecustevceswusesnceusepseesssanay vane enc midearie nl seiedprevicdnusesivedevenbonseoeeses 134 Overview o There are a variety of tools available in the Borehole Manager s Striplogs menu for creating 2 dimensional flat or 3 dimensional logs of individual or multiple borings The log data is taken directly from the Borehole Manager data tabs Logs provide a very good way to view and confirm the raw data in your project is my stratigraphy entered right do the logs look like they re in the right place where do I have high geochemistry values g p BOGOE lg TEE s rsest Prrrrprrery qr TTTT FEET ECCT rrtty triTryT Tv Tity gr Prrrtyprrit yer rrp AEREE EMERE nE The log options are pretty much the same for all of the 2D log diagrams and for all of the 3D log views You may c
138. Map Grid Based Map command reading RockWorks Utilities XYZ files page 88 You can create grid models of stratigraphic surfaces and aquifer surfaces in the Borehole Manager Stratigraphy and Aquifers menus reading Stratigraphy and Water Level data Grid models of downhole quantitative data to illustrate highs lows averages or sums are offered in the Statistics Map options in the P Data I Data and T Data menus reading a track of values from the P Data I Data or T Data tabs The RockWorks Utilities Grid menu contains a plethora of grid manipulation and analysis tools reading XYZ data or existing GRD models The RockWorks Utilities Solid menu contains tools for extracting grid models from solid models The RockWorks Utilities Volume menu contains tools for computing volumes from grid models Output window RockPlot2D and or RockPlot3D The process of grid based contouring generates TWO output files the numeric grid model GRD and the graphic diagram the 2D map or the 3D surface which is created to represent the model Gridding Methods RockWorks offers several methods to do this interpolation of your data Each operates differently and each has strengths and differences They are described very briefly here please refer to the Help messages for more details Closest Point Each grid node is simply assigned the value of the closest control point Cumulative Nodes represent the sum of the control point
139. Mg across from SO4 so that each polygon becomes that sample s signature Additional ions if D o present are plotted in the order that they are listed below es the standard ions You may choose up to 4 additional cations and anions for display in the Stiff polygons Use the Vertical Point Spacing and Polygons Per Page settings to control lengths of polygons Use the Horizontal Scaling setting to determine widths of polygons if you choose Automatic and there are multiple pages be warned that each page may represent a different horizontal scale Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Tools Creating Stiff Diagrams Creating Stiff Diagram Maps hy The RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Stiff Map option is used to create a map with a Stiff diagram r ar illustrating ion concentrations at each sample point See gt page 113 for more information Computing Total Dissolved Solids The RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Total Dissolved Solids command reads a listing of ion concentrations from the datasheet and computes total dissolved solids for each sample Total dissolved solids represent the sum of all declared ions as listed in the Data Input Columns in the parts per million or milligrams per liter units read from the RockWorks Utilities datasheet You may choose up to 4 additional cations and anions in the computations Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Tools Computing TDS
140. Minimum and Y Maximum coordinates will define the southern and northern map extents of your project Y Max CASS ae wi AA 7 MN EEA ee ce i d P ca its ADAT St ene 20 SSH TT bi T eee we ae p ore aon vi tg ib vaicts toe se a Minimum Maximum A nies n edin Ein X Easting 652 700 0 653 520 0 m hee are a pDA ta sa He gt N Pe y CHOMP ras an peti omning 5 545 000 0 mie at Pea q 1 259 000 0 Peer a ee ee N J f Pa aa PEA ies A T henii ADHS bhr eH 36 EETA ce Elevation 1 230 0 1 530 0 at ioe f k Ere mE boio DATH O ae SNP MEN l ot ELR K A i r 4 7 Fa ee Onte Hy bebe s F r j Ati v a EA F ia br k jia DH 24 sael 13 1 oe a a a z Te OTH 5 pE te fe i Min If you are working in the Borehole Manager or have scanned for Z dimensions in the Utilities the Z Minimum and Z Maximum coordinates represent the elevation extents of the project Minimum Maximum X Easting 652 700 0 653 520 0 Y Northing 5 535 000 0 5 535 900 0 Elevation 1 230 0 1 530 0 Spacing These settings pertain to interpolated models only They represent the spacing between nodes along each axis and hence the density of the models the program will create LOOK AT THESE NUMBERS Node density affects the quality of the model and the time necessary to generate it The X Spacing will define how far apart grid and solid model nodes will be from west to east Itis declared in your map units 104
141. N ese aerate ER 203 Drawing a Profile LING visccciccscivsssescssacssiescedendsdsssvassenadecsssevaeatesddensevvsduasearsdesaeeassevsversbensversvesicversiuns 203 Drawing a Multi Panel Cross Section TYace cccccssssssccecccssssssececcesessseeecceessessaeeeeeccesesssaeeees 205 Drawing Fence Diagram Panels cccccssssssssccccessssssccecesssseseeccesssseseeeceessessseaseeeesssssenseeeess 206 Overview In the Options window of the RockWorks tools which build vertical profile cross section or fence diagrams RockWorks displays a tab where the borehole locations are illustrated It is this Profile Selection Map Section Selection Map or Fence Selection Map tab you draw the section or fence panel line s The look of this window changes depending on the type of diagram being created but the general operations are the same If you are creating a profile section or fence from the RockWorks Utilities data window the borehole locations may not be displayed Drawing a Profile Line The Borehole Manager Profile tools are available within the Lithology Stratigraphy I Data T Data P Data Fracture and Aquifers menus They are used to display a vertical slice from the inside of a solid or stratigraphic model to illustrate lithology distribution stratigraphic or water level elevations geochemical geophysical values and fracture proximities Striplogs can be included in any of these profile diagrams A Profile tool is also avai
142. Performing Arithmetic Operations with Solid Models 9 The tools in the RockWorks Utilities Solid Math option are used to perform arithmetic operations on the values stored in an existing solid model file storing the results in a new solid model file The following options are available Model amp Model This tool performs arithmetical operations with the node G values in two existing solid model files In order for the program to match up corresponding nodes in the two input models they must have the same dimensions X Y and Z coordinates and range and numbers of nodes If you aren t sure of the size of any solid model use the Solid Statistics Report option to obtain a summarylf you need to change dimensions for either both models you can use the Resample option below Model amp Constant Performs arithmetical operations with the node G values in a single solid model and a constant Resample Reads an existing solid model and creates a new model based on the current project dimensions You can use this tool to resize models that are to be filtered against or run through mathematical operations with each other WARNING This resampling process is very slow You may find it easier to remodel the original data using the new dimensions Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Tools Mathematical Tools Filtering Solid Models The RockWorks Utilities Solid Filter option used to filter the nodes contained wi
143. Pick the next material Select the name of the next lithotype to be recorded and click the top and base of each interval in each log Continue in this manner for additional lithology types Note that you can re pick lithotypes at any time It does not matter the order in which you pick the lithotypes or define the intervals in the logs End the session Click on the Exit button and discard or save changes 188 RockWorks15 Lithology Modeling ow oa What next Now that you have the lithology intervals defined use the Lithology Model tool to create a 3 dimensional solid model of the rock types Use the other Lithology menu tools to create sections profiles maps etc as described earlier in this chapter Help Contents Borehole Manager Lithology Tools Picking Lithology Intervals Consolidating Lithology Use the Borehole Manager s Lithology Consolidate tool to locate identical contiguous lithology intervals without regard for any associated comments and consolidate them into a single interval This utility is primarily designed for users who are importing data from other programs that store data at uniform intervals You can opt for creating a backup of the project database before continuing with this operation which is highly recommended Help Contents Borehole Manager Lithology Tools Exporting Lithology Data to ASCII Use the Borehole Manager s Lithology Export ASCII XYZG option to extract X Y Elevatio
144. RockPlot3D Help menu click on the About item and then click on the OpenGL Troubleshooting tab that s displayed there The window will display the driver that s installed on your system If there is a driver installed its manufacturer and renderer and version will be listed You Should opt for the Use Hardware Acceleration setting if your computer contains a good card with a driver You will be able to display and manipulate bigger images better If no driver is installed typical of many laptops you may see something like Driver Vendor Microsoft Corporation Driver Renderer GDI Generic In this situation RockPlot3D will make use of RAM memory to provide the umph to drive the graphics You should choose the Use Software Acceleration setting For this to work effectively we recommend that you have lots of RAM more than 256 MB and a faster processor 400 mHz or faster Pentium III CPU If the 3D images are slow to redraw on your computer you can remove the checkmark from the Autodraw option along the bottom of the RockPlot3D window The image will only be updated after rotation stretch view change etc when the Render button is clicked RockWorks15 ReportWorks Chapter 25 ReportWorks Topics ReportWorks OVELVIEW ssssesesssscececccccccccecceesssssssceeecececcscceeeeessssseeaeeseeeeeceseseeeeeceesesesaaeeeeeeeesns 277 Managing ReportWorks Files s sscsccccessssssnscceeesssseeeccececesssseeseeeceessssesee
145. RockWorks15 IN RockWare Since 1983 2221 East St Suite 101 Golden CO 80401 USA tel 303 278 3534 fax 303 278 4099 www rockware com Copyright Notice This software and accompanying documentation are copyrighted and contain proprietary information Copyright 1983 2008 by RockWare Inc All Rights Reserved 2221 East St Suite 101 Golden CO 80401 USA 303 278 3534 fax 303 278 4099 www rockware com email rockware rockware com first edition March 2008 Second edition J une 2008 Improvement Notice RockWare Inc reserves the right to make improvements in this product at any time and without notice Warranty Disclaimer ROCKWARE MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY CONCERNING THE QUALITY PERFORMANCE OR OTHER CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SOFTWARE THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITH ALL FAULTS AND THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY PERFORMANCE AND ACCURACY IS WITH THE USER TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ROCKWARE DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR THOSE ARISING OUT OF USAGE OF TRADE OR COURSE OF DEALING Limitation of Liability TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ROCKWARE SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL SPECIAL PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES OR DAMAGES
146. RockWorks15 Exporting the Datasheet to DBF Format Exporting the Datasheet to XLS Format Transferring Data to the Borehole Manager ce Use the File Transfer tools to transfer the following data from the RockWorks Utilities to the Borehole Manager Locations gt Borehole Files This tool reads specific data fields from the RockWorks Utilities datasheet and records them in the Borehole Manager Location tabs This can be useful if you have done some coordinate manipulation in the RockWorks Utilities and want the new coordinates to be represented in the Borehole Manager s BH files Or this can also be a handy way to start a new set of BH files with location information for a new project Stratigraphy gt Borehole Files This tool reads specific data fields from the RockWorks Utilities datasheet and records them in the Borehole Manager Stratigraphy tabs This can be useful if you have done some manipulation of the stratigraphic elevations in the RockWorks Utilities and want the modified data to be represented in the Borehole Manager The Stratigraphy Transfer tool works only with vertical boreholes Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Data Transferring Data to the Borehole Manager Digitizing Data o ao RockWorks offers two tools in the Edit menu that permit you to use an electronic digitizing tablet to enter either X and Y point data or line endpoints directly into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet In this w
147. RockWorks15 Project Dimensions Project Manager The Y Spacing will define how far apart grid and solid model nodes will be from south to north It is declared in your map units If you are working in the Borehole Manager or have scanned for Z dimensions in the Utilities the Z Spacing will define how far apart grid and solid model nodes will be from the lowest elevation to the top elevation in the project It is declared in elevation units Which should incidentally be the same units feet or meters as your X Y map units ee cine See ae amet Heo ga EE A i a Ee E E K k 1 a Hat Pian E i i ee i Saree k IL nti i h o A ge a ha ea ES l pin a a TA DA aiM ie aa 105 Project Dimensions Project Manager RockWorks15 a Spacing between model nodes spacing Modes from west to east in your map umts E astina 4 T 21 L Spacing between model nodes _ TE i Number of nodes from south to north in your map units Morthing 40 23 _ represented Spacing between model nodes from lowest Z Elevation i 0 a to highest elevation in your depth ints Nodes These display the number of nodes that will be generated along each axis These are computed automatically based on the dimensions divided by the spacing You cannot edit the node settings If you need to change the number of nodes along any axis adjust the spacing setting and the number of nodes
148. S yisyidavscciccussgutsvnlsanedye T OANA E aA 26 Cerne Drinn a N A 27 Welcome RockWorks is an integrated software package for geological data management analysis and visualization RockWorks specializes in visualization of subsurface data as logs cross sections fence diagrams solid models structural and isopach maps in both 2D and dynamic 3D windows The borehole data manager is used for easy entry of well data geophysical geotechnical geochemical measurements observed lithologies stratigraphic contacts water levels fractures downhole well surveys all in linked database tables From this data you can create point contour plan view and lithology stratigraphy surface geology maps logs cross sections and profiles In addition there s an assortment of 3D diagrams logs surfaces fence diagrams and solid models RockWorks also contains a flat spreadsheet style data window for use with the program s RockWorks Utilities basic gridding and contouring solid modeling volumetrics hydrology and hydrochemistry tools drawdown amp flow diagrams Piper and Stiff diagrams 2D and 3D feature analysis rose and stereonet diagrams lineation maps and densities statistical computations and diagrams histograms scatterplots ternary plots survey mapping coordinate conversions and more The RockWorks Utilities portion of the program can be purchased separately There are three graphic display windows in RockWorks Roc
149. This file can be imported into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet or into other applications or opened automatically into the default Windows text editor such as Notepad Output window ASCII XYZ file representing observed depth upper elevation base elevation or thickness To load this exported file into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet follow these steps Click on the RockWorks Utilities tab choose File New Datasheet select the Generic XYZ format for the layout and use the File Import Into RockWorks Utilities ASCII option to import the text file into the data window Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Exporting Stratigraphy Data Exporting Stratigraphy Thickness to the Utilities Datasheet Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Export Hanson Aggregates tool to export to the RockWorks Utilities datasheet a listing of the thickness of all stratigraphic units of all boreholes The list will contain the name of the borehole the name of the unit the unit thickness and a blank Key column The latter is for subsequent classification use within non RockWare software Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Exporting Stratigraphy Data 162 RockWorks15 Stratigraphy Modeling Stratigraphy Computation Tools Stratigraphic Volume Reports Solid Model Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Volumetrics Based on Solid Model tool to read a saved stratigraphic solid model a
150. WCS file into the RockWorks Borehole Manager WCS files contain well location and other miscellaneous well information which is imported into the borehole Location tabs Assigning well names can be based on several data fields and well symbol is based on the listed well status D amp A GAS etc Importing Fugro CPT Data The Borehole Manager s Lithology and P Data menus both contain an Import Fugro CPT Data option which imports data from a Fugro Cone Penetrometer file into a Lithology or P Data tab for the current drillhole For the Lithology import the program will concatenate similar intervals such that the lithology doesn t consist of hundreds of small intervals Importing Colog Data Use the Borehole Manager s P Data Colog option to import data from a Colog borehole geophysics file into the P Data tab for the current drillhole 68 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager Other Data Topics Lithology versus Stratigraphy RockWorks recognizes two distinct types of borehole rock soil material Observed Lithology What is Lithology In RockWorks lithology data represents your downhole rock or material types that aren t necessarily layered in a specific order The Lithology entries can repeat sand clay sand clay Observed is the key word Observed lithology intervals for each borehole are entered into the Lithology tab listing depth to top depth to base and rock or material type This is what many people initially ente
151. Water Level Fence Diagram 169 Aquifer Modeling RockWorks15 2D Aquifer Surface or Thickness Map U fates Atte mm m a na ma m Ni The Borehole Manager s Aquifers Plan tool creates a a 2 dimensional flat contour map of the aquifer surface base or thickness for a particular date or date range During the process of building the contour map the program will create a grid model for the upper and lower surfaces of the aquifer and of the aquifer thickness using the user selected gridding method The grid models will be stored as grd files on disk sas od x na i ee ee Help Contents Borehole Manager Aquifer Tools Creating a 2D Aquifer Surface or Thickness Map Exporting Water Level Data The Borehole Manager s Aquifer Export tool exports water level depth elevation or thickness data for each borehole for a selected date or date range to an ASCII Text XYZ file Help Contents Borehole Manager Aquifer Tools Exporting Water Level Data 170 RockWorks15 Solid Modeling Chapter 10 Solid Modeling Topics VOR VIC WY oee E E E E 171 What Can I do with a Solid Modal a ccscsisccuiecsvnaizasszwnsncdsaentnesdaenbaedsaueisteveieinadseusiatisweatneasnielasteudeset 172 Solid Modeling IMICTHOUS cis ses csasesiecrconivawecimepncecsioriwerneeinaravanssonainiasteanucnsersseweievuseuesensesunaesvenddonvesss 174 Solid Model DIMENSIONS ccccesecccesccccssccccsccccssccccsscccssccccssccess
152. Works Utilities Statistical Tools Creating a Statistical Report fora Column of Values Borehole Manager The Borehole Manager s I Data Stats T Data Stats and P Data Stats tools are used to calculate statistics for a single track of samples in the current database Spatial and G value filters are available as is resampling Statistics include simple summaries population min max range mean etc as well as Mean 1 2 3 and 4 Standard Deviations Help Contents Borehole Manager I Data Tools or P Data Tools Statistical Tools RockWorks15 Creating Frequency Histogram Plots RockWorks Utilities The RockWorks Utilities Stats Histogram tool reads a single column of data from the datasheet and determines the frequency or percentage of the total number of measurements for that variable that falls in each user defined grouping or cell These values are represented as a bar histogram plot It also contains a tool for creating multiple histogram plots of separate data columns and combining them into a single image Notes The Multiple Histogram tool is a handy way to see quickly the distribution of Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Statistical Tools Creating a Frequency Histogram for a Column of Values Creating Multiple Frequency Histograms for Two or More Columns numerous variables of Values Borehole Manager D The Borehole Manager I Data Histogram T Data Histogram and P Data
153. Yoxel a x gt 171 Solid Modeling RockWorks15 A solid model is a computer file of numbers that contains the results of the solid modeling process It contains a listing of the X Y and Z location coordinates of the regularly spaced 3D nodes which we call voxels and the interpolated G value at each node We use the letter G to denote the voxel value it originally represented Grade in mining applications but can also represent concentrations counts etc Solid model files are stored in the project folder and have a MOD file name extension Using the Project Dimensions X Y and Z minimum and maximum values to dimension your project area the program then initializes the regularly spaced voxels using the X Y and Z spacing settings H Pog aaa nmu nnu a h h E h E h LLL DL i ih a a a Bengh a a DEL Dk Wik ik h a a eee eee oe ee nnmnnn nnn nnn nnn nn penne cee The G value is then estimated based on the G value of the given data points There are several methods offered to do this interpolation of your data Each operates differently and each has strengths and differences These are discussed shortly Menu Items and Data Source e The RockWorks Utilities Solid Model tool creates solid models from X Y Z and G data listed in the Utilities datasheet or in an external ASCII file e The Borehole Manager Lithology I Data T Data P Data Fractures and Vectors menus c
154. a wd l Text Datasheet Use this table to enter non numeric information that spans depth intervals such as sample numbers or comments The I Data tab is limited to numeric information only the I Text tab allows for alphanumeric entries I Text fields e Depth to Top Measured depth to the top of the first sampled interval for the hole The depth values must be positive e Depth to Base Measured depth to the base of the first sampled interval for the borehole You may also use the lt Tab gt key to advance from cell to cell e Column 1 Recorded information for that downhole interval for that component If you have no data for an interval you can leave the cell blank Blank cells will simply be skipped during processing e Column 2 Column x Additional data for that component for that interval Repeat for as many columns as you have entries for for that depth interval Click on the I Text Types button at the top of the datasheet to define the column names for the measurement types e g Color Sample ID etc for the project The columns link to an I Text Types Table where column names are defined Example Borehole Data Manager 43 boreholes Name Location w a D tI soe Orientation Import Y Export Y Spreadsheet I Text Types Tab Manager J DH 03 Lithology Depth to Top Depth to Base sample ID Color 7 DH 04 Stratigraphy gt 0 0 5 0 DH 06 0 reddish brown v DH 05 EData Intervals 1 20 0 25 0 DH
155. a fields Lithology Stratigraphy etc are measured TD Enter the total depth for the well Be sure the TD units feet or meters are the same as the Easting Northing and Elevation units If the well is inclined or deviated this should be the measured depth not the true vertical depth 35 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 or 5 Click OK The well name will be shown in the Borehole Name listing The required fields that you entered will be displayed on the well s Location tab There will be a blank suite of datasheets Lithology etc into which you can enter data for the borehole You can also use the File Duplicate Log option to create the new borehole record based on an existing borehole Help Index Optional Fields for information about adding customized fields to the location table See also Entering the Borehole Data page 35 Deleting a Borehole Record Each well in a borehole project is stored as a separate record in the project database To remove an existing well record from the current project follow these steps 1 Access the Borehole Manager as necessary 2 Ifnecessary access the project folder that contains the data you wish to edit 3 Inthe pane to the left click on the name of the Borehole File that you wish to remove from the current project For example to remove the borehole named DH 5 click on that well s name 4 Select the File Erase Log command The program will
156. ables to factory defaults e Display the main program window loading the Samples project e Display a Help window What now Get familiarized with the RockWorks windows in the Brief Tour see page 12 Run through some of the sample tutorials click on the Tutorials button at the top of the Help window See Getting Started Checklist page 32 for some important tips regarding the Borehole Manager when you are ready to enter your own data Starting RockWorks the Next Time If you ve already installed and run RockWorks before follow these steps to start up the program 10 RockWorks15 Introduction 1 Click on the Start button on the Windows taskbar 2 Click on the Programs or All Programs option 3 Click on the RockWare group and then on the RockWorks 15 group then on the RockWorks15 program icon You ll see the main licensing screen there with all of your pre entered information If you are running the program in Trialware mode you will see the number of sessions and the number of days you have left in your trial period If RockWorks has been run before on this computer the uses and or days may be used up If you need more time contact RockWare and we may be able to provide an extension code 4 Ifyou want to continue with the current license type click the Continue button The main RockWorks program window will be displayed You can click the Skip this Menu checkbox to bypass the startup screen in fut
157. ad we ll try to offer general summaries of program function We ll also direct you to the Help system Watch for this symbol it will direct you where to find more information in the Help system See also page 27 System Requirements The minimum system requirements for RockWorks may vary depending on the type of data you will be processing and the types of diagrams you will be creating and viewing In general the more RAM the faster the processor the newer the operating system the better Here is our minimum recommended system setup for use of RockWorks Windows2000 NT XP Vista or Windows 7 Windows98 amp Windows ME are not supported 1GB of RAM 1 4 GHz or faster CPU Plenty of free disk space Display set to GREATER than 800 x 600 pixels Index Database specifications Installing Licensing Starting Up Uninstalling all that Installing RockWorks RockWorks can be installed either from a RockWare supplied CD or from a file you ve downloaded from our web site Downloading the installation program from RockWare s web site is recommended since the version on the web is always the most recent build J ust go to www rockware com and select the Downloads Product Updates menu You will need administrator level access to your computer to run the installation and licensing programs Install RockWorks from a CD Skip this step if you have already downloaded the installation program from the intern
158. ad existing postings search on keywords and more User Manual The user manual is designed to be a roadmap to summarize program functions and to direct you to other resources for more information The manual can be downloaded PDF format from www rockware com and click on the Support RockWorks Downloads Documentation menu item Contact RockWare If you own a registered RockWorks license you are eligible for 1 2 hour of free telephone support and free email support both subject to change Technical questions can be emailed to tech rockware com The support telephone number is 303 278 3534 and listen to the switchboard menu for support Technical staff hours is typically 9 4 Mountain time zone Our mailing address is 2221 East St Suite 101 Golden Colorado 80401 USA When you contact us please be sure to include the revision number of the program visible in Help About the version of Windows you are using what you are trying to do in the program and whether you are seeing an error Critical errors now generate a bug report that can be automatically sent to the RockWare support staff This report keeps us from asking a bunch of obnoxious questions about your machine configuration and exactly where the bug occurred To register your license mail in your yellow registration card or visit www rockware com and click Support Register Software 28 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager Chapter 2 The Borehole Manager
159. ads a bitmap image and allows you to calibrate it to real world coordinates rotate it to N S and E W orientation clip it to project or user defined coordinates and display it in RockPlot2D or floating draped in RockPlot3D Extra large images can be resampled to lower resolution Accompanying World files can be created 248 RockWorks15 RockPlot2D Chapter 23 Displaying 2D Images RockPlot2D Topics ROCK PIOC D OVC CW aertiro AAE AE E N i 249 Quick Summary of RockPlot2D Tool Ssssac sicsvasessusrscassesvanessaavaaasanevaeessevanedseodsesaonadaadeaiasaaseniastesved 250 Managing RockPlot2D Files cccssssscccceessssneeececeeessssssecceeeesesaeecccesessaseeeeceeessesaeeeeceseesaaeeesges 291 Viewing RockPlot2D FICS 0issssvisseaanvannssnsasnseintasncatocetetainesineatnscaveninesanioavsiseameasacsepnetiovenaesanivasss 254 CTT TOO ssa vee E E A EEEE eed 256 RockPlot2D Drawing 1 OGIS 5 ctscstccanivasunsntanssaengununsasuewtaenenbinaysvasaneinndesueseanemimiunsepenbecsssanbsatenenses 259 The RockPlot2D Data WindOW ccccccsssssssccccesssssccecceessssseeeecessssaeeeecesesesaeeecececesesaaeeeeeeeegs 260 Manipulating RockPlot2D Files ccccssscssseccactssessesssascessveessvecsassseessnetecsesoevsveeasnedessdssernssedsesendacesess 262 RockPlot2D Overview iy im RockPlot2D is one of the plotting engines for RockWorks It is used to display 2 dimensional maps and diagrams as they are being created and for opening saved
160. ai 1885087 iaw aiia 1 667 28 LESI ELIN LEA L146 MIEI LHII LETAKI IELE LEN HE LERIJS IELE LEGTE LESEM LOMO LT LET S10 10 716 LEREN Lm SI 16 EL LETI LEDDE EOE 1 ooo LERDE EHLI LEMI L762 MALH LWA LEH IELAI LATI LESLIE SOIIS LENAN LAEI ISLA eT LEBET LS ad L571 LETA 1510an LSH LEST SOL LEE LES 162 Lees LETSISS ISIL 1877473 eao o E Lener Lour Le IIL LST HLI ESS LESI EVENE LETSZH OMI L amp T S5 fis a pa wp ee ee ee TELLE EMEL ETT UL Me SOA ame Sr e Ai maad Expand any file type grouping by clicking the small button by its heading contract any grouping by clicking on the small button You can use the and a buttons to expand all collapse all Borehole Database This heading lists the data Types tables that exist in the current project database You can open any of these tables by double clicking on the table name See page 51 ATD Files This heading lists all of the ATD files that have been created in the current project folder You can open a RockWorks Utilities data file into the datasheet by double clicking on its name in the Project Manager pane Or right click on the file name and choose the Load File option See page 85 for information about ATD files Grid Models This heading lists all of the grid models that have been interpolated for the current project such as stratigraphic surfaces or GRD files created in the Utilities Grid Based Map option You can create a 2D contour map or 3D
161. al tubes Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Hydrology Tools Plotting Particle Paths as 3D Flowlines Plotting Water Level versus Precipitation The RockWorks Utilities Hydrology Hydrograph command reads from the main datasheet listings of water level and precipitation measurements over time and creates a HydroGraph diagram that illustrates their relationship Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Hydrology Tools Creating Hydrographs Computing lon Balance The RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Ion Balance tool reads a listing of ion concentrations from the datasheet and computes cation anion ratio for each sample in milli equivalents per liter RockWorks uses the following equation for the ion balance cations anions cations anions x 100 You may choose up to 4 additional cations and 4 additional anions in the computations z Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Tools Computing Ion Balance Creating Durov Diagrams The RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Durov command is used to read a listing of ion concentrations from the datasheet and create a Durov diagram for groundwater ion concentration analysis Durov diagrams consist of three parts Two trilinear diagrams along the side and top and one square grid in the middle The trilinear diagrams illustrate the relative concentrations 228 RockWorks15 Hydrology Hydrochemistry Tools of cations left diagram and anions to
162. am for some workflow suggestions tech rockware com Help Index import data Borehole Manager Manually Entering Your Data Creating a New Borehole Record Fach well in a borehole project is stored as a separate record in the project database To create a new well in the existing project follow these steps 1 2 Access the Borehole Manager as necessary If necessary access the project folder that contains the data to which you wish to add the new well Select the File New Log command Enter the required fields for the borehole Borehole Name This is a unique identifying field for the borehole You cannot have multiple boreholes in the same database that share the same name Easting Northing Enter the Easting or X coordinate and the Northing or Y coordinate for the borehole in feet or meters Be sure the units match the depth units feet or meters you ll be entering See page 38 for information about X Y units If your locations are in longitude latitude coordinates or J effersonian RTS descriptions you ll need to enter 0 initially for this prompt enter the coordinates you do have in the optional location fields and use the coordinate translation tools to compute the Easting coordinate Elevation Type in the elevation at the top of the well Be sure the elevation units feet or meters are the same as the Easting and Northing units This should represent the point from which the depths of your other dat
163. aphic or water level elevations geochemical geophysical values and fracture proximities Striplogs can be included in any of these section diagrams A Section tool is also available within the RockWorks Utilities Solid menu to slice an existing solid model containing any type of data In addition log only sections are available using the Striplogs Multi Log Section tool When you select any of these menu options you ll see the diagram specific tree menu listing in the pane to the left this is where you set up what the diagram should look like Then click on the Section Selection Map tab to the right fi Hole to Hole Log Section File gt Edit aj Clip Truncate Logs Based a instrocteons 20 Striplog Designer Section Selection Map E Hang Section On Datum Pi 5 a a Options Redraw Unde Zoom n Zoom Qut j Spacing Between Logs F Plot Surface Profile Intended Vertical Exaggeration Click on a section vertex y Penmeter dnnotatien Here the program will display the well locations as a plan view map with boring name and symbol color tied to each well Any previous panels drawn for this project will also be displayed on the map draw section options undo last point redraw display zoom tools Aaja Section gt o gt hes Brile Q Edit i Options Redraw 8 ama Import Snap pe Hsu export A Click on a section vertex edit ao clear coordinates vertex coordinate list X 65
164. aphy MOdeling cccccccsssssssecccecceessssseececeecesessseeeecesesessssseaeeeeeeees 151 Chapter 9 Modeling Water LeVelS cccccccssssssscccececeessssseeeeecesssssneaneeecesesssssnseeeeeeees 167 Chapter 10 Solid Modeling cccssssssccccccesssssssscecceeesesssseeeecceessessaeaeeececesessseaeeeeeseeees 171 Chapter 11 Lithology MOdeling cccesssccccesssssssssceececeeesssseeeceececesssssaneeecececeeeessnaeeeeeeees 183 Chapter 12 I Data T Data and P Data Modeling cccccccccccssssssseeceeeeeesesssneeeeeeeeees 191 Chapter 13 Fracture Modeling Vector MOdeling c ssscccccessssssssnsceeeeesssssneeeeeeeeees 199 Chapter 14 Laying Out Vertical Profiles Sections amp Fences cs sccccccssssssssseeeeeeesssees 203 Chapter 15 Grid Model TOoIS cccccccccccccccccseesssssssscssseececccceccecesseseesssssssceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 209 Chapter 16 Solid Model TOONS sccssocsicnccessasvececssavtunsavvssasauabsniaccileusied slestesasseescousenseeatectiosdectes 217 Chapter 17 Computing VOIUMES ccssccccccccessssssseeecceessssseeeseecceesesssneeeeceesessessaneeeeeeees 223 Chapter 18 Hydrology Hydrochemistry Tools cccssssscccccceesssssnsceeeceeesssssseeeeeeesees 227 Chapter 19 Directional Statistics TOols ssssscssssssssccccccceeeceeeesssssssececeeccecseeceeeeeeeees 231 Chapter 20 Statistical Tools and Graphs
165. artup screen to the Windows clipboard Tip If you need to wait for your unlocking code go ahead and run the program in trial mode described above All work done in trial mode is fully usable once you license the program When you receive your unlocking code from RockWare type it into the Unlocking Code prompt Click the Continue button to proceed into the program See Starting Up RockWorks page 10 RockWorks Utilities Single License RockWorks Utilities Single Choose this if you purchased a Single license of the RockWorks Utilities portion of the program With this license type the software can be installed onto a single computer and the RockWorks Utilities portion of the program can be used by anyone who uses that computer Running in this mode requires an unlocking code that is supplied by RockWare You must have standard user or higher privileges e g administrator to unlock the Single license Restricted users should contact their system administrator AN RockWorks Licensing RockWorks 15 Revision 2009 9 8 C Copyright 1983 2009 by RockWare Incorporated Installation Number Registration Number Licensee Name 5U E3DC2 5B69 B9100 RU15CS9999 Earth Science Inc License Type Send us this information RockWorks Trialware RockWorks Single RockWorks Utilities Single RockWorks Network RockWorks Annual Unlocking Code and we ll send you this to transform the program from Trialware mod
166. ase 80 bar chart maps 112 batch 297 bearing computations 232 235 259 bearing distance data 241 Best Fit command 254 beta intersections 234 299 Reference beta pairs 235 bitmaps see also raster images 92 Bitmaps datasheet 49 BMP images see also raster images 92 Boolean filter 211 219 borders 2D maps and diagrams 262 297 borehole logs see also strip logs 119 Borehole Manager data 34 35 36 37 81 database 77 79 80 database query 82 83 delete well 36 enable disable wells 37 exporting data 81 197 202 maps 110 145 overview 12 31 using 29 workflow 83 borehole survey 242 buildings 245 cavern models 202 cell maps 297 certificate file 8 Check Data Integrity 80 Check Database Integrity 80 clipping grid models 211 RockPlot2D images 263 solid models 218 closest point gridding 140 Closest Point solid modeling 175 Color Index Tables 289 color legend 259 columns defining 42 43 44 45 46 87 94 tools 96 combining ReportWorks images 278 RockPlot2D images 252 RockPlot3D images 266 comments 38 Reference computations azimuth amp quadrant 235 borehole endpoints 134 borehole survey 134 242 datasheet statistics 96 formation volume 223 224 grid model statistics 209 ion balance 228 lineation bearings 259 lineation lengths 259 lineations 232 movement analysis 212 normalizing data 239 planar intersections 234 point distances 240 polygon area
167. asic idea is to create a means for importing everything about a project from other applications A few important notes e This importer works very similarly to the Excel import discussed on page 64 e The ASCII import tool can append to existing borehole records This means that any data being imported that references existing borehole names records will simply be written to the existing record s fields For example if your existing database contains Location records for DH1 and DH2 you can append Lithology data for those same boreholes e You cannot however append to individual data tables For example if you already have lithology data stored in the borehole database importing lithology data from the ASCII file will replace all of the existing lithology data Or if you already have a Resistivity track for P Data importing Resistivity data from the ASCII file will replace all of the existing Resistivity data for that borehole e The format of the imported data must be the same as that produced by the export to ASCII File Export ASCII program which exports either a single ASCII file or multiple ASCII files e Because of the relational nature of the RockWorks database tables it is necessary for the data types to be defined so that the import tool will be able to bring all of your ASCII data into the database For example if you are importing downhole interval measurements for Benzene and Toluene these I data field names ne
168. ate many different types of maps charts and diagrams Even if you are working primarily with borehole data you will still use many of the tools in the RockWorks Utilities for analytical work statistical analysis grid amp solid model math filtering tools etc You can access the Utilities window 12 RockWorks15 Introduction using its tab along the left edge of the program window The RockWorks Utilities is discussed starting in Ch r GS Rockton Propet fle Eda View Map Ged Sob Werefow Helg AP gt DRHSu gt re HEBRSAaHEeOoVcmen apter 3 3 Project Manager This pane along the left edge of the program window displays RockWorks files that reside in the current project folder and tables in the project database for quick and easy access Hover over graphic files to see previews double click on files to open them See Chapter 4 for information about the Project Manager A todiWots 14 Complete Project Folder C Project Mana Neme x PY DMO Z 0H 02 7 DHO 7 0 04 DH 05 J DH 06 7 DHO 7 p 08 7i DH 09 7 DH 10 4 DH 11 7 0H 12 7 0M 13 7 DHI 7 DH 15 7 DH 16 DHI 7 DH 18 7 0H 19 7 DH 20 umo mod amp lithology before excav Boreho es Ba Utilities RCL Fides Files FF Mucelaneous Tables Q Al Fites y Berenoie Database ATO Fies BB Gra Moden a Solid Modets 2 0 Degrans 2 0 Disgtams Wicetaneous Tables O My RockWorks a Tabi file E
169. ating a New Project in the Borehole Manager RockWorks uses folders as the basis for storing data your project database and other files graphics models etc as you work within the program Each project will have its own folder So the first step in entering your own data in RockWorks is to create a new project 1 2 Select the Project New menu item from the Borehole Manager In the Create New Project window you can browse for an existing folder on your computer or network to become your project folder or create a brand new folder for the project data You can create the new project database using 33 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 o e Using generic settings check the use system defaults box or e Using another project you ve previously created This can be handy if you have customized that database and want to use those customizations for the new project If you go this route you can also import any of your Types tables lithology stratigraphy etc AND you can even import some all of the borehole data from the existing project 4 Click OK and the program will create a new borehole database in the project folder The borehole database MDB file will have the same name as the project folder in which it s created RockWorks requires this Keep this in mind if you share databases with co workers See the Help messages for information about creating MS SQL Server projects What s next Once y
170. ating a grid model just double click on a GRD file name and establish the map settings See page 107 If you have borehole data and wish to create grid based formation structure maps isopach maps or surface elevation maps see the next topics V RockWorks Utilities Tutorial Create Point and Surface Maps 2D Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Mapping Tools Contour and Point Maps 144 RockWorks15 Gridding Contouring 3D Surfaces e a Borehole Manager Map Borehole Locations 3 The Borehole Manager Map Borehole Locations is used i to create a symbol map of the borehole locations It can also be used to generate a grid model and a 2D contour map of the borings surface elevations i Use this surface elevation grid model to clip your solid models lithology P data I data etc so as to set nodes above the ground to zero Just specify the surface grid as the Upper Surface Filter under Model Constraints To create a 3D image of the resulting surface grid model you can use the Project Manager double click on the GRD file name and establish the map options Help Contents Borehole Manager Location Maps amp Coordinate Tools Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Structural Elevations 2D The Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Structural Elevations 2 Dimensional creates 1 a grid model of the i elevations at the top or base surface of a selected stratigraphic iE unit and 2 a 2 dimensional f
171. ay you can enter your sample site location coordinates or lineation endpoint coordinates directly off of a paper map The digitizing tool is also available in the Polygon Vertices editor see page 59Miscellaneous Project Tables In order to use the digitizing capability of the program you must have an electronic digitizer attached to your computer and a Windows driver for the digitizer installed on your computer These drivers are supplied by the digitizer manufacturer You must also be sure that you have correctly set up your digitizing tablet If there is no communication between the digitizer and your computer you aren t going to be able to digitize any points See also Digitizing Data from Bitmaps page 247 and RockPlot2D Digitizing Tools page 260 Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Data Digitizing 98 RockWorks15 RockWorks Utilities Datasheet 99 Project Dimensions Project Manager RockWorks15 Chapter 4 Project Dimensions and the Project Manager Topics 1B 5 6 0413 eee ERE EERE MPS RIE eI Poe A E RINNE SSIS PRAISE REAR RE AE PLC E TSS EERIE ESTE 100 PEO CCE DIMENSIONS AREE EEEE E EEEE E 100 PPO CCE Manager sisi sas ast asa suae alas nana asada ER daaadnas ds cnieasdnandens taker nncnesenannnadenanuniennasnaiade tie E 107 Overview As discussed briefly back in Chapter 1 RockWorks relies on a Project Folder for organizing different files that pertain to your work in the program The Project Fo
172. ayed in RockPlot2D or 3D The detailed or summarized text report is displayed in a text window See also RockPlot3D for display of solid model or stratigraphy volume right in the 3D window The Solid Statistics Report tool for a quick report of dimensions and volume of any solid model Help Contents Borehole Manager I Data Tools Creating Detailed I Data Volume Reports and Diagrams 226 RockWorks15 Hydrology Hydrochemistry Tools Chapter 18 Hydrology Hydrochemistry Tools Topics NS capt eta ca da essen na Serie se ecm ae Se nice ba Se ee a Bea EN IEA IAEN gee 22 Computing Drawdown for a Single Well cccccsssssssccceessssscececeeessseeeeceesesseeeeceesesssaeeeeeeeessaes 227 Computing a Drawdown SUrface ccccccsssssssccceessssssscccecccessssescecsssssseesecececessssneseecesessseeseeescs 227 Plot ng 3D PIO WINES acs casasnnsiwsonannsiesonienoiinsowiasts vine enndesalteansiossecunioansiugsWnnensaistonsundacenaalakouenotedonstioacsiuat 228 Plotting Water Level versus PrecipitatiOn cccccssssssccccessssssseececceessssseeeeeceesssaeeeecesesssaeeeeeeees 228 Computing FON BElANCS seseriai aA EE a Cr A EAA E 228 Crannd Durov Diagon sa sais sacs esas sca cena ca ne a ca a cnn edn ned eed eet 228 Creating Piper Diagrams cccccssssssseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeseeeeees 229 Creanno SUM Diag IS ceirar aN aaraa E EAE EAEE 230 reanng SH Diarani Ma
173. base tabs Location Orientation Lithology etc are now docked on the left side of the window You can put them back on top if you prefer that look just use Tools General Preferences Main Menu Options RCL Users Some of the program s EXECUTE commands have changed and many new menu variables are available We encourage you to try your existing scripts and refer to the new error logs which will let you if there were any roadblocks A few of the other new features see also What s New RockWorks supports SQL Server and other ADO databases When you create a new project you have options other than the default MDB Many new dialog boxes replace the tree menus for much easier navigation gridding options solid modeling options contour settings etc We ve added all sorts of point mapping tools to the Borehole Manager maps with detailed labels depths thickness dates etc Now you can wrap text in your 2D striplogs New I Text and P Text data tables for non numeric data We ve added transparency to 2D color contours and raster images Constrain solid models automatically above ground and or below borehole Or you can define your surfaces manually Much easier Pick lithology intervals using the new lithology picker Use the interactive solid model editor to tweak your models New kriging tools including an interactive variogram editor and additional variogram models And much more LogPlot Users Read This RockWor
174. be used for I Data geochemistry or P Data geophysical models 272 RockWorks15 RockPlot3D ao ao To access the solid model settings right click on the item s name or icon in the right pane and choose Options You can also double click on the solid model item to access the options The program will display the Solid Model Options window in which you can adjust the color scheme surface style opacity and smoothing You can adjust the minimum and maximum G values displayed and you can insert horizontal and vertical slices Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images RockPlot3D Data Items Solid Model Settings Adjusting the solid model color scheme Adjusting the solid model style Adjusting the solid model transparency Adjusting the solid model smoothing Filtering G values from the display Displaying the RockPlot3D solid model volume Inserting solid model slices See also RockPlot3D Isosurface Settings page 271 RockPlot3D Slice Settings RockPlot3D can display 3 dimensional solid models as isosurfaces or using all voxels In addition you can display horizontal and vertical slices within the solid model see Isosurfaces Inserting Slices or Solid Models Inserting Slices in the Help messages Once created these solid model slices then become data items of their own with their own You can adjust the surface appearance transparency smoothing and position To access the s
175. bout their structure Help Contents Borehole Manager Fracture Tools Borehole Manager Time Graph Maps The Borehole Manager s T Data Time Graph i a a Map option creates maps that illustrate one or two des PLZ PE I T Data components over time in small charts for oo fee each enabled borehole location The components L can be displayed as symbols and lines or bargraphs kA Data source Borehole database Location tabs X Y T and T Data 1 or 2 components and dates See the description of Time Graphs page 196 for information about their structure Help Contents Borehole Manager T Data Tools Borehole Manager Hydrograph Maps The Borehole Manager s Aquifers Hydrograph Mal a Map option creates maps that illustrate water levels Gana b u Maas F and optionally precipitation over time in small epee Wbs charts for each enabled borehole location The re 1 components can be displayed as symbols and lines Lc or bargraphs ater Data source Borehole database Location tabs X Y and Water Levels tabs water levels and dates If you want to display precipitation values as well the precipitation measurements and their dates need to be loaded into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet See the description of Hydrographs page 228 for information about their setup See Hydrograph Data page for information Help Contents Borehole Manager Aquifer Tools 111 Point Maps RockWo
176. ccascccesecccsseccesscccscccccesececeesecs 175 General Solid Modeling Options cccccssssssccccccesssssssccccessssseeeeccsessssesseecesessseaeaseeesessssenseeesenes 176 Solid Model 3D Diagram Options ss csecsccssevervendecrsernswsasdesseverssasecasseadsvasduadeverbasiasoasssbnsndasseavorsenass 178 Solid Models How to Create Th emM sssesseesseessscesseessesserssecesseessecssecssecesscosseossecsserrssesscessee 180 Overview In the last 3 chapters we ve discussed the process of gridding by which data samples that have an X and Y coordinate and a measured value of some kind elevations concentrations can be interpolated into a continuum of values This interpolation technique can be applied to any XY spatially distributed data including stratigraphic and water level elevations Gridding Surface Modeling Now it s time to add another dimension to the modeling for data types that have more than one measured value for any XY location such as multiple Gamma measurements or gold assay values downhole Solid modeling is a true 3 dimensional gridding process used to create a 3 dimensional array of regularly spaced nodes from your irregularly spaced data For known X Y and Z points in space such as depths along boreholes the program can interpolate measured values such as geochemistry geophysical measurements even lithology types or any other downhole or subsurface quantitative value across the project area
177. cecesssssnseeeceessseesaeseesessssenseeesesessenseeessees 199 Fracture Modeling and DiaQrame ccccccsssssccecccessssseccecessssssececceesssseeeececeeessaaaeeeecesessaeeeeess 200 Exporung Pracr ie Dala scssi aa aa EEN aR 202 Creating Solid Models of Downhole Vector Data ccccccsssssccceecesssssnsceeccesessnseeeeeeesssseeeeeeees 202 Fracture Modeling Overview Cross Section A A Use the tools in the Borehole Manager s Fractures menu to generate a solid model of fracture locations and display this model in a variety of ways as a vertical profile slice a multi paneled profile or section a 3D fence with any number and arrangement of panels a horizontal slice or plan map and as a 3D isosurface or voxel diagram Downhole fracture data is entered into the Borehole Manager s Fractures datasheets The fractures are listed with depth fracture orientation and dip angle radius and thickness In addition color is specified for the fracture disc as displayed in 3d logs The radius listed in your map units affects the size of the disc in logs and for modeling purposes the extent of the influence of the fracture e A specific modeling method is used for the interpolation of the fracture model Fracture model G values represent distance to the closest fracture so that low values represent proximal fractures and high values represent areas where fractures are not prevalent For this reason there s an opt
178. check box To hide a layer s items from the display remove the check mark from the layer s name RockWorks15 RockPlot2D Undoing RockPlot2D Changes Use the RockPlot2D Edit Undo command or type the keyboard shortcut of Ctrl Z to cancel or undo the last insertion or editing operation made to the current RockPlot2D graphic image You can define the number of Undo levels that RockPlot will allow in the File Options menu RockPlot2D Drawing Tools ao e Use the tools in the RockPlot2D Draw menu to add symbols text shapes images legends and grids to the current image Help Contents RockPlot2D Drawing Tools for step by step instructions about inserting the following items into a RockPlot2D image Drawing Circles Draw Point Types Circles Drawing Symbols Draw Point Types Symbols Inserting Text Draw Point Types Text Drawing Lines Draw Line Types Lines Drawing Polylines Draw Line Types Polylines Drawing Rectangles Draw Line Types Rectangles Drawing Polygons Draw Line Types Polygons Inserting Color Legends Draw Insert Color Legend Inserting Gridlines Draw Insert Grid Inserting Images Draw Insert Image Inserting a Lithology Legend Draw Insert Lithology Legend Inserting Scalebars Draw Insert Scalebar Inserting a Stratigraphy Legend Draw Insert Stratigraphy Legend Inserting Text Tables Draw Insert Text Table Inserting a Well Const
179. ckWorks Utilities Map Grid Based Map command The program offers several gridding methods to do this interpolation of your data Each operates differently and each has strengths and differences See Gridding Methods page 140 The tools in the RockWorks Utilities Grid menu are used to summarize manipulate filter and illustrate existing numeric grid models Computing Grid Statistics The Grid menu s Statistics utility is used to get a general summary of the contents of an existing grid GRD file The computations are reported as a Textual report in which the summary of grid node values and computed statistics are displayed in a document in a text editor Use this to confirm grid dimensions view volumes G value ranges and standard deviations Plottable frequency histogram of the node values reported as numbers or percent This can be used to compare the G value distribution for models interpolated with different algorithms and to look for anomalies Plottable Krajewskigram or X Y scattergram of original Z values X axis versus computed node values Y axis You can use this to gauge the accuracy of the grid model and view some error analysis Computed grid residuals representing the difference between observed XY values and computed grid values at the same locations New grid anomalies model created in batch from multiple grid models to highlight areas where multiple variables show anomalous tendencies Standard deviat
180. color radius aperture and symbol to the RockWorks Utilities datasheet Creating Solid Models of Downhole Vector Data D Vectors Model Use the Model tool in the Borehole Manager s Vectors menu to convert directional downhole data into solid models that approximate the extents of the vectors An example application is the generation of void geometries cave models based on downhole laser surveys The following operations are performed in order to generate a model that approximates cave geometries based on the vector data For each solid model node For each borehole For each vector Compute the endpoint coordinates Define a line connecting the endpoints Define a sphere whose center is defined by the line midpoint and whose diameter is equal to the line length If the node resides outside of the sphere its g value is set to null 1 0E27 If the node resides inside of the sphere its g value is set to the distance to the closest line Note In order for the node values to increase with distance to the closest line it is necessary to negate the distance values i e the node values should be multiplied by 1 as allowed within the Vector Modeling Options menu Help Contents Borehole Manager Vector Tools 202 RockWorks15 Laying out Sections and Fences Chapter 14 Laying Out Vertical Profiles Sections amp Fences Topics access cscs cs cee ca ceases ene eae tm seen te oes wae see sec
181. d Grid well descriptions are entered into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet using a Range Township and Section notation format RockWorks can compute or spot X Y location coordinates for these descriptions using a commercial or idealized reference land grid as reference Coords J effersonian Points gt Cartesian page 117 Once the wells have X Y location coordinates their locations can be displayed in a point map Map EZ Map Sample files spot atd Template File New Jeffersonian Land Grid Congressional well locations Also required for translation of this type of well location description into X Y isa reference land grid file that contains necessary section boundary coordinate information These land grid data files must be created by you prior to spotting your wells by importing commercial land grid data creating an idealized land grid or downloading the RockWorks LandBase Land Grid Lease Descriptions Land Grid Lease descriptions are entered into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet using a Range Township and Section notation format RockWorks can compute or spot X Y location coordinates for the lease corners using a reference land grid via the Coords Jeffersonian Polygons gt Cartesian option Once the leases have X Y corner coordinates computed their locations can be displayed in a lease map Map Land Grid Lease Map Sample files lease_map atd Template File New Jeffersonian Land Grid Leas
182. d on a list of existing grid models that represent the top superface and base subface of each unit These are grid models that must already exist on your computer You may request regular fence panel spacing in a variety of configurations or you can draw your own panels This program is designed for two types of applications e Users who have created their grid models within other applications e g ModFlow Surfer and wish to use RockWorks to create stratigraphic or hydrostratigraphic fence diagrams e Users who have created their grid models within the Borehole Manager portion of RockWorks but need more flexibility in dealing with stratigraphic relationships e g Special manipulations with the grids e Thisis a manual way of creating the kind of stratigraphic fence that s available in the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Fence Modeled tool Datasheet RockWorks Utilities This tool reads a stratigraphy gridlist data file page 90 Notes Be sure the grid models that are listed in the datasheet actually exist in the current project folder Use the cutoff setting to erode thin layers See page 206 for information about drawing the fence panels The example shown above has been combined with a 3D plume isosurface Help Contents Borehole Manager Grid Model Tools Stratigraphic Tools Manually Building 3D Stratigraphic Fences 165 Stratigraphy Modeling RockWorks15 Importing Stratigraphic Con
183. d on their G value or stratigraphy type The model is constructed by inserting the 2 dimensional grid models of each stratigraphic layer top AND base from the bottom up The stratigraphic solid can be displayed in RockPlot3D by opening the MOD file using the Project Manager and choosing All Voxels as the diagram type When displayed in RockPlot3D you can double click on the Solid Model item to set the Color Scheme to the Stratigraphy Types Table from which the model was created Stratigraphy solids have the same file structure as regular geochemistry geophysical fracture solid models With the introduction of RockPlot3D for visualizing multiple grid models as surfaces in 3D users may not use stratigraphic solids as much as they did in RockWorks99 Help Contents Reference Solid Model Reference Stratigraphy Models v Stratigraphy Solids 2 Dimensional Map Layers RockWorks offers the following layers for two dimensional maps A layer is activated if a check mark is displayed in its check box To access the layer s settings expand its sub topics by clicking on its button 296 RockWorks15 Reference Background Image Displays an image in the background of the other map layers BMP JPG EMF WMF PCX PNG and TIFF images are supported Symbols Illustrates the sample sites in the main data sheet with map symbols Labels Plots labels for the sample sites usually used with the symbols layer Contours P
184. d velocity for X Y Z and time data page 92 See also Arrow Maps in the Linears menu page 231 Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Directional Analysis 212 RockWorks15 Grid Model Tools Trend Surface Analyses rg Fg Use the Grid Trend Surface Analysis tools to determine regional trend for selected data in the main data sheet This can help you to determine what trend order to select when creating a Trend Surface grid model and it can help you to isolate regional anomalies by computing trend residuals These tools are offered Trend Surface Analysis Report Performs a trend surface analysis on a selected Z value column in the data sheet and lists the correlation and residuals for first through sixth order polynomials in a report which is loaded into a RockWare text window Trend Surface Analysis Residuals Performs a trend surface analysis on a selected z value column and compute the residuals for a selected polynomial order representing the difference between observed z values and trend z values The residuals are stored in a data sheet column of the user s choice Notes The trend surface report can be used to determine how well any of the trend surface models fit your data The higher the correlation coefficient the better the fit This information can be helpful in determining whether there is much regional trend to your data By isolating regional behavior local anomalies can stand out This
185. define how the program Options windows will behave This includes whether the Instructions tab is displayed whether the program output is to be embedded into the windows whether multiple windows can be open at the same time etc for the tree style menus displayed in many of the program Options windows 293 Reference RockWorks15 New Project Defaults Use these options to define some of the new project settings that will be used if you aren t using the RockWorks default MDB database setup Data Sheets These options can be used to adjust the font amp decimals in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet Diagram Scaling Use this option to define how the program will scale the items within graphic diagrams using the project s map dimensions XY its entire extents XYZ or a user defined value Tables RockWorks tables are no longer listed in this menu Instead use the Project Manager pane along the left edge of the main program window to access the table listings RockWorks Menu Settings As you work in a project within RockWorks most of the program settings the thousands of check boxes file names and other options that you establish in the program menus are stored in two files on your computer Project Specific Settings These settings which are the vast majority are stored in a file named menus ini in the System folder that is created inside each Project Folder Examples of these settings would include gridding
186. depth The inclination data follows a convention in which zero is a horizontal line 90 points straight down and 90 points straight up Borehole Data Manager 43 boreholes Name Location 5 sales Denain Spreadsheet Tab Manager W DH 03 Lithology Depth Azimuth Inclination W DH 04 Stratigraphy gt o 0 0 90 0 b DH 05 50 0 715 0 60 0 LData Intervals W DH 06 100 0 215 0 30 0 W DH 07 LText Interval You can enter as many survey points as you like to generate very detailed inclined deviated or horizontal well displays Lithology Datasheet Enter into this table observed downhole lithologies Lithology fields Depth to Top Measured depth to the top of the first lithologic interval for the well The depth values must be positive Depth to Base Measured depth to the base of the first lithologic interval for the well Keyword Double click in this cell and choose the material type from the Lithology Types Table see page 52 Or you can single click in this cell click the small down arrow and choose the material type from the drop down list If the material type is not listed you ll need to add it to the current Lithology Types Table Description This optional field can be used for recording any additional notes about the interval This text can be plotted in 2D strip logs Borehole Data Manager 43 boreholes Name j y Location K
187. displayed in the Linked File List pane of the RockPlot3D window The default file name extension is lI ZIP RockPlot3D cannot open a ZIP format file To later access the contents of the ZIP file you will need to have a software program capable of extracting files from the ZIP archive Printing a RockPlot3D View Use the File Print command to send the current view to your printer You can choose from Draft quality 150 dots per inch or dpi Good quality 300 dpi or Best quality 600 dpi output The printing tool captures a bitmap image that s based on what s displayed in the 3D View so be sure to adjust the image view to your satisfaction rotation angle zoomed in state vertical exaggeration etc If you need printouts larger than a single page we recommend that you export the image to a high resolution J PG or BMP image and then print from a graphic application See Exporting RockPlot3D Images page 267 The general shape of the image must be adjusted before selecting the File Print command see step 2 Unlike 2 dimensional flat images like contour maps 3D images cannot be printed at a specific horizontal and vertical units per inch scale Importing Images into RockPlot3D While the RockPlot3D File Open command is used to open existing RockPlot3D R3DXML files the File Import command can be used to display 2D or 3D DXF files in an existing RockPlot3D window The DXF file will be appended to any item
188. dit View Map Stripiogs Lithology Stratigraphy Users ROCKWARE Documents Rock Works 4 Samples Desplay Project Dirnensions Location Osta P Dete Fractures Borehole Data Manager 43 boreholes Onentation Lathology Stratigraphy intervals Data Powts P Data Fractures Water Levels Symbo Location Information Required Name DH 01 Easting Elevation Lon Range Section Mendian Fields 652 9670 1 4780 J Optional Fields qtude 13 Aquifers Vectors Grafix Tools Window Help Fearon x Comments Symbol Northing 5535 2920 Total Depth 1320 Lattude Township Legal Descrption API Number Introduction RockWorks15 4 Project Dimensions Here you establish the boundaries of your working project for both borehole related and general data for consistency in modeling and boundary annotations See Chapter 4 for details A RockWorks Complete File Edit View Map Striplogs Lithology Stratigraphy J Data P Data Fractures Aquifers Vectors Grafix Project Folder C Users ROCKWARE Documents RockWorks14 Samples Display Project Dimensions Show Advanced Options Minimum Maximum i Nodes Range c X Easting 652 700 0 653 510 0 82 810 0 Scan Enabled Boreholes pi Y Northing 5 535 000 0 5 535 890 0 i 90 890 0 Scan All Boreholes Z Elevation 1 230 0 1 530 0 31 3000 jb Borehole Data Manage
189. does not load the points into memory it s 100 file based e There is no choice for gridding algorithm each grid node is assigned the Z value for the last LIDAR point in that cell li Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Importing LIDAR Data Grid Model Profiles amp Fences Use the Grid Grid gt Profile tool to display the elevations in an existing grid model in a simple line profile drawing You can specify the position of the vertical slice within the grid area interactively or by specifying endpoint coordinates Notes This profile tool is also available as the Plot Surface Profile setting within the Borehole Manager Profile and Section tools in order to plot the ground surface as a line in these diagrams Use the Grid Grid gt Fence tool to display the elevations in an existing grid model in a 3D line profile drawing You can specify the position of the vertical slices within the grid area interactively or by specifying endpoint coordinates Notes This profile tool is also available as the Plot Surface Profile tool within the Borehole Manager Fence tools in order to plot the ground surface as a trace in these diagrams Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Grid Fences amp Profiles 215 Grid Model Tools RockWorks15 Grid Stratigraphic Tools 9 Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Grid Stratigraphic Tools Importing Stratigraphic Co
190. downhill direction and angle A variety of map types and tg computations are available RockWorks15 Slope Aspect Analysis Creates 3 output grid models A slope grid which contains the change or slope between node Z values and represents the steepness of a structural face An aspect grid which contains the direction of the slope expressed in azimuth degrees A second derivative grid which contains the change in slope the slope of the slope grid to illustrate bends Flow maps Illustrate flow pathways from high to low elevations in 2D and 3D Store flow vector segments in a datasheet and compute upgradient areas Directional maps Illustrate the directionality of the elevation surface with upgradient or downgradient arrows strike and dip symbols slope contours aspect contours and second derivative contours Directional diagrams Summarize the directionality of the surface with a rose diagram or stereonet es er T T re T ka Fi ka Eoi i re ee es Me Aa Aa a T T T Te T e a r Fa Poa y To Re KAD REMY OP oa m ie ee AAN e Seat a A A at hs ee a eS ae a aa ie a a e F C 4 _ Y t t r a AAR e p ed A ae ti a a oll le ae et Se pe oe a i an Aire ee ae ee Perr ee eee st T y s f X i 4 if Wet Cae aa el te eo of i 4 I a at rl F k F T r Movement Analysis Determines slope movement the direction inclination distance an
191. dsheet page 59 for how to view the data with multi select and copy paste tools P Data Points Sheet This table is used to enter measured numeric values which were sampled at single depth points as opposed to depth intervals down the boreholes This might apply to downhole geophysical measurements gamma ray drilling rate etc Leave this table blank if you have no point data P Data fields e Depth to Top Measured depth for the first measurement for the well The depth values must be positive e Column 1 Measured value for that downhole point If you have no data for this component you can leave the cell blank Blank cells will simply be skipped during processing 44 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager e Column 2 Column x Continue in this manner typingin the measured value for each component for that depth Repeat for as many columns as you have measurements for for that depth Click on the P Data Types button at the top of the datasheet to define the column names for the measurement types e g Gamma Resistivity etc for the project The columns link to a P Data Types Table where names data ranges etc are defined Borehole Data Manager 43 boreholes Name Location Sa rv Da 2 7i DH 01 Orientation Import Y Export Spreadsheet P Data Types Tab Manager v DH 02 J DH 03 Lithology Depth Gamma Resistivity v DH 04 Stratigraphy ld 0 0 68 6 50 7 v DH 05 1 0 42 2 164 7 I Data Intervals
192. e Skip this menu the next time the program is executed Ey Request Unlocking Code Via The Web x Cancel RockWorks15 Introduction 1 Enter the requested information Registration Number Type into this field the letters and numbers that were sent to you after purchase The registration number might start with the characters RU15CS Contact RockWare if you can t locate this number Licensee Name Type in your organization s name This will be displayed in the program s startup screen 2 Contact RockWare for your machine specific Unlocking Code You ll need to send us the Installation Number the Registration Number the Licensee Name and your contact information Tip Click the ve button to copy the Installation Number Licensee Name and Registration Number from the startup screen to the Windows clipboard Tip If you need to wait for your unlocking code go ahead and run the program in trial mode described above All work done in trial mode is fully usable once you license the program 3 When you receive your Unlocking Code from RockWare type it into the Unlocking Code prompt 4 Click the Continue button to proceed into the program and jump to page 10 Starting Up RockWorks RockWorks Network License RockWorks Network Click in this button if you have purchased a network license for the program which offers concurrent use of the program to multiple users The network version requires a s
193. e hydrochemistry files list cation and anion concentrations in parts per million or milligrams per liter There are 4 required cations and 4 required anions additional cations and anions may be included as you wish Sample files hydrochemistry atd Template File New Hydrology Hydrogeology Hydrochemistry Other Data Please refer to the Help messages for formatting details for these data types e Drawdown Data e Hydrograph Data Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Data Laying Out Your Datasheet Planar and Linear Data Strike and Dip Data Strike and dip measurements can be entered into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet for the purposes of creating strike and dip maps rose diagrams bearings only stereonet diagrams and of computing planar intersections see Chapter 14 There are a variety of ways you can structure these files depending on your desired output Sample files planes atd 91 RockWorks Utilities Datasheet RockWorks15 ow Template File New Structural Geology Strikes and Dips Lineation Endpoint Data Lineation endpoint data can be entered into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet for the purposes of computing lineation azimuth midpoint lengths and lineation densities amp intersections and for creating rose diagrams lineation maps and arrow maps Linears menu see Chapter 14 Sample file lines atd Template File New Structural Geology Lineation Endpoints for a simp
194. e Bas Strength Manual Current Last Used Weak 0 2 F Confern Grid Dirnerssions A sven 08 Vs e CZE Cat omet C ten 19 Introduction RockWorks15 Borehole Manager Tabs The data tabs are displayed along the left side of the program window you can change back to tabs on top using Tools General Preferences Main Menu Options p Gi Rockworks 15 Complete x Preyect ff jit View Map Sinptogs sholegy Mutgapty Ome Tete Dgte Foectures Agu ers Vegon ete Toot indre Help Pirnat Fedde Users Mody ROCEWARE Documents Roce Wertal 5 Data Sarmpies Ovagday Provect Dr A i Prayect Manage t ct tah Borehole Database T hiore t Table s py Tert File Ae u E tie E g 5 Fie i w eqrarnes 16 File BB id denen cera Selected E eow ous Borehole x P a ey File p Iar oom g A vt E sai i F beens Boo A y 7 4 7 Vil 7 7 2 Ds Project Menu Settings Maintain separate menu settings for different projects New Data Tools Support of SQL and Other Databases MDB is still the default database type but RockWorks now supports SQL Server and other ADO databases V Display Database Settings Database Engine MS SQL Server Vi Show Login Prompt Sen V Prompt for Data Source Server PYRITE PCTOOLS s 7 Generate a SQL Script File without executing it 7 Save these settings as the default values Lithology Picker Pick your lithology intervals from logs just
195. e Lithology Types Table for lithology the Stratigraphy Types Table for stratigraphy and the Well Construction Types Table for construction materials RockWorks is shipped with a large number of patterns already installed in a Pattern Table The factory default Pattern Table is named RW_pat pat It is stored in the program s System folder Unlike some of the other program tables TAB files this table is binary rather than ASCII in format To access the Pattern Table where you can view the current pattern set open a new pattern set or even access the Pattern Editor where you can modify existing patterns or create new patterns follow these steps 1 Access the Project Manager pane along the left edge of the program window 2 Expand the Misc Tables heading 3 Double click on Patterns item The program will display the default Pattern Table in the Select Pattern window Here you can view and select patterns from the current pattern library It also lets you access the Pattern Editor where you can edit existing pattern designs and create new patterns See the topics below The Pattern Table can also be accessed from several other places within the program including the Stratigraphy Lithology Well Construction Types Tables The Select Pattern Window The Select Pattern window displays all of the pattern designs contained in the current Pattern Table If you do a lot of modifications to this file or like to mainta
196. e licensing If you have purchased the software please fill out the registration card for your license or register online at www rockware com in the Support Register Software page Install RockWorks from the RockWare Website If you wish to download and install RockWorks from our website follow these steps 1 2 Access the RockWare website www rockware com Click on the Downloads menu at the top of the home page and choose Product Updates Find the RockWorks15 item click the small Download link below it When requested save the downloaded file rockwork15_installation exe on your computer s Desktop or other desired location When the download is complete click the browser s Run or Open button Or you can use Windows Explorer to locate the downloaded file and double click on it to start up the RockWorks installation program Follow the recommended installation settings To progress to the next screen at each installation step click on the Next button To go back to a previous window click on the Back button To cancel the installation entirely click Cancel Be sure to read the contents of the displayed license agreement Click the Accept or Do Not Accept button as appropriate If you choose the latter the installation will halt Contact RockWare if you need additional information about our license agreement When the installation is complete the licensing program will start up automatically Re
197. e MV Show Vol Volume is automatically computed for the applied when displayed in RockPlot3D e eS Create a detailed volume report of the model after filtering it based on G values surface polygons overburden ratios and more Create a simplified pit design by fitting a grid surface below specified zones of a solid model Solid Modeling Methods There are several methods offered to perform the 3 dimensional interpolation of your data Each operates differently and each has strengths and weaknesses Lithology Models e Horizontal Lithoblending This is the method that RockWorks uses to interpolate solid lithology models This is not available for I Data T Data P Data Fracture or Vector models The lithblending algorithm assigns the solid model voxel nodes by looking outward horizontally from each borehole in search circles of ever increasing diameter It first assigns the voxels immediately surrounding each borehole the closest lithology value Lithology G values are declared in the active Lithology Table It then moves out by a voxel and assigns the next circle of voxels the closest lithology value effectively bleeding the lithology types outward from the wells in a horizontal 174 RockWorks15 Solid Modeling fashion It continues in this manner until the program encounters a voxel that is already assigned All Other Solid Models e Closest Point The most basic solid modeling method
198. e Select mode press the Esc key Selecting Cells To select a single cell single click in the cell You can use the cut copy or paste tools To select a range of cells click and drag with your mouse If it s non responsive press the Esc key first to toggle from Cell Editing to Range Select mode To select all of the cells type Ctrl A or choose the Edit Select All menu item Editing Tools To edit a cell double click in the cell and type in a new value Note that the Mode at the bottom of the window will read Cell Editing Esc key Returns spreadsheet mode back to Range Select from Cell Editing 4 Cut Ctrl X Removes the current cell or block of cells storing the contents in your computer s clipboard memory H Copy Ctrl C Copies the current cell or block of cells storing the contents in clipboard memory Paste Ctrl V Pastes the contents of the clipboard into the worksheet starting at the current cursor location x Delete Del Removes the current cell of block of cells It does not place the contents in the clipboard memory This operation is not undo able Should you inadvertently delete data you ll need to close the worksheet and cancel changes and then reopen and edit the original data again Es Cut All Removes data from all cells storing the contents in clipboard memory iu Copy All Copies all data into clipboard memory Insert Row s Inserts a specified number of rows at a designated loca
199. e global maps in either a spherical or cylindrical flat projection EAN orin 3D format 2D maps can contain low resolution global information coastlines islands rivers from a program database It can also read user entered longitude and latitude coordinates from the main datasheet for plotting of individual points and or connected line segments polylines on the global map Applications include P seismic events volcanoes ocean temperatures atmospheric a temperatures and more Datasheet RockWorks Utilities global map point and or polyline data page 90 Output window RockPlot2D and RockPlot3D Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Mapping Tools Global Maps Translating Map Coordinates Borehole Manager Translating Map Coordinates Use the Borehole Manager s Map Adjust Coordinates tools to translate longitude and latitude or land grid range township section well locations into Eastings or Northings The Borehole Manager requires that the well locations which are entered into the Location tab be declared in the same units as the depth data This assures that the downhole surveys stratigraphic volumes and solid lithology geochemistry etc volumes are correctly computed Data source Borehole database Location tabs Help Contents Borehole Manager Location Maps amp Coordinate Tools RockWorks Utilities Translating Map Coordinates The RockWorks Utilities Coords menu contains a number of utilities that
200. e multiple RW6 files this can be a handy way to append a standard company legend to your layouts With an existing document displayed select the File Append command and browse for the name of the RW6 file to be appended to the current view The program will add the contents of that file to the current document Be warned that if you have images in your ReportWorks documents and if you share the documents across different projects you might consider embedding the images so that file paths don t get messed up See the discussion of embedding versus linking in the drawing tools topics RockWorks15 ReportWorks Saving ReportWorks Documents Use the File Save and Save As commands to save your ReportWorks documents ReportWorks always stores plot files in its own RW6 format If you need to export the image to a BMP J PG or PNG format you can use the Export command Printing ReportWorks Diagrams You can output the image contained in a ReportWorks document to your printer using the File Print command It is assumed that you ve already established the page layout prior to designing and printing since the page will be printed as it s displayed in the ReportWorks screen Your current printer s dialog box will be displayed The options that are available will vary from depending on printer type Typically you would click the Properties or Options button to access your printer s settings such as page size and orientation
201. e proximity and extract the G values where they intersect a surface GRD file The resulting grid model GRD file can be displayed as a 2 or 3 dimensional map in which the data values can be color coded in a variety of ways Fractures Rose Diagram and Rose Diagram Map Use the Fractures menu s Rose Diagram and Rose Diagram Map tools to read 2D fracture orientations azimuths from the borehole database and generate a single rose diagram for the current borehole or a rose diagram map for all boreholes See the description of Rose diagrams page 232 for information about their structure Fractures Stereonet Diagram and Stereonet Diagram Map Use the Fractures menu s Stereonet and Stereonet Map tools to read 3D fracture orientations azimuths and inclinations from the borehole database and generate a single stereonet diagram for the current borehole or a stereonet diagram map for all boreholes See the description of Stereonet diagrams page 233 for information about their structure 201 Fracture Modeling RockWorks15 Exporting Fracture Data Use the Borehole Manager s Fractures Export option to export the downhole depth orientation inclination data to the following Export ASCII file X Y elevation direction dip angle radius and aperture for all active boreholes will be written to an ASCII file Export Utilities Datagrid Exports ID Depth Easting Northing elevation direction dip angle
202. e same boreholes as were chosen in step 2 or pick a new selection of wells 6 Pick the first formation in the Contact Picker window Select the name of the formation to be recorded by inserting a check in its check box You can select a formation base and the next unit s top if you want them to be picked simultaneously Left click on each log where that formation s top is displayed The program will record the depths in the table Note that you can add formation names to the Stratigraphy Types Table while you are in the Contact Picker window 7 Pick the next formations Select the name of the next formation to be recorded left click to pick tops and right click to pick bases Continue in this manner for additional formations 8 End the session Click on the Exit button and discard save or adjust and save changes What next Now that you have the stratigraphic units defined use the Stratigraphy Model tool to create a 3 dimensional model of the units Use the other Stratigraphy menu tools to create structural surface maps isopach maps etc as described earlier in this chapter Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Picking Stratigraphic Contacts Fill in Missing Stratigraphy Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Fill in Missing Stratigraphy tool to insert missing units into each borehole s Stratigraphy tab setting them to zero thickness This relies on the formation order defined in the Stratigraphy
203. e solid model dimensions are to be established based on the current data being modeled This could be an option for modeling a subset of the entire project or for testing the effect of different node densities without having to reset the entire project s dimensions You can define the number of nodes to be created along the horizontal axes W E and Sto N and along the vertical axis Help Contents Reference Solid Model Reference Solid Model Resolution General Solid Modeling Options In addition to the modeling methods listed above there are several other options which can be used to fine tune the interpolation These can be grouped into data filters which act on the source data modeling options which are applied during the modeling process and model constraints which are applied after the model is interpolated Please refer to the help message topics listed at the end of this section for more detailed information applications and graphic examples e Data Filters These options filter the well data before interpolation begins You can access these by expanding the Track heading in the options windows o Spatial XYZ Filtering Filters out data points from processing based on their location in space X Filter Y Filter Z Filter You can define a specific coordinate range for any all of the X Y and or Z axes within which data will be included in the modeling process Upper Surface Filter Filters out log data
204. e this tool to create 1 a grid model of the elevations at the top of all stratigraphic units and 2 3 dimensional surfaces representing the grid models You can choose the gridding method to be used to model the formation elevations e The grid models are named automatically by the program using a formation grd syntax where formation is the name of the unit as entered into the Stratigraphy Types table All of the GRD files are stored in the project folder and should be visible under the Grid Models heading in the Project Manager e Once displayed in RockPlot3D you can manipulate the surface styles and colors etc Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Structure and Isopach Maps Stratigraphy Stratigraphic Thickness 2D lsopach f i IE iy i i Use this tool to 1 interpolate a grid model for the top and base of the user selected stratigraphic unit or adjacent units 2 subtract the lower surface from the upper resulting in a thickness GRD model and 3 create a 2 dimensional flat contour map representing the thickness model The isopach map can include line contours color contours border annotation and or labeled cells representing grid values If you want the program to save on disk the grid model of formation thickness be sure to insert a check in the Save Grid box and enter a grid file name Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Structure amp Isopach Maps Strati
205. easurements for stereonet plots hydrochemical ion lists for Piper diagrams and many more The RockWorks Utilities datasheet looks a bit like a spreadsheet data can be entered in a row and column format with cut copy paste options Note however that most of the computation tools available in Excel are not available in this simplified datasheet 85 RockWorks Utilities Datasheet RockWorks15 D E f 8142 3308 0 078 0 0837 0 0976 0 0929 0 0788 522 258 8 0 1058 0 095 0 1021 0 1044 0 0975 140 1 130 6 Ca a a MAOD Cao AAO 0 0762 8581 550 2 Sample geochemistry data 0 088 25 6 698 8 0 0924 0 1154 0 0869 0 0839 0 0919 il K lt XUBSCCOoTe oko Ta e 1330 40 i a E o 938 a H a 3 m 135 0 370 E 283 44 e 249 9 5 F E A 51 15 js o 274 e E 139 6 O 22353 2 4 o E e 211 4 38 Sample strike and dip data e a O m 117 0 4 L e 2019 5 o as SB ta a The data you enter into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet can be used to create many different types of maps and diagrams within RockWorks The RockWorks Utilities datasheet is saved in an ASCII Tab Delimited format with the file name extension atd The column headings and column styles text or symbols or lines or colors are stored in a header block at the top of the file Help Contents Reference ATD File Format Using the Datasheet The RockWorks Utilities datasheet is a basic row a
206. eate an idealized land grid which requires only that you define a single known latitude and longitude coordinate for a corner of a Township and the number of townships to be listed See Interpolating Idealized Land Grid Data for details e The third option uses RockWare s downloadable database of land grid information called the RockWare LandBase which contains Range Township Section coordinates for many areas of the U S The LandBase data can be imported into a Land Grid Table or can be used directly for creating section maps and spotting wells and leases Look for the link in the RockWorks Help Download menu if you would like to download this dataset IMPORTANT Although we ship a sample Land Grid Table with the program you will need to create import or interpolate your own land grid table for your own projects See also Land Grid Maps page 115 Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Land Grid Tables 290 RockWorks15 RockWorks Tables Chapter 27 Reference Topics Summary of RockWorks File Types sscisisiscmunawasnnn diana Autumn cnununanwnae nna 291 Programi PrelerehoeS sider icssa dace rants aan psornsaen lent stane Sent Wav cael len eins N ae eae punidaG d pusdeaderaeseveciveseuess 293 ROCK W OTIS Menu SETS rssikon aon dasa ca EA a suns codes vase A A TT 294 Stratigraphy Model versus Stratigraphy Solids ccccccsssssssccccessssssececcesessssseeeecesessseeeeeeeeees 295 2 Dinensiona Map sey CUS pace aa
207. eceesssseeeeeceesesssseeseees 278 VIEW and Layout ODIMONS wiz scncasnn icossvccnsoundvadsnenasnesnanasincanseimarisanaeedinne EA OE EREA 280 DD TING Too enere eenn E E A be 281 ReportWorks Overview The ReportWorks program is a new page layout tool that s shipped with RockWorks It offers tools for laying out pages with RockWorks generated graphics imported graphics text shapes and more It s a really nice complement to all of the graphic options in the RockWorks program allowing you to combine them for presentation and printing on a single page L ARDO THA S E SHR G amp G ABH preg es There are several ways you can access the ReportWorks program e Ifyou are at the main RockWorks program window click on the ReportWorks toolbar button aa or select the Window Reportworks menu option e Ifyou arein RockPlot2D choose the File Export ReportWorks command to place the current image in a new ReportWorks document e Outside the RockWorks program you can use the Windows Start menu to locate the shortcut to the ReportWorks program in the RockWorks15 shortcut folder Once you have a ReportWorks window displayed you can use the File Page Setup menu command to set up your new page size and orientation and the Tools menu options to insert shapes text images and more to the current page Or use the File Open menu command to open an existing RW6 file Help Contents Tutorial ReportWorks Tutorial 277
208. ection trace Help Contents Borehole Manager I Data Tools T Data Tools P Data Tools Creating Sections Multi Panel l Data T Data P Data Plan Map The Plan Map tool interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model representing your downhole interval time interval or point data data and slices it E horizontally at a user specified elevation The resulting af grid model GRD can be displayed as a 2 dimensional H E map in which the data range can be color coded in a N variety of ways Standard mapping options are available Help Contents Borehole Manager I Data Tools T Data Tools P Data Tools Creating Plan View Maps 194 RockWorks15 l Data T Data P Data Modeling oa l Data T Data P Data Surface Map Aan The Surface Map tool interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model representing your downhole i interval time interval or point data and extracts the G values where they intersect an existing surface GRD 4 ry file The resulting grid model GRD file can be displayed as a 2 or 3 dimensional map in which the data values can be color coded in a variety of ways Standard mapping options are available You need to be sure that the dimensions and node density of the grid model along which the data is extracted and the solid model are the same Help Contents Borehole Manager I Data Tools T Data Tools P Data Tools Creating Surface Maps l Data P Data T Data Stati
209. ed imported be sure to establish the project dimensions p 100 This is easily done by scanning all enabled boreholes using the buttons If you ll be creating surface or solid models be sure the project dimensions nodes are dense enough but not too dense to properly represent your data 4 Types Tables Remember that lithology materials stratigraphy formations and well construction materials link to respective Types tables that you create p 51 The formations in the Stratigraphy Types Table must be listed in order from the ground downward for proper modeling to take place RockWorks uses the background colors you ve selected for the materials when displaying 3D logs and 3D surfaces and solids 32 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager D 10 11 Display Observed Data Before you start creating interpolated models of your data first look at the data as entered The 2D and 3D log designers make it easy to select what kind of data to display in the logs and the column order Use the Striplogs Multi Log 3D tool to see the data as entered for all of the boreholes p 126 Use the Striplogs Multi Log Section to see the log data in a hole to hole cross section p 124 Interpolate Models When you re ready to interpolate surface models Stratigraphy Water Level or solid models Lithology I Data T Data P Data Fractures remember that the Model Profile Section Fence Plan and Surface Map options
210. ed by RockWare after your purchase initialized for the licensee name and the number of seats you purchased You may not run the network version of RockWorks without access to the Certificate File which maintains the network count among other things You ll need to send us the Installation Number the Registration Number the Licensee Name and your contact information Tip Click the re button to copy the Installation Number Licensee Name and Registration Number from the startup screen to the Windows clipboard Tip If you need to wait for your Certificate File go ahead and run the program in trial mode described above All work done in trial mode is fully usable once you license the program 3 When you receive your Certificate File from RockWare enter the following information Certificate File Use the Browse button to access the folder in which the network s certificate file has been installed When you your network administrator receives the certificate file via email save the file to a folder on a network drive to which all users have read and write access Network User ID This is typically your name or other unique identifying string The ID string is limited to 20 characters including spaces Your ID will be stored in the network Certificate File while you are using the program When you exit RockWorks using the program s File Exit command your ID will be logged out of the Certificate File The Certificate File will allow
211. ed in the project database and are listed in the Project Manager under the Misc Project Tables heading You can maintain as many versions of these tables as you wish For example you could create separate colorfill tables for all of the I Data tracks in your project You can assign each one a unique name for identification In earlier versions of RockWorks these tables were stored in separate text files with a TAB file name extension Now that they are stored in the project database there are tools for importing and exporting the TAB versions At the time of this writing ReportWorks and RockPlot3D because they are stand alone programs separate from RockWorks still read the TAB versions of the files So take note that you ll need to export TAB versions of your custom color tables for example for use in those programs Summary of Miscellaneous Project Tables Color Fill Table Defines a listing of value intervals and their corresponding colors to be used by the program when building 2D or 3D color filled contour maps solid models profile or section panels etc for which you have requested Custom color intervals Contour Table Defines a listing of Z values and their corresponding line styles and optionally contour labels to be used by the program when building 2D line contour maps for which you have requested Custom intervals Point Map Range Table Defines a range of values and the graphic symbol color to be used to
212. ed to be defined so the import tool knows where to put them There are three ways to do this o Recommended Include the Type definitions lithology stratigraphy well construction I data T data P data etc in the import file itself See the discussion of the Types worksheets in the single ASCII file or multiple ASCII files Help topics 63 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 o Define them in RockWorks before you import the ASCII data Use the Project Manager to access the Borehole Database Lithology Types Stratigraphy Types etc Tables where you can create modify the defined data types o Let theimport tool define them on the fly Note that you will then need to view the Types Tables to establish patterns colors data ranges etc Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering your Borehole Data Importing Data Importing ASCII Data re how to format the ASCII file and the steps for importing Importing Excel Data Multiple Data Types The Borehole Manager s File Import XLS Excel option is used to bring data into the Borehole Manager from multiple worksheets in an external Microsoft Excel file for one or more boreholes and a variety of data types Each worksheet in the XLS file must contain a specific type of data locations or stratigraphy for example Fh ii Cc D f F Gi H i j E 1 Bore File Easting Northing Elevation TO Symbol Color Comments Enabled Meridian AP 2 o_o 652967 SSAI 1478 1N 5 0 TRUE i DH 02 DH 02 ES
213. ee Daaba ag ahy paT a Tesia a j pra ee cee hee since ii coer ae oe e ee pas yes Oar pee the Germ pared rreta pau bie iT TT Sabre Ope M The ie ot b riz feet Loge nan be dopuryed m pace sndpo T Jopin ae m kopiTy PJT Built in help system Help Contents or F1in many nee lt _ lt ee Lara 1 a 5 w a E if avigat ptio Heie r Home Pm pbora Tioma AE lt N tion o Ons Cortera ippies garak index amp Search Stratigraphy bhems Took mai artani Da ee E Planoa BY Ly he Eiri Bhinnin keha aa Contents icoirae T Eh log ad log Schr We Lieg Toon Oi Stratigraphy Per Coote Tiai mi leo bape Hel p Topic T Dearg N Shiga Meh Peika aia and Larncea 1 Dorehode Manager Siahignapiy Miru i r tet bhy Hg ki Pa ral aioe ai pS iiias ky dhs ah ep a E a WR n ai 7 Fi h Teia aiy Fisy ina bereheke arel bet oriai ba eh Siralgrephet dala pees T Gene aiin Sini ae enganined farmaierd conaanent in onder betas boreholes ard iai cite A p ou wal H aea Phgbaliag wnthin a Geetibarks Beaia a arla madiing of giddy a i i Sis _ mi Becks bo dient B sErotepraph c brara Berns wordless models ane eld a E naina and for Brae of TS pa mot hares Hiriy ophi daa isr m ead 4 burho Fi Bpan Skabguery Data ta a Hi Lee het bosa in thet Baraha Manger Sinaliyapia metre bo biur pashi ord Hinta locia p k plat robah data ited n the project s Sralagrapty tabs no a E way Of wo bead below Poe marry of the digest both 20 aad JOJA a an
214. ee axes 102 RockWorks15 Project Dimensions Project Manager ona Of course you can hand enter the desired boundary coordinates or modify scanned coordinates at any time No map data No worries There are some instances in which you don t have to establish any project dimensions you can leave them at the default 0 to 100 e Ifyour project consists of files containing only lineation bearings for creating rose diagrams e Ifyour project consists of files containing only planar bearings and dips for creating stereonet diagrams e Ifyour project consists of files containing only hydrochemistry measurements for creating Piper Stiff or Durov diagrams e Etc Reviewing the Project Dimensions Next you must review the scanned settings to be sure they make sense Minimum and Maximum The X Minimum and X Maximum coordinates will define the western and eastern map extents of your project aDH 32 POH39 gy PPT eoin Adaptat X pen JH 20 ODN RA i Maximum ore edit StH 4 X Easting 652 700 0 653 5200 BE pat OE OHA 5 54 4i eens Y Northing 5 535 000 0 5 935 900 0 ous aiad aunt OHD SOILD ta DOR i jo D OH 3 Elevation 1 230 0 1 530 0 gt pege 23 SOIE o0H01 DAH 2o oi a pt mer gpi F k mH betr n 2 JH 10 Sh eD Gre ROH ET pif yA PAS d ge 24 PIH 1 A m VEOH gt DA 2 s i ew n Katee X Min X Max 103 Project Dimensions Project Manager RockWorks15 The Y
215. ee the diagram specific tree menu listing in the pane to the left this is where you set up what the diagram should look like Then click on the Fence Selection Map tab to the right fs M File Edit Fill Data Gaps Instructions 3D Striplog Designer Fence Selection Map f Hang Section On Datum 4 F Include Stratigraphy Legenc F Plot Outline Around Each p Pict Surface Profile Snap Flet Logs Reference Cage Click on point that repres S a wa Options Reda Unde Zeemin Zoom Qut Manual There you ll see the well locations displayed i in a plan view map with boring name and symbol color tied to each well Any previous panels drawn for this project will also be displayed on the map draw fence options undo last polnt lt display a tools SA select endpoints Pars Cupa m Ma Mka ha Snap alo pas clear coordinates vertex coordinate list p z r eee ee TERTIO CEI ETE Process button pre set panel options current x y mouse position 1 To accept any existing fence panel arrangement click the Process button at the bottom of the window to proceed The program will build the fence diagram and display it in a RockPlot3D tab 2 To clear the current display to start over click the Clear button at the top 3 To draw a new fence panel or to add a new panel to the existing display you have some options Manually draw the line Simply left click on the map location to become the one edge of the cut and then
216. elow Model Dimensions Hardwire Project Dimensions TT Adjust Project Dimensions O Variable Data Specific Dimensions The project dimensions are stored in the current project database Though these dimensions can be overridden during model and diagram creation we generally recommend that you utilize these dimensions for your grid models solid models and diagram annotations for ease and consistency For example all the project grid models must have the same dimensions and node densities if you wish to perform any mathematical or filtering operations with them The same holds true for solid models 101 Project Dimensions Project Manager RockWorks15 Setting the Project Dimensions Borehole Manager For new projects the dimensions will default to a range of 0 to 100 along all axes 1 2 The first step in setting project dimensions is by scanning the borehole data you have entered You have two options Scan Enabled Boreholes Click on this option if the dimensions are to be established by scanning only the boreholes that are enabled have check marks This can be handy if you have some boreholes with incomplete data that you ve disabled Scan All Boreholes Click on this button if the dimensions are to be established by scanning all of the boreholes Of course you can hand enter the desired boundary coordinates or modify scanned coordinates at any time J ust click in any of the available fields and type in
217. em anywhere in the program You can adjust the text that is plotted along map borders to specify the units map border settings and you can adjust some of the program s different report settings to specify your units in the report options windows If your location coordinates are in decimal longitude and latitude units such as 106 89765 or 42 574635 you should enter these into the longitude and latitude prompts in the Location tab Then use the Borehole Manager s Map Adjust Coordinates Longitude Latitude gt Easting Northing command to change them to UTM meters or feet If your location coordinates are in Range Township Section notation should enter the Range Township Section Meridian and Description information in the appropriate prompts at the bottom of the Location tab Then use the Borehole Manager s Map Adjust Coordinates J effersonian gt Easting Northing command to change them to UTM meters or feet 38 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager o The X coordinates or Eastings must increase in value to the East and the Y coordinates or Northings must increase in value to the North Ifyou are using lon lat coordinates for translation to meters or feet be sure that western longitudes and southern latitudes are entered as negatives o Posting Locations from the RockWorks Utilities datasheet If you have well location data listed in rows and columns in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet
218. ency Adjusting the surface smoothing Applying a Z value filter RockPlot3D Isosurface Settings RockPlot3D can display 3 dimensional isosurfaces that are based on solid models These might result from modeling X Y Z G data in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet Solid Model or from modeling quantitative downhole data in the Borehole Manager I Data Model P Data Model etc To access the isosurface settings right click on the item s name or icon 4 inthe right pane and choose Options You can also double click on the isosurface item to access the options The program will display the Isosurface Options window in which you can adjust the color scheme surface style opacity and smoothing You can change the minimum G level enclosed in the isosurface skin and adjust the appearance of the model at the boundary edges You can also insert horizontal and vertical slices Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images RockPlot3D Data Items Isosurface Settings Adjusting the isosurface color scheme Adjusting the isosurface style Adjusting the isosurface transparency 271 RockPlot3D RockWorks15 9 Establishing the minimum iso level Adjusting the isosurface smoothing Displaying the isosurface volume Adjusting the isosurface cap appearance Inserting solid model slices See also RockPlot3D Solid Model Settings page 272 RockPlot3D Morph Settings The RockWorks Utilities Solid Morph tool
219. end X ML tool that functions just like the Append tool in RockPlot3D See page 266 2D Utilities The Grafix menu s 2D Utilities tools are stand alone duplicates of those that exist within RockPlot2D Append Combines two RK6 files Append Raster Image Inserts a raster image into a RK6 file Clip Clips a RK6 file within a rectangular region Montage Combines multiple 2D images into a montage Import Offers tools for importing AGL DXF and ESRI Shapefiles into RockPlot2D See also page 253 Export Offers tools for exporting an existing RK6 file toa WMF EMF BMP J PG PNG TIFF or RockPlot3D format 246 RockWorks15 Image Tools Other Tools 9 Help Contents Graphics Tools Misc Image Tools Creating an Animated GIF Image The Grafix Images Animated GIF option is used to create an animated GIF file suitable for inclusion within web pages based on a list of images such as the list generated by the Grid Morph program Appending RK6 Files and Raster Images The Grafix Images Append Raster Image option is used to combine an existing RK6 file from Rockplot2D with a raster image that you georeference The raster image can lie on top of or underneath the RK6 file s entities The resulting image is saved under a new RK6 file name Screen Digitizing from a Raster Image The Grafix Images Digitize From Bitmap program is used to import a raster image BMP JPEG WMF EMF PCX PNG and TIFF calibrate i
220. er of these horizontal panels Thus these panels are not required to be horizontal 92 RockWorks15 RockWorks Utilities Datasheet Vertical Panel Image Lists These files are used to display one or more raster images BMP J PG TIFF PNG AFI VST PCX PCC EMF and WMP as 3 dimensional panels in RockPlot3D See Grafix 3D Utilities Images Panels Vertical page 244 This program requires 8 columns of information The names of the images to be displayed in the OpenGL panels their layer name and the X Y and Z coordinates for the lower left and upper right corners of the bitmap image Sample file gpr_panels atd which references these bitmaps gpr_south jpg gpr_north jpg gpr_west jpg and gpr_east jpg Template File New Grafix 3D Vertical Image Panels 3D Oriented Objects These files are used to build a 3D image containing cone shapes at specific XYZ locations with a declared bearing and inclination See Grafix 3D Utilities Oriented Objects page 245 This program requires 7 columns of information The object name color X Y and Z coordinates bearing and inclination The Length column is optional Sample file fossils atd Template File New Grafix 3D 3D Oriented Samples Horizontal Tanks These files are used to build a 3D image containing horizontal cylinders at specific XYZ locations with a declared radius and color See Grafix 3D Utilities Storage Tanks Horizontal page 245 This program
221. ere 200 266 Dakota 266 464 Morrison 489 FA Fountain Precambrian When the borehole ends mid unit you can leave the Depth to Base blank This will result in the following consequences The formation will be extended to the base of the hole in strip logs 75 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 Tflow Piere Bad Dakota ie htomson Fountain In strip logs the Precambrian formation it extended to the declared total depth for the boring re Precambrian The formation may or may not be included in hole to hole section panels for those borings in which its base is absent as in omitted formations above You can choose whether to display the panel to the base of the borehole or omit it altogether a l Base of formation iz not defined for these boreholes Hole to hole section The formation may or may not be included in stratigraphic models profiles fences it depends on how many borings include the base for most gridding methods a minimum of 3 points are required to create a surface If you there are inadequate control points to create a base surface or a base surface that you like you can request the generation of a baseplate in stratigraphic profiles fence diagrams and models This simply sets an elevation for the base of the model O Baseplate Baseplate 76 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager The Borehole Database Overview Starting in RockWorks2006 and continuing to the current
222. erpolated into a solid model for display as blocks profiles and more using the program s Lithology tools The Lithology Types Table defines for the program the names of the keywords for the current project s rock material types and the graphic pattern color to use for each in logs and other diagrams It serves as the reference library for the downhole lithology data This table is stored in the project database 52 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager Lithology Type Table File Edit Keyword Faten Fill Percent Show in Legend d Agglomerate Rr TEA Asphalt 100 0 2 1 0 Basalt 100 1 0 19 0 Ez Clay 100 0 3 50 a B ClayGravel 100 10 1 0 t ClaySand 100 1 0 1 0 we ClaySandiGravel Se Se AL 100 1 0 1 0 a Coal ee 100 1 0 20 0 E Concrete 100 0 4 3 0 L Dolomite 100 05 4 0 Granite 100 1 0 6 0 lw z m B Rock sol Rock soll Rock density Display in keyword patiern amp for mass diagram sort column colors computations legend Fill percent for logs Numeric G value to represent the rock type in solid models The Lithology Types Table lists for each rock soil material e Keyword The material name such as Sand or Limestone This field will link to the Lithology data table You can use spaces dashes slashes in the keyword We generally recommend keeping your keywords as short as possible for manageability and readability in logs and legends e Pattern The pattern and colors to be used to represent the
223. es opening 278 sample density gridding 141 saving plot files 252 266 279 RK6 files 252 RockWorks Utilities datasheet 88 RW6 files 279 XML files 266 zip files 267 scalebars 259 inserting into ReportWorks 284 on maps 297 scaling changing in RK6 files 263 diagrams 294 printing ReportWorks images 280 printing RockPlot2D images 252 screen display in RockPlot2D 254 255 256 307 Reference screen display in RockPlot3D 268 scan boreholes 100 scattergram datasheet values 238 scattergrams 209 217 Schlee s siliclastic classification 239 scripting 17 297 section maps 115 sections drawing 205 solid model 181 sections see also Cross Sections 119 seismic shotpoint maps 116 select boreholes 82 select pattern window 285 select symbol window 288 Set Diagram Extents command 255 setup XY stations 241 Shapefiles exporting 153 159 267 importing 253 Shepard s siliclastic classification 239 shotpoint data 116 242 sieve diagram 239 single license 5 6 Single Log 2D 122 single log 3D 125 slicing solid models 271 272 273 slide show 247 slope aspect analysis 116 212 smooth filter 211 smooth grid 142 smooth model 177 Software Acceleration 276 Solid menu 217 solid modeling dimensions 100 175 filtering 177 filtering data 176 high fidelity 177 logarithmic modeling 177 overview 171 resampling data 176 smoothing 177 tilted modeling 177 Reference warp model
224. es Also required for translation of this type of well location description into X Y is a reference land grid file that contains necessary section boundary coordinate information These land grid data files must be created by you prior to spotting your wells by importing 89 RockWorks Utilities Datasheet RockWorks15 commercial land grid data creating an idealized land grid or downloading the RockWorks LandBase Other Map Data Please refer to the Help messages for formatting details for these data types e Survey Bearing Distance Data e Survey Triangulation Data e Shotpoint Data e Global Map Point Data e Global Map Polyline Data e Google Earth Point Polygon and Polyline Data Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Data Laying Out Your Grid Model Lists Stratigraphy Grid Lists These files are used to build a 3D stratigraphic fences models and stacked surfaces from existing grid models They are used in the RockWorks Utilities Grid Grids gt Stratigraphic Fence Grids gt Stratigraphic Model and Grids gt Stacked Surfaces options sample file grid_ list atd Template File New Stratigraphy Grid Lists When creating the list of units be sure to list them in reverse order with the lowest stratigraphic unit at the top of the listing to highest stratigraphic unit at the bottom of the listing This convention is due to a restriction within the OpenGL environment Al
225. es the estimated Z value at the node and adds back in the regional trend Sample Density This algorithm assigns grid node values by simply counting the number of occurrences of control points within the corresponding grid cells Trend Surface Polynomial It finds regional trends in your data In automatic mode the program will find the surface with the best fit to your data points trying different orders of the trend surface equation e g a flat surface a surface with one bend two bends etc How well the surface fits is determined by a correlation factor that the program computes for each surface that is fit to the data The greater the correlation factor the better the fit Trend Surface Residuals It determines local differences from regional trends First it tries to fit a polynomial trend surface to your data This is the same process as is done using the Trend Surface Polynomial method It then compares the source data points with the computed trend surface These residual differences are the localized components The program then grids the residuals using the Inverse Distance gridding method Triangulation grid based The data points are connected into triangles by imaginary lines with a data point at each triangle vertex and the triangles as close as possible to equi angular The slope of each triangle is computed from the three X Y and Z corner points The grid nodes that lie within each triangle are assigned a z va
226. es Aquifers Vectors Grafm Tool Project Folder C Users Documents RockWorks Samples x Display Project Dimensioni Show Advanced Options a Minimum Maximum Spacing Nodes Range X Easting 652 700 0 653 520 0 20 0 42 8200 I Scan Enabled Boreholes z Y Northing 5 535 000 0 55359000 20 6 900 0 Vi Scan All Boreholes i Z Elevation 1 730 0 a 300 0 E Preview Dimensions a a eo A a a project These determine grid amp solid model densities As you change the spacing the number of nodes will change These are IMPORTANT The Project Manager pane looks like this when you are working in the RockWorks Utilities A RockWorks Complete File Edit View Map Grid Solid Volumetrics Hydrology Hydrochemistry Linears Planes Stats Survey Project Folder C Users ROCKWARE Documents RockWorksl4 Samples Display Project Dimensions Show Advanced Options Minimum Maximum Spaci Nodes Range EE Scan Datasheet X Easting 652 700 0 653 510 0 82 810 0 Y Northing 5 535 000 0 5 535 890 0 f 90 890 0 Z Elevation 1 230 0 1 530 0 31 Surface Elevs Borehole Manager These determine grid amp solid model densities As you change the spadng the number of nodes will change These are IMPORTANT Utilities The Project Dimensions window is also displayed when you click the Adjust Project Dimensions link from many of the program s menus shown b
227. es and formation names also associated with graphic patterns in logs and sections See the discussion of Well Construction data below for information about entering downhole construction materials that allow multiple pattern columns 48 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager Bitmaps Use this table to enter one or more depth intervals for each borehole and the name of the image to be plotted between these depths in individual logs and in log cross sections These can represent raster logs downhole images core samples and more Raster images are limited to display in vertical logs only 2D and vertical and inclined logs only in 3D RockWorks contains an interactive tool for depth calibrating the raster images 1 Double click in the Filename field to browse for the name of the first image to be listed for this well and click the Open button to open it This file must reside in the current project folder You will see the image displayed in a preview window Now you can depth register the image You can use the scroll bars to view portions of the image outside the current window and the Image Size prompt to zoom in and out of the image display 2 Click on any point near the top of the log This is typically the very top of the background grid but it can actually be any point within the log where the depth is known 3 Once the point has been selected a red horizontal line will be drawn at the designated depth and you will be prompted
228. es tables are used to define the columns displayed in the T Data Time Based Intervals data tab fs Time T Data Data Columns Column Name Min Value Max Value Description of Close Help Set Min Max Values This table defines for each column e Name The name of the measured value you ll be recording such as PCB or TCE this will become the column heading This field is limited to 31 characters e Min Value Max Value Define the minimum and maximum acceptable values for the component These fields are optional e Units The units you are measuring such as PPM or Percent for your reference only e Description Descriptive information about the measurements for your reference Handy to know Add a new row by clicking in the last row and pressing the down arrow on your keyboard Help Index T Data Types for more information about using this table P Data Types Tables P Data Types tables are used to define the columns displayed in the P Data Points datasheet 58 RockWorks15 A Point P Data Data Columns La Resistivity cose P Help Set Min Max Values This table defines for each column Borehole Manager e Name The name of the measured value you ll be recording such as Gamma or Resistivity this will become the column heading This field is limited to 31 characters e Min Value Max Value Define the minimum and maximum acceptable values for the component
229. esessssnseecceesesseeeeceesessaeeeceeesssaeeeeeeeeees 184 Lithology Computalion 1 OOIS csiscsnscesecevasosasovetosasatotosavevusosnssisbovtrasinseseasivsoansoiedvinsadassaneoastaasoniatensts 187 PTT OD pbs TOC eeann cersrasuciewusds uated ude A 188 Overview What is Lithology i In RockWorks Lithology is defined as subsurface intervals of rock or soil types that are not necessarily layered Lithology materials can repeat within a borehole sand clay sand clay and can be listed in any order Some background In its early days RockWorks only offered interpolation of stratigraphic data Because Stratigraphy is modeled using surface modeling techniques this means that a single material such as clay can only be present at one location in a borehole a single surface can t be in two places in the same hole This presented a dilemma to users working on localized environmental projects in which subsurface materials weren t organized in any type of layered fashion or even to users working on larger regional projects in which observed lithologies had not yet been grouped into formational layers While it is certainly possible to group your subsurface materials in a sand 1 clay 1 sand 2 clay 2 manner and apply surface modeling techniques to these as distinct layers we decided it would make more sense to create a new type of data So we introduced the Lithology data type The Lithology datasheets list dep
230. et and don t wish to overwrite it with what may be an older version on the CD To install RockWorks from a RockWare supplied CD follow these steps 1 Insert the CD into the CD drive of your computer The CD menu program should start up automatically RockWorks15 Introduction If it does not use Windows Explorer to browse for the CD drive Double click on the setupcd program in the root of the CD to start up the CD menu program The CD menu program will display a variety of different programs that you can install as demos or trialware in addition to RockWorks For now simply select RockWorks from the menu along the left You should see a description about the program in the pane to the right Click the Install Software button in that pane to start the installation Follow the recommended installation settings To proceed to the next screen at each installation step click on the Next button Should you need to go back to a previous window click on the Back button To cancel the installation entirely click Cancel Be sure to read the contents of the displayed license agreement Click the Accept or Do Not Accept button as appropriate If you choose the latter the installation will halt Contact RockWare if you need additional information about our license agreement When the installation is complete the licensing program will start up automatically Refer to Licensing RockWorks page 4 for information about how to set up th
231. et tool computes strike and dip based on three points and plots a surface as a contour map The X Y Z points are typed into the program window they are not read from the datasheet Computing Plane Orientations Based on Three Points Given a list of xyz coordinates for three points along a series of planes the Planes 3 Point gt Planes Multiple Sets program computes the dip direction or strike and dip angle for planes that pass through these points The output is stored within two new datasheet columns Datasheet RockWorks Utilities multiple sets of XTY1Z1 X2Y2Z2 X3Y3Z3 data points Computing Planar Intersections The RockWorks Utilities Planes Beta Intersections command reads a listing of planar orientations from the RockWorks data sheet page 91 and calculate the lineations resulting from the intersections of all of the planes in the file The linear values will be stored in an ASCII text file that can be displayed in the RockWorks text editor when completed The number of intersections that will be computed is number n n 1 2 wheren is the number of individual planes in the input file As the number of original planes increases the number of resulting lineations increases dramatically For example a data set with 20 planes will result in 190 lineations and 200 planes will produce 19 900 lineations Notes A comparison Beta Intersections reads a listing of individual planar strike and dip measurements from the data
232. ew grid file Resample Use this tool to read an existing grid model and resample the nodes to the current project dimensions Very handy if you need to make a grid model match another s extents and node spacing for filtering math comparison purposes In order for the program to match up corresponding nodes in the two input grid files in the Grid amp Grid Math option they must have the same dimensions X and Y coordinates and range and numbers of nodes You can use the Grid Statistics Report option to see a dimension summary During gridding you can manually establish the grid dimensions and node spacing by activating the Confirm Model Dimensions check box in the Model Dimensions window You can resample an existing grid model to different dimensions using the Grid Math Resample option For the Density Conversion tool the Z values of the input grid must represent thickness and the thickness units must be the same as the X and Y coordinate units in order to compute a meaningful volume You can use the tools in the Coords menu to translate X and Y coordinates to different units You can use the RockWorks Edit Columns Thickness command to compute the thickness between two selected data sheet columns The thickness values can then be gridded using the Map Grid Based Map option Ao Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Mathematical Tools RockWorks15 Grid Model Tools Filtering Grid Models
233. fer to page 4 for information about how to set up the licensing Introduction RockWorks15 Re Installing RockWorks RockWare releases updates to the RockWorks program when new features are added problems are fixed etc These new revisions are posted to our website They ll also be included on the next pressing of the RockWare CD Like the original program the updates can be installed from a CD or from an internet download To re install RockWorks you should follow the same instructions as listed in the previous two topics for step by step instructions about installing You can install right over the top of the existing copy of the program Reinstalling should not require a new unlocking code Do not uninstall the program prior to re installing because the licensing will be lost You can set up automatic notification of updates in Tools General Preferences Check out the Help Download amp Install options in RockWorks itself Licensing RockWorks After running the installation program the next step is to license the software You ll see a screen that lists two important things e An Installation Number This is a number that s generated by the RockWorks program itself when it s first started It is unique to each computer e Anumber of licensing options Choose the type of license to be set up at this time as described in the following topics Trial Mode RockWorks Trialware Choose this option in the licensing screen to r
234. filters and either enable or disable those boreholes This is similar to the Filter option except that the Select tool allows successive filters to be applied and the enabling disabling will apply only to the boreholes meeting the filter parameters and no others So while the Filter Boreholes tool works as an AND filter the Select Boreholes tool can function as an AND or OR filter 82 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager Here is a cartoon that shows how successive Select filters can incrementally enable disable boreholes using specific filters Benzene gt 0 3 gt gt gt Select Apply Apply boreholes enable enable All boreholes are disabled Lithology contains Clay Enabled boreholes There is a preview window to the right where project boreholes are displayed in red if currently enabled Disabled boreholes can be invisible or shown in gray Clicking the Apply button will leave the dialog box open but update the database using the selected filters and update the preview window Filters include map locations vertical extents lithology type stratigraphy type I Data values P Data values T Data values water level dates and optional location fields Locating the Closest Borehole The View Locate Closest Borehole option can be used to determine the borehole record whose X and Y coordinates are closest to an XY coordinate pair typed in by the user This tool is also available interactively in the Rockplot2D
235. for the Data Window You may utilize either of two copy data buttons described below for copying the data to the Windows clipboard for pasting elsewhere See also the Drawing Tools page 259 and ReportWorks page 277 for an interactive page layout and drawing window Manipulating RockPlot2D Files o e Locating the Closest Point RockPlot2D has a nifty tool that allows you to search either the Borehole Manager or the RockWorks Utilities datasheet for the data that lies closest to a location you select on a map With a map displayed in the RockPlot2D window simply right click on the locations for which you wish to retrieve data As above confirm the coordinates to be searched they ll be populated automatically based on your right click selection specify the data window and columns if necessary The program will search for the requested information and display the data record closest to the selected point This tool requires that you be running the program non modal see page 293 Help Contents RockPlot2D Manipulating RockPlot2D Images Locating Closest Point Adding Border Annotations to RockPlot2D Images The RockPlot2D Utilities Annotate command is used to add axis tick marks and labels representing coordinate units to a two dimensional map such as a sample map or contour map In order to preserve the existing plot file the annotated map will be loaded into a new RockPlot2D window RockWorks also permits y
236. for the hole You can use the API number for the well ID though they can be long and cumbersome for labels Right click on the Location tab to add custom optional fields to the table These customized fields can be used in queries View Filter Boreholes and Select Boreholes Examples include drilling date geologist name etc Use the File Transfer Locations gt Utilities Datagrid for quick editing of location tab fields and you can transfer the edited data back to the database See page 81 for more information Use the Edit Adjust Total Depths option for a quick means of adjusting TD to accommodate deeper data Help Index Location Data Location details and Optional Fields customization Orientation Datasheet This tab is where you enter your downhole survey information if the well is inclined or deviated e g not vertical If the well is vertical this tab can be left blank Orientation fields 39 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 Depth First depth at which a downhole survey measurement was made The depth values must be positive The depth units must be the same as the units declared for the xyz coordinates for the hole For example if the x y location and collar elevation are expressed in local feet then the depth listings must be in feet as well Bearing Bearing of the well at this depth The bearings must be expressed in decimal azimuth degrees 0 to 360 with 0 north Inclination Inclination at this
237. formation including examples for all of these data layouts Data for Maps and General Diagrams XYZ Data XYZ data can be entered into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet to represent X and Y location coordinates and a measured Z value of some kind such as elevations or geochemistry This basic data layout can be run through Map EZ Map to create a simple point map or line color filled contour map Or you can create a grid model of the XYZ data Map Grid Based Map for display as a 2D contour map or 3D surface Sample files xy_elevations atd 88 RockWorks15 RockWorks Utilities Datasheet Template File New Generic XYZ Easting Northing Elevation or XYZ ID Symbol Easting Northing Elevation Multivariate Data Multivariate data can be entered into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet to list 2 or more components to be represented in a ternary diagram Stats Ternary page 239 ina multi variate map Maps Multivariate Pie Barchart Starburst page 112 Sample Files soil properties atd for z values representing soil components sand gravel clay geochemical measurements and geotechnical parameters for use in a ternary diagram display in maps and more Template File New Generic Ternary Diagram for a generic data layout Or Civil Engineering Soil Classification Remember that you can change column names and column types easily using View Column Titles Land Grid Well Descriptions Lan
238. g 265 solid 171 180 stratigraphy 157 164 165 216 T data 193 ModPath flowlines 228 morph grid models 213 morph solid models 222 272 movement analysis 212 multi log 3 D 126 Multi Log Map 125 Multi Log Plan View 124 304 RockWorks15 multi log profile 122 123 multi log section 124 multi log section see also cross sections 205 Multiple LAS 66 multiple linear regression gridding 141 multivariate anomalies 209 multivariate maps 112 network license 7 new borehole 35 layer 257 281 project 33 294 ReportWorks window 278 RockPlot2D 251 RockPlot3D window 265 RockWorks Utilities datasheet 87 new features 18 normalize filter 211 datasheet 239 northing 35 38 OpenGL 276 opening plot files 251 266 R3DXML files 266 275 ReportWorks document 278 RK6 files 251 RockWorks Utilities datasheet 87 293 XML files 266 275 Ore Thickness gt Grid 220 Orientation datasheet 39 oriented objects 93 245 Overburden Thickness gt Grid 220 page layout 280 Page Setup command 279 PAT files 292 Pattern Editor 286 Pattern Index Tables 289 Pattern Tables 280 285 286 292 patterns in datasheet 94 in Lithology Table 52 in Stratigraphy Types Table 54 in Well Construction Types Table 55 Patterns datasheet 48 P Data datasheet 44 58 RockWorks15 P data diagrams 193 perimeter around 3D images 245 measuring on screen 259 Pick Contacts 160 Pick Lithology Intervals 188 PicSho
239. gle license Restricted users should contact their system administrator AN RockWorks Licensing RockWorks 15 Revision 2009 9 8 C Copyright 1983 2009 by RockWare Incorporated Installation Number Registration Number Licensee Name 5W E3DC2 5B69 B9100 RW15CS9999 Earth Science Inc License Type Send us this information 5 RockWorks Trialware RockWorks Single 5 RockWorks Utilities Single 5 RockWorks Network 5 RockWorks Annual Remove Licensing Unlocking Code and we ll send you this to transform the program from Trialware mode F Skip this menu the next time the program is executed Request Unlocking Code Via The Web Introduction RockWorks15 1 Enter the requested information Licensee Name Type in your organization s name This will be displayed in the program s startup screen Registration Number Type into this field the letters and numbers that are printed on a sticker on the CD User Manual registration card and or receipt you received from RockWare The registration number might start with the characters RW15CS or RWI15AS Contact RockWare if you can t locate this number Contact RockWare for your machine specific Unlocking Code You ll need to send us the Installation Number the Registration Number the Licensee Name and your contact information Tip Click the a button to copy the Installation Number Licensee Name and Registration Number from the st
240. good idea particularly in projects where multiple models are going to be created and may need to undergo comparison mathematical and filtering operations in which all models must be dimensioned the same Use the Adjust Examine Project Dimensions button to view and or reset the project s dimensions Variable Based on Data Coordinates Choose this dimensioning option if the grid dimensions are to be established based on the current data being modeled This could be an option for modeling a subset of the entire project or for testing the effect of different node densities without having to reset the entire project s dimensions There are several methods available Help Contents Reference Gridding Reference 2D Contour Maps How to Create Them This section lists some of the program tools that generate 2D contour maps 143 Gridding Contouring 3D Surfaces RockWorks15 RockWorks Utilities Map EZ Map Map EZ Map builds 2 dimensional flat maps for X Y and Z coordinate data using the Delaunay triangulation technique The maps can include several map layers On page 112 we discussed creating a simple point map of X Y data It s the same program tool just be sure to turn on line or color contours Datasheet RockWorks Utilities XYZ file page 88 Because this contouring method draws a triangulation network among the given control points only the Interpolate Edge Points map option can be used to force t
241. graphy Stratigraphic Thickness 3D Use this tool to 1 interpolate a grid model for the top and base of the user selected stratigraphic unit or adjacent units 2 subtract the lower surface from the upper resulting in a thickness GRD model and 3 create a 3 dimensional image which represents the thickness grid model The completed image will be comprised of a surface representing the formation s top a surface representing the formation s base and enclosing sides e The grid models are named automatically by the program using a formation top grd and formation _base grd syntax where formation is the name of the unit as entered into the Stratigraphy Types table All of the GRD files are stored 155 Stratigraphy Modeling RockWorks15 e D in the project folder and should be visible under the Grid Models heading in the Project Manager In RockPlot3D the program will display the computed volume and mass of the selected formation In order for these computations to be accurate be sure that your depth units are the same as your X Y units such as feet so that the cubic volume as in ft3 makes sense In addition the mass computation is based on the density per cubic unit as declared in your Stratigraphy Types Table Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Isopach Maps 2D amp 3D Interpolated Stratigraphy Models and Diagrams f The RockWorks Stratigraphy menu offers several tools for generati
242. grid This is useful if you have processed a grid model through the filtering tools in the RockWorks Utilities Grid menu created the grid originally in the Borehole Manager etc o Use the Project Manager to create a quick 2D map or 3D surface illustrating a grid model just double click on a GRD file name and establish the map settings See page 107 Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Mapping Tools Contour amp Point Maps RockWorks Utilities Grid Grids gt 3D Stack The RockWorks Utilities Grid Grids gt 3D Stack program is used to plot multiple flat grids in 3D space for the purpose of visual comparisons These grid models can represent any real number values geochemical concentrations elevations porosity values quality readings you name it These are grid models that already exist on your computer Datasheet RockWorks Utilities It reads a file containing a single column of grid GRD file names listed from the top down in the same order in which they are to be stacked top down in the diagram e Besure the grid models actually exist in the current project folder e Once displayed in RockPlot3D you can turn individual surfaces on and off by inserting removing the check marks by the grid model names in the RockPlot3D data tree you may need to expand the Stack heading If you expand the grid model groups in the data tree and double click on any of the Flat Grid entities you can adjust the
243. gt sS SS SS s s e Be BES LS SSS Se 3 sss SS lt SSS z BEET RSS oat SS SSS SSsec ees SS z a A grid file is the computer file of numbers that contains the results of the gridding process It contains a listing of the X and Y location coordinates of the regularly spaced grid nodes and the extrapolated Z value at each node Grid files are stored in the project folder and have a GRD file name extension Benefits Grid based surfaces can be displayed in 3D and can be combined with other surfaces to illustrate stratigraphic layers Grid models can be filtered constraining filters polygon filters etc Arithmetic operations can be done between grid models to generate isopach models Elevation Grid A Elevation Grid B total thickness models Isopach Grid A Isopach Grid B stripping ratio models Isopach Grid A Isopach Grid B etc Grid models can be used to constrain solid models such as to null values above the ground surface or to restrict volume computations to a stratigraphic unit Grid based volume tools and grid editing tools are available Drawbacks Griddingis an estimation process and each gridding method operates differently so determination of accuracy can be subjective i e be skeptical Menu Items and Data Source 139 Gridding Contouring 3D Surfaces RockWorks15 Within RockWorks you can perform basic gridding of generic X Y Z data for 2D and 3D maps using the RockWorks Utilities
244. guage file and to perform the listed operations This is a means of running RockWorks in batch mode to simplify repetitive tasks The RCL file can also be launched via a command line eliminating the need to view the menus at all See the Help messages for more complete information Reference RockWorks15 Troubleshooting Please refer to the RockWorks Help Contents Reference Troubleshooting topic for possible answers to program error messages Please also visit our support forum www rockware com forum index php for a searchable list of user discussions and questions email tech rockware com tel 303 278 3534 298 RockWorks15 Index 3D images plotting 265 3D models 157 164 165 168 171 180 185 193 216 3D objects 93 3D panels 92 244 3D perimeter 245 3D strip logs 125 126 3D surface maps 148 149 154 155 3 Point computing 234 3 Point contouring 234 acQuire import 66 analyze P Data 198 animated GIF 247 annual license 8 anomalies multi variate 209 appending plot files 252 266 278 aquifer data 47 Aquifer menu 111 167 Archive Database to ASCII 80 area computing from screen display 247 259 grid models 209 arithmetic operations datasheet 96 grid models 210 solid models 218 arrow maps 231 ASCIT data exporting 81 97 162 170 189 202 214 222 importing 63 97 214 222 ATD files 86 291 293 AVI files 267 272 axes labeling 297 scaling 282 284 Backup Datab
245. he Grafix 3D Utilities Images Panels 4 Horizontal tool reads a list of bitmap images and their a coordinates and displays them as horizontal or inclined image panels a Display Bitmaps on a 3 Dimensional Cube The Grafix 3D Utilities Images Cubes program reads a list of images from the RockWorks Utilities datasheet and display them on a 3 dimensional cube for display in RockPlot3D These can be used to create displays of buildingin 3D 244 RockWorks15 Image Tools 3D Oriented Objects elo 7 The Grafix 3D Utilities Oriented Objects Pi T aa a tool reads location bearing inclination and length ge ween oy i c _ Information from the datasheet and draws 3 e e _ dimensional arrows at those locations for display in b bte P i RockPlot3D Use this to display fossils m S o i archeological items flow vectors or other oriented items in 3D space 3D Perimeter The Grafix 3D Utilities Perimeter option reads X and Y coordinate listings from the datasheet and plots fence like perimeter edges for subsequent inclusion within other three dimensional diagrams During building of the perimeter fence you can specify its base and top elevation Once you ve saved the perimeter image use File Append to append it to an existing RockPlot3D view 3D Storage Tanks The Grafix 3D Utilities Storage Tanks Horizontal and Grafix 3D Utilities Storage Tanks Vertical tools read location elevation
246. he Project Manager to access the Borehole Database Lithology Types Stratigraphy Types etc Tables where you can create modify the defined data types o Lettheimport tool define them on the fly Note that you will then need to view the Types Tables to establish patterns colors data ranges etc Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Data Importing Data Importing Excel Data re how to format the file and steps for importing the data Single Data Types The Borehole Manager s Import CSV XLS tools which are available in the I Data T Data and P Data menus are used to read row and column data from a single worksheet in Excel file and import the rows and columns into the I Data T Data or P Data table fora single borehole or for multiple holes This is primarily designed for users who have measurements for multiple point data components by depths that can t be easily brought into the RockWorks database using the main Excel import tool discussed above The import works with XLSX XLS CSV and TXT files provided that Microsoft Excel is installed on the user s machine Here is an example of the kind of Excel data that can be brought into RockWorks using these tools this subset lists measurement depths in the first column and different geophysical measurements in columns 2 8 The columns can be in any order DEPTH ILD ILM SFLU De DPHI GR CALI 4950 3 5085 3 5102 4 6729 30 2272 0 076 999 25 276 028 4950 5 3 5325 3 5597
247. he Survey Interpolate Points Along a Line tool creates a new set of X Y coordinates based on beginning and ending coordinates of a line and the point spacing along that line Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Survey Tools Interpolating Points Along a Line Computing Downhole Survey Coordinates The Survey Drill Hole Survey tool is used to read depths bearings and inclinations from the utilities datasheet and compute XYZ coordinates at user specified intervals down the borehole It also offers 2D and 3D diagram views of the deviated borehole Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Survey 242 RockWorks15 Image Tools Chapter 22 Accessory Image Tools Topics 3D Utilities ww The RockPlot3D plotting window part of RockWorks is used for display of surfaces solids fences and other 3 dimensional images created in many Borehole Manager and RockWorks Utilities tools discussed in earlier chapters The Grafix menu available from both the Borehole Manager and the RockWorks Utilities contains additional tools for creating general purpose 3D images which can be appended to other 3D images right within RockPlot3D File Append Help Contents Graphics Tools 3D Utilities 3D Discs The Discs program plots 3D discs based on xyz coordinates dip direction and dip amount read from the datasheet page 93 It is designed to display the relative orientations of planes in three dimensions 3D Bitmaps Use the
248. he data items as well as the status of the reference and data items whether the item is on or off its transparency or color and other characteristics It also now embeds grid model data for surfaces and fence panels RockPlot3D does not store in the R3DXML file the actual data contained in solid models bitmap images or other file based items displayed in the current view whose names are Shown in the Linked File List pane Instead it stores their file names You need to be sure to keep all of these files together in the same folder See also Save a RockPlot3D view as a zip file below for information about zipping the R3DXML file and all linked files RockPlot3D does not store any display information in the R3DXML file such as last viewpoint lighting or vertical exaggeration 266 RockWorks15 RockPlot3D oa Zipping a RockPlot3D View and its Linked Files Because RockPlot3D s R3DXML files can contain links to bitmap images solid models and other external files it can be confusing to keep track of what files to send to co workers for viewing or what files you need to keep when you are house cleaning RockPlot3D offers a save option that stores the R3DXML and all linked files as a ZIP file the File Zip All Linked Files menu command RockPlot3D will create a ZIP format file containing the R3DXML file and all linked solid models bitmaps color tables and other linked files Al linked file names are
249. he map edges to a full rectangular shape Delaunay triangulation is only available in the RockWorks Utilities window If you are working with Borehole Manager data you can transfer locations stratigraphy and other data to the RockWorks Utilities window for mapping there See page 81 for details oo RockWorks Utilities Tutorial Create Point and Surface Maps Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Mapping Tools Contour and Point Maps RockWorks Utilities Map Grid Based Map Map Grid Based Map creates grid models of XYZ data in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet or in an external ASCII file The Z values can represent surface elevations or geochemistry or virtually any measured value You can choose the gridding method used to model the Z values You can then create a 2 dimensional flat map or 3 dimensional surface map of the grid model This section discusses 2D maps Datasheet RockWorks Utilities XYZ file page 88 This tool will also grid and map XYZ data stored in an external ASCII file Notes This tool can create a grid model alone no map a map of an existing grid model no new grid or anew grid model and map Since the grid model is saved on disk you can create a map from an existing grid model no need to re grid This is useful if you have processed a grid model through the filtering tools in the RockWorks Utilities Grid menu Use the Project Manager to create a quick 2D map or 3D surface illustr
250. he way 3D lithology block models are displayed and filtered in RockPlot3D e Show in Legend Defines whether the material is to be displayed in any diagram legends and in the pop up list linked to the lithology data table Handy to know e Youcan click on the Keyword heading to sort the table by keyword You can click on the G Value heading to sort the table by G value e Use the Edit menu tools to switch keyword case and to un check material types not contained in the current project e Addanewrow by clicking in the last row and pressing the down arrow on your keyboard e You can delete a keyword Ctri Del and the program will offer automatic substitution of a different keyword for existing data records Help Index Lithology Types Table re accessing importing exporting etc Stratigraphy Types Tables The Borehole Manager database uses Stratigraphy data tables page 41 for entry of depth intervals and formation layer names for each borehole These formations can be illustrated in strip logs as surface maps fence diagrams and more using the program s Stratigraphy tools The Stratigraphy Types Table defines for the program the names of the formations for the current project and the graphic pattern color to use for each formation in logs and other diagrams It serves as the reference library for the downhole stratigraphic data This table is stored in the project database Stratigraphy Types A 5 Eg
251. hide a layer s items from the display remove the check mark from the layer s name e Help Contents ReportWorks Drawing Tools Working with Layers Inserting a Symbol into a ReportWorks Page Use the Tools Symbol menu command or toolbar button Q to insert a graphic symbol into an existing ReportWorks page You can insert a symbol from the RockWare symbol library or you can choose from some generic symbol shapes Once the symbol is placed you can double click on it or right click and choose Properties to establish the symbol style fill outline etc The symbol can be resized by clicking on one of the corner handles and dragging larger or smaller The symbol can be repositioned by clicking and holding anywhere on the symbol and draggingit to the new location 7 Help Contents ReportWorks Drawing Tools Inserting a Symbol ReportWorks RockWorks15 e e Drawing Lines Polylines Polygons and Rectangles on a ReportWorks Page Use the Reportworks Tools menu commands or toolbar buttons to draw straight lines multi segmented lines closed polygons and rectangles in an existing ReportWorks page You can adjust the line style thickess and color and the fill for polygons and rectangles Straight lines 4 or choose the Tools Line menu command Polylines E or choose the Tools Polyline menu command Polygons a or choose the Tools Polygon menu command Rectangles E or choose the Tools Rectangle menu command Do
252. hoose to include any combination of the available items in the logs see page 127 for a list of the log items Striplogs can be created alone using the Striplogs menu tools You can also add striplogs as a layer on the fly as you are creating other interpolated diagrams 2D profiles and sections 3D solid models stratigraphic models and fence diagrams J ust look for the Plot Logs option in these windows 119 Strip Logs and Log Sections RockWorks15 Striplog Layout Options Defining the arrangement of the columns in the logs is done within the 2D and 3D log designer tabs which are displayed in the program Options windows 2D log designer Men hc aj P Clip Tmmcate Logs Based On Elevation Range instnctiona 20 Striplog Designer F Plot Surface Profile i m E m D i ie o aj F Create Aikio patel Profiles CheckAN Uncheck All Sumn Refresh Intended Vertical Exaggeration Factor 10 See Wisible Rerns Layout Preview aj Perimeter Annotation Tithe a F Create Location Map Wipes LLLE a F Lithology Legend ITS jody a E Stratigraphy Legere lithology Text a E Well Construction Legend Stratigraphy Test Elwell Const Tert 3D log designer Menu Group Title Instructions 30 Striplog Designer P Clip Truncate Logs Based On Elevation Range Pe 5 D j Reference Cage x D g Check heck ANAM 47 Include Lithology Legend eck All Une gn 2u P Include Stratigraphy Legend
253. hs of lithology intervals This tool is similar to the Pick Contacts tool in the Stratigraphy menu except that materials can repeat downhole This tool will assign lithology depths assuming vertical boreholes We encourage you to follow very carefully the steps listed in the How To section of the Help messages which are summarized below L 2 Enter your known data Typically this would be geophysical elog measurements Build a log section This is not required but it s helpful to be sure your data is good for setting up the proper section alignment for viewing the known data to be picked from and for determining the material types that are present Create a Lithology Types Table With a good idea of the look of the existing downhole geophysical data you need to create a Lithology Types Table which lists the names of the lithology materials that are represented in your project Set up the lithology picker display This should be set up just like the hole to hole section in step 2 Pick the wells to be displayed You can choose the same boreholes as were chosen in step 2 or pick a new selection of wells Pick the first lithotype in the Contact Picker window Select the name of the lithology material to be recorded by inserting a check in its check box In each log click the top and base of the interval or intervals where this material is present The program will record the depth intervals in the data listing below the image
254. ht keep your static legend items company logos maybe a pattern index in one layer while document specific RockPlot or bitmap images might be kept in a separate layer Opening the program or creating a new ReportWorks document generates a single layer named Layer 1 Subsequent items that are drawn or inserted into the page are done so in that layer until a new layer is created To add a layer to the current document choose the Tools New Layer menu item or click on the New Layer button The program will add a new layer entry into the data pane along the left side of the window Be sure to highlight a particular layer prior to adding items to your document items are always added to the currently highlighted layer See also Moving Items below To select a layer to be active simply click on its name in the data pane Subsequent items that you add to your document will be added to that layer To rename a layer simply click on the layer in the data pane along the left side of the window to highlight it Then click on the layer s name so that you see the blinking cursor in the name s text Edit typein a new name This can help you to be more specific with layer items such as company legend items rather than Layer2 To move items between layers double click on the item in the drawing and use the Layer prompt to select a different layer name To display a layer s items insert a check mark in the layer s check box To
255. id model representing surface elevations Be sure the grid and solid models have the same XY dimensions and node spacings See also the Solid Convert Ore Thickness to Grid tool if you wish to convert the output Boolean model to a grid model for display as a 2D contour map 219 Solid Model Tools RockWorks15 Be sure that the conversion factor you enter for the Density Conversion tool matches the volume units that the program is using If the program will be computing volume in cubic feet but your conversion constant represents weight per cubic inch you would need to convert the constant to weight per cubic foot before entering it here Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Tools Boolean Model Tools Converting and Extracting Solid Model Data The RockWorks Utilities Solid Convert menu contains tools to convert certain solid model data to 2 dimensional grid model format to extract 2 dimensional layers from solid models as grid files and to insert 2 D grid model layers into solid models These tools are available Solid gt Grid Given a solid model this program will create a grid model in which the z value represents either the highest lowest average or sum of corresponding value within the solid model i e all nodes which fall within the same vertical region Ore Thickness to Grid This translates a Boolean solid model file representing ore versus not ore into a 2 dimensional grid file that represents tota
256. id surfaces But you may still want to store the model on disk for later filtering volumetric computations etc and later 3D display with the RockWorks Utilities Solid menu tools If you have requested a stratigraphic solid model it will be initialized using the current project dimensions RockWorks will then insert each formation s surface into the solid model by assigning the voxel the integer G value listed in the Stratigraphy Types Table The program will store this stratigraphic solid model file on disk using the file name you requested You can use this for volume computation page 161 Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Creating 3D Stratigraphic Models and Diagrams Stratigraphic Profiles Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Profile tool to create a 2 dimensional flat vertical profile of a multiple stratigraphic layers read from the Stratigraphy data tabs between any two points in the study area The profile layers can be color or pattern filled During the process of building the profile the program will create a grid model for each of the active stratigraphic layers using the user selected gridding method or existing grid models can be used if no new interpolation is desired 157 Stratigraphy Modeling RockWorks15 a a o Striplogs can be appended and any inclined deviated wells will be projected onto the slice honoring true well geometry A map of the p
257. ill be spaced in the diagram relative to each other in space You do not need to include all boreholes in the cross section See page 205 for information about drawing the section trace oe Borehole Manager Tutorial D Help Contents Borehole Manager Logs and Cross Sections Log Maps Multi Log Plan View Map een anna A Use the Borehole Manager s Striplogs Multi Log Plan View tool to create a projected plan view display of all active boreholes This is designed to display the true displacement of DH 02 y deviated or inclined drill holes as projected onto y a horizontal plane This tool should not be used if your holes are vertical since they will appear as f DH 05 small dots 124 RockWorks15 Strip Logs and Log Sections The log can include any combination of the available log items listed on page 126 The log data is read from the borehole database Notes e Itis not advisable to include the Depth labels in the logs since they will not project well into the plan view plane They can also slow the generation of the image e This tool can be slow be sure to turn off all non essential boreholes and or use the Omit Vertical Boreholes setting to avoid lengthy processing Help Contents Borehole Manager Logs and Log Sections Multi Log sil Use the Borehole Manager s Striplogs Multi Log Map ki tool to create a map that shows your borehole locations with a small view of each log next to the
258. images at a later date RockPlot2D contains its own set of menu and toolbar commands which are discussed in this section Newto RockWorks15 RockPlot2D is embedded right into the program Options windows However you can still open a stand alone RockPlot2D window page Managing RockPlot2D Files You can undock an image from an embedded window page You can also configure the program to not embed the graphic windows page 293 249 RockPlot2D RockWorks15 See also RockPlot3D page 265 for information about manipulating images in the RockWorks 3D plotting window and ReportWorks page 277 for information about the new page layout tool in RockWorks Quick Summary of RockPlot2D Tools E 7 RockPat CA Users ROCKWARE Documents ReckWorks Da Geron l s l h File Edi View Dew Memu Digis Aiie Osta Layers Window biip Edit mode m 5 jE a F welo Vertical exaggeration Open onal l E Layers pa Draw Measure Digitize tools s _ 7 eln Save a lH k F idhlip Contour Randy Save As FEE 4 q F P oink Wndack lt A F Map Border Scabebars iy Map Border Cuter Binder Print amp _ iin iiia i Basi it EH Stretch ah mas Zoom in i a Layers Zoom out amp ne Zoom out 1 step x qa Pan i g lz Fj Crop p E 5 Magnify a To data window
259. imensional fence diagram that illustrates that model You may request regular panel spacing in a variety of configurations or you can draw your own panels The model s values can be color coded in a variety of ways 3D striplogs can be appended Use this tool to to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing fracture proximity and create a 2 dimensional vertical profile that illustrates that model between any two points in the study area The data values can be color coded in a variety of ways Striplogs can be appended There is an option to create multiple parallel profiles automatically The Fractures Section tool interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model representing fracture proximity and creates a 2 dimensional vertical multi panel profile that illustrates the model The panel endpoints can be placed anywhere in the project The data values can be color coded in a variety of ways Striplogs can be appended 200 RockWorks15 Fractures Plan Map Fractures Surface Map Fracture Modeling Use this tool to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing fracture proximity and Slices it horizontally at a user specified elevation The resulting grid model GRD can be displayed as a 2 dimensional map in which the data values can be color coded in a variety of ways Use this tool to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing fractur
260. in specific pattern libraries for different projects you can save the Pattern Table under different file names and in different folders The name of the current Table is displayed at the top of the Select Pattern window 285 RockWorks Tables RockWorks15 e This window is used to view patterns select pattern colors and density open other Pattern Tables and access the Pattern Editor current pattern table A Select Pattern C ROCKWARE AppData Local RockWare nw_pat pat 2 Pattern Preview Colors Line Width access the di aay Pattern Editor l HAEA V7 HH Adjust pattern HHH line ail open save Pattern Tables b Pattern desons mE T elei Cancel eel N Help pazare EEn menl ER Printable Index i Pattern number Accept Cancel Create a graphic index where the cursor changes changes to the patterns arnow is currently snd exit and exit pointing To view pattern samples that are not currently visible drag the scroll bars up or down as appropriate Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Pattern Tables Using the Pattern Editor The Pattern Editor is a tool that permits you to edit an existing pattern design or create a new pattern design for use to illustrate rock types in logs cross sections etc Pattern designs are stored in a RockWorks Pattern Table The Pattern Editor is accessed from the Select Pattern window The selected pattern design or b
261. ing 153 159 267 importing 246 253 exaggeration vertical 254 Excel files exporting 81 97 197 importing 64 65 97 export data 81 97 162 170 189 197 202 grid models 214 images 246 254 267 272 279 solid models 222 Extract Grid from Model 220 extracting solid models 224 225 EZ Map 112 144 297 EZ Volume 223 fault polylines 297 faulting 143 fence diagrams 153 159 165 169 180 181 185 193 200 215 216 displaying 265 274 drawing panels 206 in page layout 277 file type summary 291 Fill in Missing Stratigraphy 74 161 filter boreholes 82 data 176 grid models 211 solid models 177 218 219 float bitmaps 243 flow maps 212 flowlines 228 Folk s siliclastic classification 239 font datasheet 294 formation volume 223 224 formations missing 72 161 fracture diagrams 199 Reference rose diagram maps 110 stereonet maps 111 Fractures datasheet 46 202 frequency histograms 209 217 datasheet values 195 238 Fugro CPT files importing 68 general preferences 293 geochemistry data 42 43 57 58 geology map 159 187 geophysical data 44 58 getting started 32 GIF images animating 247 gINT files importing 67 global maps 117 Google Earth 126 267 Grafix menu 243 GRD files see also grid models 291 Grid amp Constant Math 210 Grid amp Grid Math 210 grid list files 90 Grid menu 209 grid models arithmetic operations 210 creating 148 227
262. ing the options in the Striplogs menu Stratigraphy data can also be interpolated into surfaces for display as 2D and 3D structure and isopach maps 3D stratigraphic models 2D cross section and profile panels 3D fence panels and stratigraphic surface and plan view maps Stratigraphy menu tools 41 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 D on See also these Stratigraphy data topics Picking Stratigraphic Units from Log data page 160 Lithology versus Stratigraphy page 69 Missing Formations page 72 See page 151 for information about the stratigraphy modeling tools in RockWorks l Data Intervals Datasheet This table is used to enter measured numeric values which were sampled at depth intervals as opposed to single depth points down the boreholes This might apply to downhole geochemistry values assays concentrations or geotechnical values blow counts Leave this table blank if you have no interval data For interval data that is non numeric such as comments use the I Text tab I Data fields e Depth to Top Enter the measured depth to the top of the first sampled interval for the well The depth values must be positive e Depth to Base Enter the measured depth to the base of the first sampled interval for the well e Column 1 Here you enter the measured value for that downhole interval If you have no data for an interval you can leave the cell blank Blank cells will simply be skipped during processing
263. ion to negate the node values e g multiply by 1 so that you can isolate the highs rather than the lows e Optional surface filtering is available to zero out nodes above a surface model such as the ground surface or a stratigraphic unit and or below a unit See the solid model constraint options e Once you have the solid model file created you can use that existing model for future isosurface fence profile section and plan diagrams They can all share the same MOD file without having to recreate it each time choose Use Existing Model in the diagram s Options window e Automatic maps illustrating the location of profile section and fence panels can be created e Seepage 203 for information about drawing profile section and fence panel traces ao Help Contents Borehole Manager Fracture Tools 199 Fracture Modeling RockWorks15 Fracture Modeling and Diagrams Fractures Model Fractures Fence Fractures Profile mw Fractures Section Cross Section A A Use the Borehole Manager s Fractures Model tool to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing fracture proximity and create a 3 dimensional isosurface or voxel diagram that illustrates that model The values can be color coded in avariety of ways 3D striplogs can be appended Use this tool to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing fracture proximity and create a 3 d
264. ion you wish to use J PG or choose Low Medium High for PNG The greater the compression the lower the quality of the output image and the smaller the disk size of the output file The lower the compression the higher the quality of the output image and the larger the disk size of the output file ReportWorks RockWorks15 View and Layout Options e e ao e Establishing the ReportWorks Page Layout Use the File Print Setup tool to establish the size and orientation of your ReportWorks page This is an important first step in designing a report so that you know the page s dimensions You will see the Print Setup window for your default printer as installed in Windows Here you can select a different printer if necessary and you can click the printer s Properties button to select the paper size and portrait vertical or landscape horizontal orientation The ReportWorks page view will be updated based on the page dimensions and orientation If you view your page in Full Screen mode the printable area of your paper will be shown in white against a gray background The printable dimensions of the sheet are determined by your printer s software not by ReportWorks See the Tools menu options for inserting graphic images and drawing shapes See the Options menu for establishing the page units Help Contents ReportWorks View and Layout Options Establishing the ReportWorks Page Layout Establishing your ReportWork
265. ionaries which define available fields which tabs are displayed etc are stored in a system folder inside your project folder This allows you to maintain custom data dictionaries for different projects You do not need to have Access installed on your computer to use the RockWorks database The behind the scenes database components called the Microsoft J et Database Engine are installed with the Windows operating system See the Help messages for more specifics re J et version compatibility Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Your Borehole Data Borehole Manager Database Database Navigation Tips Active Table The tables for each borehole are displayed in the Borehole Manager window with stick up tabs noting the table name 77 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 Borehole Data Manager 43 boreholes Name DH 01 DH 02 DH DH 05 DH 06 DH 07 DH 08 DH 09 DH 10 Active borehole record Location Orientation Lithology mW a S S S S S S S S data gt i Active table ay Export Y Spreadsheet Stratigraphy Types Tab Manager Depth to Top Depth to Base Formation 0 0 47 4 7 A Horizon 75 0 Spergen Fm 75 0 Leadville Ls 165 0 Potosi Fm 171 0 Basement Active Row When you click on a record in the database such as the name of a borehole or a rowin the Stratigraphy table the cursor will be shown as a tria
266. ions of grid node values This can be helpful in isolating anomalous areas 209 Grid Model Tools RockWorks15 e Inaddition grid nodes can be normalized for comparing different models with unlike Z value ranges Notes For the residuals computations and Krejewskigrams you ll also need the original XYZ data from which the grid model was computed Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Computing Grid Statistics Performing Arithmetic Operations with Grid Models The tools in the Grid Math menu are used to perform a variety of mathematical operations on an existing grid file storing the results in a new grid file The resulting model can be illustrated as a 2D map or 3D surface Grid amp Grid This tool performs arithmetical operations with the grid node Z values in two existing grid files Example Subtract an elevation model from another to generate a thickness isopach grid then run Grid Stats Report for volume Grid amp Constant This tool performs arithmetical operations with the node Z values in a single grid model and a constant creating a new output grid model Density Conversion Use this tool to multiply the grid cell volume cell width cell height Z value thickness by a constant representing density per unit volume to create a new density grid Absolute Value Use this tool to convert the Z values within an existing grid file to their absolute values storing the new node values in a n
267. is tool inserts a 2 dimensional grid file slice into an existing real number or Boolean solid model file replacing the existing node values with the grid s node values The grid file can be inserted into any horizontal constant Z or vertical constant Y or X layer in the original solid model Notes The Ore Thickness to Grid and Overburden Thickness to Grid tools read ONLY BOOLEAN SOLID MODELS See Editing Grid Models page 211 for details about editing the extracted grid model See Creating Grid Based Maps page 144 if you wish to illustrate the extracted grid file as a map ao Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Tools Converting Extracting Inserting Grid Models Editing Solid Models Editing Solid Model Slices The RockWorks Utilities Solid Edit 2D option is used to edit the contents of a real number or Boolean solid model file one slice at a time The slice you specify will be loaded into the Grid Editor for viewing and editing When your workin the Grid Editor is complete the edited slice will be re inserted into the solid model The modified solid model is saved on disk under a different file name Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Tools Editing Solid Models Using the Interactive 3D Solid Model Editor SS or The RockWorks Utilities Solid Edit 3D option is used to edit the contents of a real number or Boolean solid model file in an interactive 3D voxel editor window
268. isplays only The reference frame labels elevations and X and Y coordinates Help Contents Reference 2D Striplog Options 3D Striplog Options Computing Borehole Survey Coordinates and Creating Diagrams The Striplogs Borehole Survey option is used to read depths bearings and inclinations from the Orientation tab of the current borehole and compute XYZ coordinates at user specified intervals down the borehole that are recorded in a new datasheet It also offers a 2D diagram views of the deviated borehole in plan view and section view A 3D display is also offered Comparing Log Endpoints Use the Striplogs Endpoint Comparison tool to generate a listing of the spatial relationships for the endpoints of all active boreholes It is used by drilling companies 134 RockWorks15 Strip Logs and Log Sections when comparing multiple complex boreholes The output from this program is displayed within the RockWorks Utilities datasheet The available computations include any of the following For each borehole total depth and XYZ coordinates For each borehole pair azimuth amp inclination 3D horizontal and vertical distances relative offsets and borehole base midpoints Row Point A Point B A TD B TD A gt B Az A gt B Inec B gt A Azi B gt Alnc 1 DH O1 DH 02 132 0 188 0 49 32 7 28 229 32 7 28 2 DH 01 DH 03 132 0 1 10 348 25 5 64 168 25 5 64 3 DH O1 DH 04 132 0 229 0 90 0 19 32 270 0 19 32 4 D
269. istance perimeter area Digitize menu Vertex point line polyline polygon Utilities menu Annotate with border rescale clip image coordinate conversion Data menu Save contents of data pane clear data copy all part of data display data contents as graphic in new window or as overlay with current graphic Window menu Tile RockPlot2D windows access other Rockplot2D windows or main program Managing RockPlot2D Files ao This section discusses the process of opening and saving RK6 files that are displayed in the RockPlot2D window Help Contents RockPlot2D Managing RockPlot2D Files Creating a New RockPlot2D Window A new RockPlot2D tab or window is created automatically any time that a 2 dimensional map or diagram is created within RockWorks You can open a new blank RockPlot2D window by clicking on the button on the main RockWorks toolbar or by selecting the Window RockPlot2D menu option Opening a RockPlot2D Plot File RK6 Use either of the following methods to open an existing 2D RockWorks graphic file such as a map cross section or rose diagram that has been saved as an RKO file in RockWorks2006 RockWorks14 or RockWorks15 Method 1 e Access the Project Manager along the left edge of the main RockWorks program window See page 107 e Expand the 2 D Diagrams heading e Double click on the name of the RK6 file to be opened Method 2 e Open anew RockPlot2D window above e Use Roc
270. ject folder then that folder s contents will be displayed RockWorks always tries to open the last used project folder on startup 30 RockWorks15 iranian Clg Borehole Manager ij fie fee Bee eee deg eee ee Pe pee foo Pe ey ole eee ee intent as ah l Benge Fuckin C Limes BEDT AN Tia certs Fae biei epin FHA U arn CRR PE A r T i RT G Breer Dip Mape 8 rrira Be hoa Sls Geeietes ime reppi birh Die Pee Pele Piem Aam brah oe g ok Poe cS oe inina iniiai 1 M e lagers meem P T mii Tiere miy Tdi w i 7 ea a 7 Dang Liag Mis iH iat F ia Es LH Dr Tasted papi on E f it Z a BH Dela Symra beid Aal jirh i 7 eet ay AEL irp rm i De i 7 ir le lagii Taupe PHH z igi i H 2 irrika AM Maman Ei Di BHF a Y BHF TELE 2 EL I 7 De 3 ji E aes f f J T Fm S lt e Expand any file type grouping by clicking the small button by its heading contract any grouping by clicking on the small button e Open a file by double clicking on it e Open a different project folder by selecting the Project Open menu item or by clicking on the Project Folder path which is displayed at the top of the program window See page 107 for more information about the Project Manager Quick Summary of the Borehole Manager Buttons Use the Tools General Preferences Main Menu Options to turn on the toolbar buttons described below
271. kPlot2D displays 2 dimensional flat images such as maps logs and cross sections It offers save export and printing tools as well as on screen editing drawing digitizing and measurement tools RockPlot3D is an interactive graphic display window that utilizes OpenGL for easy visualization of 3D images such as logs fence diagrams solid models and 3D surfaces It provides interactive rotation panning zooming and layering of different images Adjust lighting filter solids adjust colors append images easily and quickly View volumes instantly on the screen ReportWorks is used to lay out pages for display and print Insert RockPlot graphics maps cross sections logs diagrams etc and raster images draw scale bars and shapes add text and legends and more Print and export tools take your RockWorks images to presentation stage quickly and easily Upgrading See also page 25 for version specific notices Be sure to look at the What s New section page 12 All previous users should refer to A Brief Tour on page 12 1 Introduction RockWorks15 What s in this Book and What s Not a Most of the documentation for the program is available in the Help messages which are built right into the program and are accessible via the Help menu as well as within each of the program options windows Since the Help has well over 1000 pages of material we won t duplicate that information here for obvious reasons Inste
272. kPlot2D s File menu Open command If you need to open an older RKW file created in RockWorks2004 RockWorks2002 or recent versions of RockWorks99 use Method 2 and choose RKW in the Files of Type prompt You will be warned This file needs to be updated to the current format Do you 251 RockPlot2D RockWorks15 wd want to convert If you choose Yes the program will allow you to type in a new name for the updated file Saving RockPlot2D Files Use the File Save and Save As commands to save the current image under its existing name or under a new file name RockPlot2D always stores plot files in its own RK6 format If you need to export the image to a different graphic format you can use the File Export command Combining 2D Plot Files The RockPlot2D File Append command is used to add the contents of a RockPlot2D file RK6 onto the end of a diagram displayed on the screen thereby combining the two This is a handy way to combine for example project contours with a reference base map In order to preserve the existing plot file the combined image will be loaded into a new RockPlot2D window Be sure that the two maps or diagrams must occupy the same coordinates in space in order for them to overlay correctly You can use the coordinate display in the RockPlot2D toolbar to get an idea of the coordinate range of any diagram J ust move the mouse pointer around the RockPlot2D window and note the change in the c
273. ke formations between adjacent boreholes are simply connected with straight lines These offer quick cross section and fence diagram views without the complication of gridding 152 RockWorks15 9 Stratigraphy Modeling Straight Stratigraphic Cross Sections TANI Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy dimensional flat vertical multi panel profile of a multiple stratigraphic layers read from the Stratigraphy data tabs between multiple points Section Straight tool to create a 2 in the study area The panel endpoints must layers can be color or pattern filled and striplogs can be appended i coincide with borehole locations The section s Unlike the Modeled section the Straight section correlations will simply be drawn as straight lines between like formations in adjacent boreholes Sections can be hung on a specified stratigraphic unit see below A map illustrating the section location can be requested See page 205 for information about drawing the section slice See page 157 for creating modeled sections based on grid surfaces See page 119 for the Striplogs menu tools if you only want to display stratigraphy logs in 2D or 3D individual logs or multiple wells Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Profiles Sections Fences Creating Straight Stratigraphy Sections Straight Stratigraphic Fence Diagrams There are two tools in the Boreh
274. ke the patterns and colors you ve selected to represent the materials Create a lithology model page 185 and include your 3D logs with the output diagram Does it look like it accurately represents your subsurface materials Use the RockPlot3D filtering options to view specific lithotypes and confirm that they coincide with the log data If some of the lithology types aren t showing up in the model check the vertical Z spacing of the Project Dimensions Create other lithology diagrams cross sections fence diagrams etc using the existing lithology MOD file Lithology Modeling and Display Tools This section discusses the Lithology menu tools which are used to interpolate your lithology materials into a solid model and then display the model as a variety of different types of diagrams or Help Tutorial Borehole Manager Create Lithology Models and Diagrams 184 RockWorks15 Lithology Modeling ow Lithology Model Use the Borehole Manager s Lithology Model tool to interpolate a solid model representing your lithology types or to read an existing model and to create a 3 dimensional voxel diagram that illustrates these lithology types The lithologies will be color coded based on their background colors in the Lithology Types Table 3D striplogs can be appended Once displayed in RockPlot3D selected lithology types can be displayed and volumes computed You can use this to
275. ks Database Tables e Database Engine Specs 79 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 o w wd Customizing the Datasheet Display The default setup for RockWorks will allow display of all of the datasheets discussed on page 37 You can adjust which data buttons are displayed and their display order and you can customize the fields within the sheets all of which can make the program easier to use by removing tabs you don t normally use and rearranging those that you do 1 Access the Borehole Manager 2 Open the existing borehole project if necessary 3 Select the View Tab Manager menu option You can also right click on any of the tabs and choose Tab Manager 4 The following options are available e Turn off the display of any data table Note that the table will still be present in the database it simply will not be displayed in the Borehole Manager window e Change the order in which the buttons are displayed in the Borehole Manager window e Change the name displayed on the button itself or the background color of the row and column view of the data e Change the fields that are stored in the datasheet At the time of this writing new fields that you create in the database will not be usable by RockWorks but they can be used to store accessory data for the borehole For example if you were to add a Comments field to the Stratigraphy data tab you can add descriptive information about the formation intervals for
276. ks project databases store definitions of lithology materials stratigraphic formations and well construction materials in Types Tables Each time RockWorks creates any kind of 3D image it reads these data Types and stores the material formation names and other settings in the RockPlot3D view This enables easy configuration of legend colors and names The Types Table information is stored under the Tables heading in the RockPlot3D data pane You can edit the contents of these tables to change the appearance of the legends The changes you make to the tables in RockPlot3D will not affect any models surfaces fence panels or logs in the 3D display Their colors were established upon diagram creation You can adjust them manually using the settings described under RockPlot3D Data Items See Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images RockPlot3D Tables Editing the RockPlot3D Lithology Table Editing the RockPlot3D Stratigraphy Table Editing the RockPlot3D Well Construction Table RockPlot3D Reference Troubleshooting File Open RockPlot3D stores the current 3D view in an R3DX ML file Some of the information in the view is recorded in the XML file itself this includes all of the reference and data item names whether the items are set to on or off their current attributes surface and fence grid model data and much more What is not stored in the R3DXML file however is the contents of any RockWorks crea
277. ks15 contains a LogPlot Import program that functions as a batch importer of multiple LogPlot DAT files into the RockWorks MDB database Using either log design or DAT file information this tool can determine the LogPlot entities that can be imported into RockWorks and where possible it will offer the user control over the specific import 26 RockWorks15 Introduction fg options Lithology stratigraphy data LogPlot LITH geochemical data LogPlot Histogram geophysical data LogPlot Curve log symbols text well construction raster images orientation and tadpole information can be imported Once imported into RockWorks the user has a variety of program tools at hand strip logs cross sections solid models surface maps and more Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Your Borehole Data Importing Data Getting Help The following documentation and help resources are available for the RockWorks program Embedded help windows right in the program options windows ase en a ae bere Comais Opticon Ianto AD poy Dampa peton saktan Map strutyragire ceckoe poeple Mot sortie ie r inte 5 e3 bi foant j capi a lapra a mF a eee a Creafing Interpaited Siras apiy sra lior Huth Paren m a rais Erer a 1 Tiar g P diesis biraren ia e E Thc Sly ying agha za pa Giver io bert U iip gral a How Pan katie eel ieee deci ee al al a pi iT a ee a abia Diar pat eae Coed aed
278. l is used to create a stratigraphic fence diagram based on a list of existing grid models that represent the top and base of each unit These are grid models that must already exist on your computer See also page 165 RockWorks15 Solid Model Tools Chapter 16 Solid Model Tools Topics Solid Menu Tools OVErViGW s sscccccesssssssccceessssssecccsessssenenseeceesssseeseeeeesessaseeeeesssseeeceeeesnseees 217 Computing Solid Model Statistics sisic cscnscacecaccsosncivccaseevavedinsssisiscesecedstsscrstedevsnssssecsuvietacsidcvaveniectoes 217 Performing Arithmetic Operations with Solid Models ccsscccccsssssssccceeessssseeeeeeeceesssseeeeeeees 218 PTD ENG oond Modele icien saan scatanuactecaaeaa cote tent esvac wheaeuag st eeraeseanccueas 218 Creating and Manipulating Boolean Solid Models ccccsssssccccessssssceececeessssseeeeceesessseeeeeeees 219 Converting and Extracting Solid Model Data 0 ccccsscccccccsssssseeeeceesssneeeeeeessssseeeeeeessseeeeeeeeees 220 Eding soid Models ersero E EE 221 Morphing Solid Models oo icisessisesionsusendvenesuntuecesedovaoaicdhardaueabueasaical r an Nasa raa raaa aa Na Aranana 222 Initializing a Blank Solid Model ccccccssssscccecceeesssnececceessssseeececeesseseeeececesessaaeeeeeeeessaaeeeeees 222 Solid Model Import Export Tools cccssssccccesssssssncccccessssseeecceesssseseeecceceesesueeeecesessaeeeeeeeeees 222 Solid Menu Tools Overview
279. l of the GRD models must have the same dimensions and node spacing in order for the program to be able to build the stratigraphic diagrams They must also reside in the same project folder as the ATD file Other Lists Please refer to the Help messages for formatting details for these data types e Multi Variate Anomaly Grid Lists e Grid to Logs Lists Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Data Laying Out Your Datasheet Grid Lists 90 RockWorks15 RockWorks Utilities Datasheet oa Data for Solid Models XYZG Data XYZG data can be entered into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet to represent X Y and Z location coordinates easting northing and elevation and a measured G value of some kind such as geochemistry or geophysical measurements This basic data layout can be run through Solid Model for display as a 3 dimensional isosurface or block diagram Use the Borehole Manager instead of the RockWorks Utilities datasheet if you have well based data with multiple downhole measurements for each well See Entering the Borehole Data page 37 Sample files xyzg atd Template File New Generic XYZG Hydrology Hydrochemistry Data Hydrochemistry lon Data Anion and cation concentrations can be entered into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet for the purposes of creating Piper diagrams Stiff diagrams Durov plots computing total dissolved solids and or ion balances Hydrochemistry menu page 227 Thes
280. l ore thickness for display as a contour map 3D surface etc In this example the solid model displays in dark clay zones that are gt 3 feet thick created in the Solid Boolean Ops Minimum Ore Zone Thickness tool The contour map shows a plan view of the total clay thickness Top ha W ee Fc I clay lt 3 feet thick changed to not clay Er a r Cr Er Er Er a r ou u a Cr Cr ua u or Z u ase total clay thickness plan view Overburden Thickness to Grid This translates a Boolean solid model file representing ore versus not ore into a 2 dimensional grid file that represents total overburden not ore thickness The resulting grid file can be illustrated as a contour map 3D surface etc In this example the solid model displays in dark clay zones that are gt 3 feet thick created in the Solid Boolean Ops Minimum Ore Zone Thickness tool The contour map shows a plan view of the total thickness of the NOT CLAY or overburden clay lt 3 feet thick changed to not clay EePECECCEPe ee geeceedie ase total overburden thickness plan view 220 RockWorks15 Solid Model Tools Extract Grid from Model This tool pulls out a 2 dimensional grid file from an existing real number or Boolean solid model file The grid file can be extracted from any horizontal constant Z or vertical constant Y or X layer in the original solid model Insert Grid into Model Th
281. lable within the RockWorks Utilities Solid menu to slice an existing solid model containing any type of data In addition log only profiles are available using the Striplogs Multi Log Profile tool which displays multiple boreholes as if projected onto a vertical line of section When you select any of these menu options you ll see the diagram specific tree menu listing in the pane to the left this is where you set up what the diagram should look like Then click on the Profile Selection Map tab to the right MA File w Edit EO j Chp Truncate Loge Based Un Ebevation Range Instructions 2D Staplog Designer Proe Selection Map j F Plot Surface Profile Create Additional Parallel Profiles A a a a Intended Vertical Exaggeration Factor 1 0 Options Redraw Zoomin Teom ot Manus aj Perimeter Annotation Snap mathi FE Create Location Map WF Lthology Legend Llck on p imiti that represents start of profile aj F Stratigraphy Legend j Well Construction Legend ee es L Here the program will display the well locations as a plan view map with boring name and symbol color tied to each well Any previous line drawn for this project will also be displayed on the map 203 Laying out Sections and Fences RockWorks15 draw profile options zoom tools redraw display manually specify endpoints Aq Borehole Profile l B File Q Edit t l f t i uctions 20 Btriplog D er file Selectian Map PENE eS Option
282. lank pattern will be displayed in the Pattern Editor 286 RockWorks15 RockWorks Tables Pattern box where you view the current Unit Cell design at the current pattern size Unit Cell where you draw your Changes the patterns Unit Cell pattern size or density so you Segments 4 can view the change in the Erases the pattern s most Start patterns in the lower left corner appearance recently aded ee We i Undo Undo an Import ee Imports the Unit z Cell design l rm X Cancel tored und me x ie 2 Help Pie stored under a be used different pattern repeatedly number Accepts changes Cancels changes Accesses and exits Editor and exits Editor Help Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Pattern Tables Symbol Tables Symbol Tables Overview Symbols are small line drawings that can be associated with each record row in the RockWorks Utilities data window representing a different sample site or drill hole location The symbols will be used by the program to note the sample locations in point maps ternary diagrams stereonets etc Symbols will also be associated with each borehole in the Borehole Manager shown on the Location tab RockWorks is shipped with an existing set of symbols already installed in a Symbol Table The factory default symbol Table is named RW _sym sym Itis installed in the program s main System folder Unlike some of the other program tables TA
283. lassification system Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Statistical Tools Creating Ternary Tri lateral Diagrams Creating a Sieve Diagram The RockWorks Utilities Stats Sieve Diagram tool is is used to generate cumulative grain size distribution diagrams depicting grain size distributions for one or more samples The program menu includes a variety of options that are designed to accommodate the plethora of classification systems and screen dimensions by allowing the user to specify the directionality of the horizontal and vertical scales as well as the border annotation It also includes annotation options that allow the user to customize the diagram Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Statistical Tools Creating Sieve Diagrams Other Statistics Tools 9 Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Statistical Tools Generating Random Numbers Normalizing Data The Stats Normalize utility reads a single column of values from a RockWorks data Sheet and normalizes the data values so that they range between two user specified values The resulting data are listed in a new data sheet column 239 Statistical Tools RockWorks15 Standardizing Data The RockWorks Utilities Stats Standardize utility reads a single column of values from a RockWorks data sheet and calculates the mean and the deviation of each sample value relative to the mean The resulting data are stored in a new column in the data sheet Once computed dis
284. lat contour map representing the grid model You can choose the gridding method to be used to model the formation elevations The structure map can include a variety of map layers Be sure you have your formations listed correctly in the Stratigraphy Table The grid model that s created in this program will be stored in the project folder and can be manipulated using the RockWorks Utilities Grid menu tools If you wish to transfer your stratigraphic data to the RockWorks Utilities datasheet you can do so using the File Transfer Stratigraphy gt Utilities Datagrid or Stratigraphy Export tools Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Structure Maps 2D amp 3D Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Stratigraphic Thickness 2D Isopach This tool creates a 2 dimensional flat contour map representing the thickness of a selected stratigraphic unit The isopach map can include line contours color contours border annotation and or labeled cells representing grid values RockWorks creates the thickness model by gridding the formation s upper surface elevations gridding the formation s lower surface elevations and then subtracting the lower grid from the upper The resulting isopach grid can be saved for future use 145 Gridding Contouring 3D Surfaces Notes RockWorks15 e Be sure you have your formations listed correctly in the Stratigraphy Table e Ifyou want the program to save on di
285. lder will contain your borehole database file your Utilities ATD files as well as output models maps and such When you start work with a new project site you need to create a new project folder for the input data and program output Even if you are not working in the Borehole Manager a project database MDB file is created each time you create a new Project Folder The process of creating Project Folder is discussed back in Chapter 1 The process of entering borehole data is discussed in Chapter 2 The process of entering data into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet is discussed in Chapter 3 This chapter discusses the next step in your work through the program Setting your Project Dimensions and working with the Project Manager Project Dimensions What are Project Dimensions They define the boundary coordinates of your project and the spacing of the nodes for grid and solid models which can apply universally to the current project They are also used to scale diagrams to scale items within diagrams and even the patterns displayed within diagrams The current Project Dimensions can be viewed at the top of the RockWorks program window by inserting a check in the Display Project Dimensions box The Project Dimensions pane looks like this when you are working in the Borehole Manager 100 RockWorks15 Project Dimensions Project Manager A RockWorks File Edit View Map Striplogs Lithology Stratigraphy FData P Data Fractur
286. le Check Data Integrity option to perform a database check above AND also read through the borehole data itself to check for mis ordered stratigraphic units mis placed Total Depths etc Exporting Borehole Data The Borehole Manager s File Export tools are used to export the contents of one or all boreholes to the following formats e ASCII TXT files single or multiple files e Excel XLS files each MDB data table is exported to an Excel worksheet within a single XLS file Single enabled and all boreholes can be exported e LogPlot DAT files the data for each borehole will be recorded to a LogPlot DAT file format Single enables and all boreholes can be exported e RockWorks2004 BH files the data for each borehole will be recorded to a RockWorks2004 BH file format See Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Your Borehole Data Exporting Borehole Data See also Exporting Stratigraphy Data page 163 Exporting Lithology Data page 189 Exporting I Data page 197 Transferring Borehole Data to the RockWorks Utilities There are several tools in RockWorks which allow you to transfer data from the borehole database to the flat datasheet in the RockWorks Utilities At its most basic this can be handy simply to view the data in a comprehensive row and column layout You can also process the data using the tools in the Utilities menu edit the data and in some cases transfer the data back to the database
287. le Boreholes 196 RockWorks15 Data T Data P Data Modeling l Data and T Data Computation Tools See Chapter 17 Computing Volumes page 223 for information about the volume computing tools in the I Data and T Data menus l Data P Data T Data Tools for Data Manipulation amp Export Extracting l Data and T Data Values to a Datasheet Use the Extract tool in the I Data and T Data menus to extract the data for a single track for all enabled boreholes and list the results in a data tab A variety of spatial filtering data filtering G value filtering and resampling options are offered The X Y Z locations of the exported points will be determined by the borehole locations Location tab downhole survey if any Orientation tab and depth intervals listed for the downhole time or interval dataThe G values will be taken from the selected data track The Z values will represent elevation Exporting I Data I Text T Data P Text and P Data Use the Borehole Manager s Export option to export I Data I Text T Data P Data and P Text data to the following Export ASCII File or Datasheet Extract X Y Elevation coordinates and G values for a selected track from the borehole database and store them in an XYZG file or in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet Export ASCII CSV Exports all tracks of I Data I Text T Data P Data or P Text measurements for the current enabled all boreholes to an ASCII comma separated variable
288. le X1Y1X2Y2 layout or Colored Lineations for a setup that will also include an ID and linestyle column See Digitizing data page 98 for information about digitizing line endpoint data directly into the datasheet Movement Data structure below for X1Y1X2Y2 data that also have elevation and time measurements associated with them for movement analysis Other Data Please refer to the Help messages for formatting details for these data types e Beta Pairs Data e Movement Data Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Data Laying Out Your Datasheet 3D Graphic Data These files are read by the tools in the Grafix 3D Utilities menu Horizontal Panel Image Lists These files are used to display one or more raster images BMP J PG TIFF PNG AFI VST PCX PCC EMF and WMP as non vertical panels in RockPlot3D See Grafix 3D Utilities Images Panels Horizontal page 244 This program requires 14 columns of information The names of the images to be displayed in the OpenGL panels their layer name and the X Y and Z coordinates for each corner Sample file mine level bitmaps atd which references these bitmaps gold 1450 level bmp gold 1400 level bmp and gold 1350 level bmp Template File New Grafix3D Horizontal Image Panels OpenGL vertical panels are assumed to be vertical and coordinates for only two corners are required By contrast RockWorks allows you to enter X Y and elevation coordinates for each corn
289. lected column of values Digitize Points If you havea tablet digitizer and driver installed you can digitize depths and values from a paper curve trace into the current data window Digitize Lines If you have a tablet digitizer and driver installed you can digitize line endpoints into the current data window Filter Filters data from the current datasheet based on settings for 1 to 5 columns Random Completely Random Generates a list of completely random numbers in the selected datasheet column based on a user specified value range Random Normal Distribution Generates as list of random numbers in the selected datasheet column These random numbers will comply with a normal distribution based on the user declared value range 96 RockWorks15 RockWorks Utilities Datasheet Refresh Forces the program to redraw the contents of the current datasheet in case recent changes are not represented View menu Columns Accesses the window where column titles and types are established Find Closest Point Use this tool to enter a known X and Y coordinate and to locate the data record in the RockWorks Utilities window that is closest to that point Odd Numbered Row Color Establishes the color in which the odd numbered rows in the RockWorks Utilities window will be displayed Even Numbered Row Color Establishes the color in which the even numbered rows in the RockWorks Utilities window will be displayed Importing Data
290. left click on the location to become the other edge of the cut The program will connect the points with a line For projected fence diagrams the slice endpoints do not need to correspond to borehole locations For straight fence diagrams Stratigraphy menu the lines you draw will be snapped to the closest boreholes 207 Laying out Sections and Fences RockWorks15 o i Pre configured panels Another option for fence panels is to select a pre configured panel arrangement by choosing an option from the Panels menu or clicking the correspoinding button For example for an automatic X panel layout that extends to the edge of the solid model click on the X button As mentioned above the slices do not need to conform to borehole locations for projected fence panels They do for hole to hole fences Stratigraphy menu and the program will snap the drawn endpoints to the closest boreholes You can use any combination of hand drawn and pre configured panels that you wish To snap the panel endpoints to actual well locations insert a check in the Snap check box at the bottom of the window After you select the panel endpoint pairs they will be repositioned to the nearest boreholes Lithology modeled stratigraphy I data T Data P data fracture and aquifer fence panels can lie between boreholes the slices can be placed anywhere within the model Straight stratigraphy fences must be drawn borehole to borehole a
291. lf and the 24 nodes immediately surrounding it 2 layers deep When in doubt enter 1 The Iterations setting defines the number of times the entire model should be run through the smoother e Densify This feature will automatically add additional points to the xyz input by fitting a Delaunay triangulation network to the data and then adding the midpoint of each triangle to the list of xyz points The net result is that the subsequent gridding process is now using more control points which tends to constrain algorithms that may become creative in areas where there is little control e Faulting RockWorks offers two gridding methods that support faults Inverse Distance and Multiple Linear Regression Faults are defined as polylines within project Fault Tables Multiple discontinuous polylines can be defined for a single project These polylines can contain many vertices Faulting can be applied to a single grid surface or to multiple grids in a stratigraphic model but note that the faults are assumed to be vertical Help Contents Reference Gridding Reference Grid Model Dimensions The Grid Dimensions options are used to establish the number of nodes to be created in the grid model and the boundary coordinates of the model These options are available Hardwire Project Dimensions Choose this dimensioning option if the grid dimensions are to be taken from the current Project Dimensions settings See page 83 This is generally a
292. lice settings right click on the slice s name oricon in the right pane and choose Options You can also double click on the slice item to access the options The program will display the Slice Options window Help Contents RockPlot3D Manipulating RockPlot3D Images RockPlot3D Data Items Slice Settings Adjusting the slice s surface style Adjusting the slice s color scheme Adjusting the slice s transparency Adjusting the slice s smoothing Adjusting the slice s position RockPlot3D RockWorks15 ow RockPlot3D Fence Panel Settings RockPlot3D displays fence diagrams as vertical panels which are extracted from solid models These might result from modeling I data T Data P data fracture or lithology data in the Borehole Manager Fence diagrams can also be generated using the RockWorks Utilities Solid Fence tool Stratigraphy and water level fence panels are drawn a little differently not from solid models and do not offer the same options as solid model based fences To access the vertical grid settings expand the fence diagram group G and expand the fence panel s group if necessary Then right click on the vertical grid item s name or icon BE inthe right pane and choose Options You can also double click on the vertical grid to access the options The program will display a Grid Options window in which you can adjust the color scheme surface style opacity smoothing and data filter
293. lots lines representing the distribution of z values elevation geochemistry etc in the study site Colored intervals Plots solid color filled regions representing the distribution of z values in the study site Fault Polylines Available only for grid based maps If the grid model from which the contours are being drawn contains faults they can be displayed with lines in the resulting map Labeled Cells Available only for grid based maps Draws a grid of lines corresponding to the grid model nodes and fills the cells with labels for the node values Borders Plots border tick marks and coordinates labels and axis titles Triangulation Network Available only for EZ maps if contours or color filled intervals are selected Displays the network of triangles constructed by the program to build the map contours Help Contents Reference 2D Map Options Running RockWorks from a Script Almost all of the applications within RockWorks can be accessed without displaying RockWorks menus by placing special commands within an ASCII text file This functionality is targeted toward users who wish to automate repetitive tasks and developers who wish to run RockWorks in the background The RCL or RockWare Command Language scripts can be run by selecting the File CompileRCL option or via a command line parameter Use this tool to read a listing of program commands from a user created RCL RockWare Command Lan
294. ls Help Contents Reference Laying Out Profiles Sections amp Fences 122 RockWorks15 Strip Logs and Log Sections 2D Log Profiles Log Profile A A san ons ammo amme amane asme amexe asmo Use the Borehole Manager s Striplogs Multi Log Profile tool to create a projected 2 dimensional vertical display of strip logs of multiple boreholes The logs can include any combination of the available log items listed on page 126 The log data is read from the database The borings can be vertical inclined There is an option to create multiple parallel profiles automatically Menu command Striplogs Multi Log Profile Output window RockPlot2D Notes When drawing the profile line among the boreholes the program offers a clipping zone beyond which distant logs will not be projected onto the profile See page 203 for information about drawing the profile slices Help Contents Borehole Manager Logs and Cross Sections What is a Hole to Hole Cross Section A hole to hole cross section is created by selecting individual boreholes in any order that are to be displayed from left to right in the section Hole to hole sections can include strip logs with any all available log items displayed The logs can be hung on any listed stratigraphic interval In hole to hole sections the distance between logs is proportional to the physical distances between the boreholes on the ground This differs from l
295. lue based on their intercept with the sloping triangular plane Those grid nodes that lie outside the triangle network can be assigned values using the Inverse Distance gridding method with a weighting exponent of 2 and quadrant searching turned off Hybrid Estimates a surface using two or more different gridding methods with an option to weight the methods differently Help Contents Reference Gridding Reference Other Gridding Options In addition to various gridding methods there are a number of other options available to fine tune the interpolation of your data These are summarized briefly here see the Help messages for more details Decluster Points Used to pre grid clustered data points also helpful for duplicate points Prior to modeling the program will lay an imaginary pre grid over the data points at a resolution you declare If a single data point lies within the cell then the cell is assigned that point s z value If more than one point lie within the cell then the cell is assigned an average of all of the z values Any pre grid cells with no data points are discarded It is the pre gridded data that is then sent on to the surface modeling routine This option works nicely if you have data sampled along lines or in clusters such as along seismic lines 141 Gridding Contouring 3D Surfaces RockWorks15 Logarithmic The Logarithmic gridding option can be helpful for creating grid models of highly ano
296. lue listed for the depth interval within which the resampled interval lies 176 RockWorks15 Solid Modeling Weighted Average I Data T Data P Data The resampled points will be a weighted average of nearby values Cubic Spline P Data Resamples points based on a cubic spline method Distance Filter Limits resampling to intervals that are within a user defined downhole distance from a defined interval This prevents sparse data from being resampled where it shouldn t be Add Additional Control Adds dummy points to the source data so that modeling procedures aren t overly influenced by limited high data values This is handy in situations where zero or below threshold values have not been entered into the database and additional low control is needed Declustering Averages clumps of points and sends the new smaller set of averaged points to the modeling routine When modeling densely sampled downhole geophysical or geochemical data this can speed up the processing tremendously with little degradation of data e Modeling Options These options are applied during the modeling process O Tilted Modeling Biases your data modeling with a user selected direction and dip Helpful to apply a regional gradient for lithology modeling or other horizontally biased algorithms Warp Model Based on Grid Biases your solid model with a grid model surface It works much like the tilted modeling above except that ins
297. malous data Data sets that contain large outliers i e values that are far beyond the typical range of data are typically problematic when the goal is to highlight these anomalous regions By computing and gridding the natural logarithm of the control point values the regional effects of these outliers is more localized as shown by the following diagram The net effect is to highlight anomalous regions e g contaminant plumes one seo a ne exeo ae aed 4a00 1 we aso i Keo i 1a ws es The logarithmic capability should be restricted to data sets that contain geochemical or geophysical data with grossly anomalous data points It is not well suited for surface elevation data due to the fact that these data sets typically include negative z values i e sub sea elevations High Fidelity When selected this option will tweak the final grid model after the smoothing option has been applied such that the contours will do a better job of honoring the control points regardless of the algorithm or the grid smoothing below The capability uses a recursive algorithm that grids the residuals adds them back into the original model and repeats the process until the cumulative error drops below a threshold Note that those cells that contain more than one control point are re defined such that the node value equals the average of all of the control point values within the cell Polyenhancement This option works nicely if you
298. map symbol B Unlike the projected view mentioned above this tool Di simply creates a mini version of each log and plots it next L to the borehole location symbol The log can include any combination of the available log items listed on page 126 The log data is read from the database Help Contents Borehole Manager Logs and Log Sections 3D Logs Single 3D Strip Logs Use the Borehole Manager s Striplogs Single Log 3 D tool to create a three dimensional view of the strip log of a single well The log can include any combination of the available log items listed on page 126 The log data is read from the borehole database Menu command Striplogs Single Log 3 D Output window RockPlot3D Notes Before selecting the menu command be sure to click on the name of the borehole whose data is to be displayed in the log so that its name is highlighted Be sure also that the check box to the left of the borehole name is checked so that the borehole is enabled Help Contents Borehole Manager Logs and Log Sections 125 Strip Logs and Log Sections RockWorks15 Displaying Multiple Logs in 3D Use the Borehole Manager s Striplogs Multi Log 3 D tool to create a three w dimensional view of the strip logs of all currently enabled wells The logs can include any combination of the available logitems listed on page 126 The log data gt is read from the borehole database Menu command Striplogs Multi Log 3
299. material in diagrams You can click on the pattern cell to bring up a pattern selection window where you can select pattern design foreground and background colors line thickness pattern repeating density etc In 3D logs and 3D models the background color only is displayed Pattern designs are not supported in the 3D OpenGL window e Fill Percent The percent fill for the pattern when displayed in strip logs At 100 the full log column will be filled with pattern At 50 only half will e Density The material s density in weight per cubic unit This is only used for mass computations in the program If you don t know what to enter just enter 1 and disregard any mass computations e G Value Used to define the numeric value to be used to represent the rock type in lithology solid models Models can t contain words like arenaceous limestone but they can contain numbers like 12 Typically this will be an integer value such as 1 or 2 It s perfectly okay to assign a 1 to the uppermost name and increment the integer by 1 for each next rock type These should be unique values for each material type 53 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 o ae Ifyou will be comparing models from different projects you might want to be sure that like rock types in the different Lithology Types Tables are assigned the same G value It can be handy to number adjacent lithologies sequentially because of t
300. me under which the data file is to be saved 1 File Name Type here the name to assign to the data file Data files are stored with an atd file name extension for ASCII Tab Delimited files 2 Click Save The program will save the information in the data window on disk and the current name shown at the bottom of the program window will be updated as necessary How to print your datasheet To output the data contained in RockWorks Utilities datasheet to your printer select the File Print command You can set the columns to Yes to print or No to omit from the print job Use the Printer Setup button to access your printer settings Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Data Using the Datasheet Laying Out Your Datasheet The RockWorks Utilities datasheet in RockWorks is used to enter rows and columns of a variety of different kinds of data This section discusses how to set up different kinds of data for use in the program and how to change the column headings and column types With a few exceptions most of these data structures are flexible In the examples provided we have tried to illustrate the minimum required data as well as typical data layouts but you can organize your data columns any way you wish During processing you can always specify which spreadsheet columns contain what data Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Entering Data Laying Out Your Datasheet for much more in
301. ms below To select a layer to be active click on its name in the Layers pane It will be displayed as highlighted Subsequent items that you add to your document will be added to that layer To rename a layer right click on the layer s name in the Layers pane and choose Edit Edit type in a new name This can help you to be more specific with layer items such as company legend items rather than New Layer2 To move an item to a different layer right on the item and choose Change Layer from the pop up menu In the displayed window choose the layer from the drop down list and click OK Note that subsequent access of the item s Attributes settings will display the new layer name To move multiple items to a different layer select all of those items so that all are displayed with handles right click and choose Change Layer In the displayed window select from the drop down list the layer name to which the items are to be associated Subsequent access of the items Attributes windows will display the new layer name To copy one or more items to another layer left click on the item s choose Edit Copy or type in Ctrl C Then click on the layer name to which the item s are to be pasted in the Layers pane of the window and select Edit Paste or type in Ctrl V The item s will be inserted into the document again and associated with the specified layer To display a layer s items insert a check mark in the layer s
302. n t F Create 3 Dimensional Grid a a Mie Orientation 4E Create Grid Statistics Repo 4 Use Existing Grid V Axes Z Elevation F Create 2 Dimensional Grid Diagram t ME world Outline ethene cx E Seeround age ENG Labe 5 F Symbols Tables li Symbol Options oe x T a ME surface Cancel L ij i m 4t V Contour Lines 4 Colored Intervals Create the diagram or otherwise process the data as established by the options 4t E Labeled Cells E Border lt lt Linked File List gt it Create 3 Dimensional Grid Diagram it E Create Grid Statistics Report View output map or diagram E Fault Polylines Modified Vert Bag 1 00 Autodraw New to RockWorks15 is the ability to display your map or diagram right within the Options window This means that you can adjust any of the diagram options or fiddle with your data and then replot the image without having to leave the window 16 RockWorks15 Introduction Not only that but cross section profile fence drawing windows 3D output and text reports are all displayed right within the Options window as well Not only that but you can keep multiple Options windows open at any one time Use the Tools General Preferences option to establish how you want the modality of these windows to operate You can save the current settings in an Options window using the
303. n This is very similar to the File data type except that the dialog now previews the image 5 Repeat this process for as many columns as you wish in the scrolling list by clicking in each cell and choosing a type Other Data Editing Tools Edit menu Cut Removes the contents of the highlighted cell s in the current datasheet placing the contents in the computer s clipboard memory for later pasting Copy Places a copy of the contents of the highlighted cell s of the current datasheet in the clipboard memory for later pasting Paste Replaces the contents of the current cell and subsequent cells if applicable in the current datasheet with the contents of the clipboard Delete Deletes the contents of the highlighted cell s in the current datasheet The contents are not placed on the computer s clipboard memory they are just deleted 95 RockWorks Utilities Datasheet RockWorks15 Cut All Removes the entire contents of the current datasheet placing the contents in the computer s clipboard memory for later pasting This is the same operation as would occur if you were to hand select all of the cells in the current datasheet and then select the Edit Cut command Copy All Places a copy of the entire contents of the current datasheet in the clipboard memory for later pasting This is the same operation as would occur if you were to hand select all of the cells in the current datasheet and then select the Edit Copy command
304. n be saved when you create a Stratigraphy Model Notes The accuracy of the computations from the stratigraphy solid will be affected by the vertical spacing of the solid model nodes the closer the spacing the more accurate the volume computations For this reason the surface based computations may be more accurate or at least consistent 225 Volume Tools RockWorks15 9 If you select the Mass option these computations are based on the Density Factors declared in the current Stratigraphy Types Table which declare mass per cubic unit Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Stratigraphy Volumes Borehole Manager Creating Detailed Geochemistry Volume Reports and Diagrams ao The Borehole Manager s I Data Volumetrics tool is designed to perform a variety of what if filtering operations and volume computing operations on an existing solid model The input model can represent precious metal assays contaminant concentrations or any measurable component for which you wish to compute volume This volume calculator specializes in models that are not stratified or homogeneous You can filter the solid model for interbed thickness material zone thickness polygon areas and distance from a borehole Output windows The final filtered Boolean solid model file that represents the distribution of favorable materials can be displayed in RockPlot3D The final thickness or mass grid model can be displ
305. n coordinates and lithology G values from all active wells in the borehole database and store them in an XYZG file Converting Lithology Data to I Data Use the Borehole Manager s Lithology Export I Data option to transfer lithology observations to a track in the project s I Data table This tool converts lithotypes to quantitative values based on a lookup table representing porosity permeability conductivity etc This lookup table simply lists the project s lithology types in one column and the numeric value to be posted in the I Data tab for those lithology intervals 189 Lithology Modeling RockWorks15 Notes 190 RockWorks15 l Data T Data P Data Modeling Chapter 12 I Data T Data and P Data Modeling Topics CIVEEVICW A OELE A A S AEE EE snacuoas seas vend teats ad sade A E E EE E E T 191 Aypa MVO O E E EE E E 191 I Data T Data and P Data Modeling and Display TOols ccccccsssssseecceeesssssseeeeessssseeeeeeees 192 I Data P Data T Data Statistics Tools Graphs and Maps cscccccccccccccceeeceeesssssssssneeeeeeees 195 I Data and T Data Computation Tools oinaan AT a A A A AT 197 I Data P Data T Data Tools for Data Manipulation amp EXpoft eeseeeseeseeeeeeeesessssssessereeesssssse 197 Overview The tools in the I Data T Data and P Data menus are almost identical They simply model different data The I Data options interpolate data pulled from a user selected
306. n existing 3D RockWorks graphic file such as a stratigraphic model or 3D logs that has been saved as an R3DXML file Method 1 e Access the Project Manager along the left edge of the main RockWorks program window See page 107 e Expand the 3 D Diagrams heading e Double click on the name of the file to be opened Method 2 e Open anew RockPlot3D window above e Use RockPlot3D s File menu Open command Appending Multiple RockPlot3D Views RockPlot3D permits you to combine 3D views by appending the data objects in one R3DXML file to the end of an existing view With a view displayed in the window select the File Append command and browse for the name of the other RockPlot3D view previously saved as an R3DXML file to be added The program will load the data items from the selected file and display them in the current view The program will automatically update the view s dimensions if necessary to accommodate the new data elements The view being appended should reside in the same folder as the original R3DXML file If it does not be warned that any files liked to the appended view MOD files images etc will need to be located for the program the next time the saved appended image is opened Saving a RockPlot3D View Use the File Save or Save As commands to save a RockPlot3D view or changes made to an existing view The default file name extension is R3DX ML RockPlot3D stores in the R3DXML file a list of t
307. n the RockPlot2D window to store all RockWorks2D graphic images 2D maps and logs rose and stereonet diagrams etc They are binary in nature and use the file name extension rk6 See Managing RockPlot2D Files page 251 R3DXML This is the format for files created in the RockPlot3D window to store the information in a 3 dimensional graphic image 3D surfaces and logs solid models fence panels etc These are ASCII in format and contain links to solid models bitmap images etc that may be displayed in the RockPlot3D view The file name extension is r3dxml See Managing R3DXML Files page 265 These files are XML in format the 6 character file name extension allows RockWare to register this file type within Windows RWG These are graphic files created by the ReportWorks program storing the page layout of inserted RK6 images bitmaps text shapes and more They are binary in format The filename extension is rw6 See Managing ReportWorks Files page 278 Program Libraries PAT These are Pattern Tables that contain the designs for repeating graphic patterns used in logs cross sections lease maps etc RockWorks is shipped with a library of patterns in the default rw_pat pat table you can save this file under a different name delete patterns add pattern designs etc via the Misc Tables listing accessed using the Project Manager along the left edge of the main RockWorks program window Pattern files are binary in format
308. na valent Cease GAS A U5 Soe CDE ve Bawa Upc passe eked AS 296 Running ROCKW OrksS fom A ScD eiai A a E N 297 Trones hoon inua EANNA E A NO 298 Summary of RockWorks File Types The followingis a list of the file types used in RockWorks User Created Data Files ATD ATD files are user created data files used in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet for storing row and column data They can contain rows and columns of text numeric values symbols color line styles and more In RockWorks the column titles and column types are stored in a set of header lines at the top of the file ATD files are ASCII Tab delimited in format File name extension atd See RockWorks Utilities Datasheet Overview page 85 and ATD File Structure Overview in the Help messages Reference section for more information MDB This is a Microsoft Access compatible database file that is generated by RockWorks automatically when you create a new project folder It stores all of the borehole data for the project many of the type libraries lithology stratigraphy i data etc and the project dimensions The database file name must match the folder name for example the MDB file in the Golden Project folder will be named Golden Project mdb File name extension mdb The database will create support files such as XML data dictionaries in the project folder See Borehole Database page 77 and the Borehole Manager section of the Help messages for more i
309. nal to zero out areas where your criteria aren t met Minimum Ore Zone Thickness This tool is used to specify a minimum thickness for any individual ore or material zone to be included in the output model and computations This is a means of discarding non economic areas from the totals Minimum Total Ore Thickness This tool is used to specify a minimum thickness for the combined total ore or material zones to be included in the output model and computations This is also a means of discarding non economic areas from the totals Maximum Total Waste Thickness This tool is used to remove small pockets of non ore material from surrounding ore blocks translating them to ore classification and including them in the output solid model for future calculations Stripping Ratio This tool is used filter a Boolean solid model based on the ratio between the thickness of the overburden waste and the thickness of the zone of interest ore Several methods of computing the stripping ratio are offered based on individual ore zones or total ore zones Density Conversion This tool is used to enter a multiplier for individual Boolean voxels so that the program can compute total mass as well as total volume The X Y and Z values of the input model must be in the same units in order to compute a meaningful volume Notes The tools listed after Boolean Conversion can read ONLY BOOLEAN SOLID MODELS The computations can be constrained by a gr
310. nd backups Export the settings for the current menu you re working in using the Menu Save to RCL option in the menu window itself RCL stands for RockWare Command Language and can be used to run RockWorks using scripts The RCL menu lists can also however be used by our support staff to trouble shoot problems you re experiencing with the software RCL lists can be brought into the current menu using the Load from RCL option RockWorks15 Reference e Sharing settings with a co worker e Use the Save to RCL and Load from RCL menu options to share settings for Specific program options with co workers e Usethe Tools Export Menu Settings and Import Menu Settings to share all program settings with co workers Stratigraphy Model versus Stratigraphy Solids When you use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Model tool to create a 3D display of all of your stratigraphic units what RockWorks creates is a series of grid surfaces with sides for display in RockPlot3D The benefits to this type of display and modeling are the nice looking surfaces the ability to turn individual surfaces on and off in RockPlot3D the ability to edit individual surfaces and more S BackPlot30 untithed le Edit View Help A S O 2 218 Heh eo C elho individual grid H Legends a surfaces a fe E Stratignapty Mode i a fe E Overburden va Z v GETAH Fa F E Agta i pe E Agaa o aj i E Bertock Total Volume 186 700 400 Total Ma
311. nd column data window that is one of two data windows available in RockWorks This section discusses how to create new datasheet files and how to open save and print these data files How to access the datasheet To access the RockWorks Utilities datasheet click on the Utilities tab along the left side of the main program menu maramea Compe Pe bi veg be ee ie epee Pei eee oie Ben em lee Se fie cy Tai ewe F farai Frij s wr gl E a bo pman Ka i De geery Pijit M A Pie Depr Fee pt M miem paeng E Dormia im ia iraani E r benee bem am ee Maea haien E ioe i m l Sree TEP ihi a he A Sa its i LL Lie i a ts acl ee Lat E HAL LE LERES HEJ el Tele om 2 Pah 1 FT l LEE Lats i l l a t amrni A bag E ara w im EET jinim gemma pig d 1 ahr mie i eal a wmi i i un cpt Y Bi ra z al ST ee y thse my dE a hie B iiia fa iji z Liz ie Mi 4 wif ead is i 45 pm Eik hit Le ie ue be A lepya p Fin i EEA ira jmi EE mia etree ia ii ti ya i LA i ae TE Garten eects 2 a nim iji k iA Te a A z Ja 5 Eie 7 m ii er P aP 1 pow dji th hn a fF Th ee eT niez re a i x epi ji i Loa E 7J a j Sessennnnnnn El A a 7 D iia ia ti BAE 5s i so i ait ae L i Liimi Fis i Epas ili bis iL itt Leia Mis je ai Bey ee se ee n z H aw im iw EG Le ner L H O a oe eis EELA EEEE Mim WE a LELI Hiii T p HiO H ai M o ee fe ey 4l Li _ me liln La ill D Ep 7 iiw im mj Fee beai janima eim Mi Di E bjf t a i 1
312. nd compute the total volume or mass for each stratigraphic layer as a function of the relative depth elevation The resulting computations are displayed in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet Input This tool reads data from an existing stratigraphic solid model MOD file created if Save Model is checked in the Stratigraphy Model menu item page 156 Output window RockWorks Utilities datasheet e You can select from the following results Nodes Volume Mass or Percent Nodes reports the numbers of nodes of each stratigraphic type at each elevation slice Volume will be reported in cubic units typically meters or feet depending on your X Y and depth elevation units If you select the Mass option these computations are based on the Density Factor declared in the current Stratigraphy Types Table which declare mass per cubic unit Percent represents the percent volume of each stratigraphy type at each elevation level Multiple units can be selected e Because this is based on a voxel model the vertical spacing of the model nodes defined in the Project Dimensions will have a large effect on the resulting volume computations Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Creating a Stratigraphic Volume Report Stratigraphic Volume Reports Grid Models Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Volumetrics Based on Grid Models tool to compute volume of each unit as determined by the grids that are generated during by St
313. nd the program will automatically snap panel endpoints to well locations Mistakes Click the Undo button to remove the last picked panel You can use this command repeatedly to remove panels in backward order Or click the Clear button to clear the display and start over Help Contents Borehole Manager Laying Out Vertical Sections and Fences 208 RockWorks15 Grid Model Tools Chapter 15 Grid Model Tools Topics Grid Model TOOIS OVE eW ansees cance masses R EE EE ce OEA E 209 Comping Grid SLALISUUCS aeie nar e EA 209 Performing Arithmetic Operations with Grid Models ccsssscccceessssnscccceeesssneeeeeeeesesssneeeeeeees 210 PUT SPiG GTA MOQO S aranea aa OET AARE AEA E A ENS 211 FCT Grr MORE Saareen E ER N E O EPR aN 211 Directional Analyses amp Directional Flow Maps eseeesseseesseseesssseeessseeessseeessssresssseesssseeesssseesse 212 ATONE SULTACS Analyses Sken eE sing EAREN NTE EE ES AAN A 213 Momhing Grid Models atid eanna E O E 213 Gndimpor Epon 1 OOIS issar E N E ORA AA AG 214 Gnd Model Promles G2 FENCES sonenn ENS 215 GHG Si al Graph TOONS viciacssaiesenehoscoesSateciessiascscesnalcdius aae a ESE OA E PERTE A AEA 216 Grid Model Tools Overview Within the Borehole Manager you can create create grid models of stratigraphic surfaces using the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy menu tools and water level surfaces using the Aquifer menu tools You can also perform basic gridding of XYZ data using the Ro
314. ned above or using any number of other RockWorks solid model tools you can use the following Solid menu options to display the model as a different type of diagram Solid Profile Reads an existing MOD file and displays a 2D vertical slice of the model between two user defined points 180 RockWorks15 Solid Modeling ao Solid Section Reads an existing MOD file and displays a series of connected vertical panels as a 2D cross section drawn along a user defined path Solid Fence Reads an existing MOD file and displays one or more panels in 3D at user defined locations Solid Plan Reads an existing MOD file and displays a 2D horizontal slice of the model at a user selected elevation See page 203 for information about drawing the profile section and fence locations Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Tools Creating Solid Model Profile Diagrams Section Diagrams Fence Diagrams Plan View Diagrams Borehole Manager Solid Modeling Tools See the following chapters for information about data specific types of solid modeling in the Borehole Manager Lithology modeling page 183 I Data T Data P Data modeling page 191 Fracture Modeling Vector Modeling page 199 181 RockWorks15 Lithology Modeling Chapter 11 Lithology Modeling Topics OY seca Bice cee eriee cece ea sativa dese E one meeeeutearete tenures 183 Lithology Modeling and Display TOols ccccccsssssscccce
315. nformation RCL RCL files are created by the user outside the RockWorks program in a text editor These files contain a series of commands used to run RockWorks in a batch mode RCL stands for RockWare Command Language See Using the RockWare Command Language page 297 and RCL Format Help Contents Reference RCL Scripting for information Program Created Model Files GRD Grid files are created by RockWorks as the result of gridding X Y Z data in the RockWorks Utilities or of gridding formation thickness water level or other spatial data in the Borehole Manager Grid files can also be the result of filtering or importing existing grid files Grid files are ASCII in format with the file name extension grd See Gridding Reference and RockWorks Grid File Format in the Help message Reference MOD Solid Model files are created by RockWorks as the result of modeling X Y Z G data in the RockWorks Utilities or of modeling lithology I Data T Data P Data fracture or vector data in the Borehole Manager In addition stratigraphic surface models can be stacked and 291 Reference RockWorks15 saved as a solid model file They can also be the result of filtering or importing existing solid models They are ASCII in format with the file name extension mod See Solid Modeling Reference and RockWorks Solid Model Format in the Help message Reference section Program Created Plot Files RK6 These plot files are created i
316. ng map or other graphic image Examples Define a polygonal area on a map to be used to filter your grid or solid models Digitize a fault trace polyline for use in gridding See Help Contents RockPlot2D Digitizing Tools for step by step instructions about digitizing the following items within the RockPlot2D window Digitizing points Digitize Points Digitizing lines Digitize Lines Digitizing polylines Digitize Polylines Digitizing polygons Digitize Polygons Measurement and Digitizing Options Use the Options command in the RockPlot2D Measure and Digitize menus to establish settings for the measurement and digitizing tools The RockPlot2D Data Window The RockPlot2D Data Window is displayed to the right of the RockPlot2D image window It is used to display computed measurements and coordinates which result from the use of the Measure and Digitize menu tools Each plot window that is open will have its own data window 260 RockWorks15 RockPlot2D fg 2 RockPlot C Users ROCKWARE Documents RockWorks14 Samples locations rk6 ahehe File Edit View Draw Measure Digitize Utilities Data Window Help LS v Ea v w 1 i i Ss o ee Fes ioe O VE 1 00 Show Hyperlinks Options Close button _ S aca CrN omen Layers X H 7 Default J Borehole Location Map Symbols El Gani J Borehole Location Map Labels 7 J Borehole Location Map Leaders z E J Borehole Location Map Border Scalebars
317. ng in data for those boreholes This can be an efficient way to merge projects 64 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager e You cannot however append to existing data types for individual boreholes For example if you already have lithology data stored for a well in the database importing lithology data from the Excel file will replace all of the existing lithology data for that borehole Or if you already have a Resistivity track for P Data importing Resistivity data from the Excel file will replace all of the existing Resistivity data for that borehole e The format of the imported spreadsheet must be the same as that produced by the export to Excel File Export Excel program there is a specific layout that RockWorks requires e Because of the relational nature of the RockWorks database tables it is necessary for the data types to be defined so that the import tool will be able to bring all of your Excel data into the database For example if you are importing downhole interval measurements for Benzene and Toluene these I data field names need to be defined so the import tool knows where to put them There are three ways to do this o Recommended Include the Type definitions lithology stratigraphy well construction I data T data P data etc in the Excel spreadsheet itself See the discussion of the Types worksheets in the Excel File Format Help topic o Define them in RockWorks before you import the Excel data Use t
318. ng models that represent your formation structure for display as 3D models and fence diagrams as 2D profiles and sections and as geology maps For each formation the program will generate a grid model for the upper surface and a grid model for the base surface The grid models that are generated to represent the formation surfaces are named automatically by the program using a formation top grd and formation base grd syntax where formation is the name of the unit as entered into the Stratigraphy Types table All of the GRD files are stored in the project folder and should be visible under the Grid Models heading in the Project Manager The example below shows an exploded view of a stratigraphy model in which the formations are separated by blank space and the grid models that were created to represent the surfaces F _ Display Project Dimensions Project Manager Borehole Nata Mananer 42 hareholec Ni ip v D f amp Borehole Database A ATD Files 37 Files EB Grid Models 10 Fil io 4 ee 7 Dt Stratigraphy iol HB A Horizon_Base grd 7 Dr es E A Horizon_Top grd Dt A Horizon 5 H Basement_Base grd wor H Basement_Top grd H Leadville Ls _Base grd H Leadville Ls _Top grd Dr EB Potosi Fm _Base grd pt EB Potosi Fm _Top grd Spergen Fm Leadville Ls Si ia a Spergen Fm _Base grd 7 l ra H Spergen Fm _Top grd Fi Di Potosi Fm A BB Solid Models 3 Files 7 Di 2 D Diagrams 5
319. ng your downhole I Data T Data or P Data values and to create a 3 dimensional isosurface or voxel diagram that illustrates the model The data values can be color coded in a variety of ways 3D striplogs can be appended Once displayed in RockPlot3D the isosurface or voxel display can be filtered for viewing specific data ranges and volumes can be displayed Help Contents Borehole Manager I Data Tools T Data Tools P Data Tools Creating Solid Models amp 3D Diagrams Data T Data P Data Fence This tool interpolates a solid model or reads an existing model representing your downhole I Data P Data or T Data values and creates a 3 dimensional fence diagram that illustrates the model along 3D slices You may request regular panel Spacing in a variety of configurations or you can draw your own panels The model s data values can be color coded in a variety of ways 3D striplogs can be appended You can request output of a map that displays the location of the fence panels See page 206 for information about drawing the fence panels Help Contents Borehole Manager I Data Tools T Data Tools P Data Tools Creating Fence Diagrams l Data T Data P Data Profile Usethe Profile tool to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing your downhole I Data T Data or P Data values and create a 2 dimensional flat vertical profile diagram sliced between any two p
320. ngle to show the active record Borehole Data Manager 43 boreholes Name DH 01 HFA Te par gt E W DH 05 DH 0h DH o Location DH O Orientation DH 0 Lithology Stratigraphy I Data Intervals I Text Interval T Data Time L P Data Points Location Orientation Lithelogy Stratigraphy tm 4 Export Depth to To a HA Spreadsheet Stratigraphy Types Depth to Base Formation 0 0 4 7 A Horizon 4a 73 0 Spergen Fm 73 0 73 0 Leadville Ls 73 0 165 0 Potosi Fm 165 0 171 0 Basement Editing Fields When editing the record pointer will change to an I beam This mode can be entered into by pressing the function key F2 or by double clicking in the cell to be edited Lithelogy Stratigraphy I Data Intervals I Text Interval T Data Time L Mm MoL MM tL 78 4 7 A Horizon 73 0 Spergen Fm 75 0 Leadville Ls 165 0 Potosi Fm 171 0 Basement RockWorks15 Borehole Manager Inserting Records Insert mode is indicated by the record pointer changing to an asterisk A new record is inserted by e Pressing the insert key or e Moving to the last record and pressing the down arrow key e _Right clicking and choosing Insert Lithology Depth to Top Depth to Base Formation Stratigraphy 0 0 12 3 A Horizon L Data Intervals _ 12 3 135 0 Spergen Fm n l 35 151 0 Leadville Ls
321. nit as declared in your Stratigraphy Types Table Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Isopach Maps 2D amp 3D See also Chapter 8 Stratigraphy Modeling Other 3D Surface Tools The RockWorks Utilities Grid menu offer a number of grid model filtering and manipulation tools Most of these menu items offer the option to create a 3D surface display of the resulting grid see Chapter 15 Grid Model Tools 149 Gridding Contouring 3D Surfaces RockWorks15 3D Surface Map Layers flat geochemistry surface E Flat Surface Displays a grid model as a color coded flat surface in the 3D window rather than a true 3D surface You can define the elevation at which the surface is to be floated Boolean Colors If the grid model being represented in the diagram is a Boolean true false grid model in which there are only two values O for false and 1 for true this option allows you to define the colors to be used to represent the Boolean values Faults If your grid model contains faults you can display these with your 3D surface Skirt This option adds a solid skirt around the perimeter of the surface The skirt is comprised of vertical panels drawn to a user or automatically defined elevation with a variety of draw options Reference Cage Adds axis coordinates in a wire cage around the surface 150 RockWorks15 Stratigraphy Modeling Chapter 8 Stratigraphy Modeling
322. nk cells will simply be skipped during processing e Column 2 Column x Click in or lt Tab gt to the next column to the right of the first and type in the alphanumeric data for that component for that interval Repeat for as many columns as you have entries for for that depth 45 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 Click on the P Text Types button at the top of the datasheet to define the column names for the measurement types e g Color Sample ID etc for the project The columns link to a P Text Types Table where column names are defined Example Borehole Data Manager 43 boreholes Name j Location rw Da a DH 01 Orientation Import Export Y Spreadsheet P Text Types Tab Manager AT DH 02 7 DH 03 Lithology Depth _ Comments v DH 04 Stratigraphy ld 15 0 grades to siltier material v DH 05 68 0 temporarily lost circulation d Is ae 7 DH 06 I Data Intervals 7 DH 07 I Text Interval Text v DH 08 T Data Time Inter v DH 09 7 DH 10 P Data Points V DH 11 P Text Point Text vi DH 12 Fractures These data can be displayed as text in 2D and 3D strip logs Striplogs menu Fach P Text datasheet represents a merging of the records stored in the MDB table See Editing the Data as a Spreadsheet page 59 for how to view the data with multi select and copy paste tools Fractures Datasheet Use this table to enter sub surface fractures that you wish to display on logs and log cros
323. ns display the contents of the column as graphic symbols in a user selected color You can select a specific symbol for each well or sample site Color columns display the contents of the column as a block of color Line columns display the contents of the column as graphic lines in a user selected color These are typically used when plotting lineation or arrow maps Linears menu Pattern columns display the contents of the column as a graphic pattern These are often used in lease boundary files to declare a particular pattern with which to fill the lease area in a map File columns are used to list file names such as grid models images or other files to be processed within the program Setting a column tothis type will cause the program to display an open file dialog if the user double clicks on the cell This capability provides a useful method for browsing for file names when setting up datasheets for program such as the Grafix 3D Utilities Images Panels Vertical application Note that file names can also be listed in basic Text style columns Hy perlink columns are used to URL addresses These are typically done in Google Earth placemark files from which the URLs can be included in the Google Earth description display Image columns are used to list image file names Whenever the user clicks on a cell within that data column the program will automatically display a file selection dialog with an image preview scree
324. nsert a check in the Snap check box After you select the profile endpoints they will be repositioned to the nearest boreholes 5 Ifyou want to type in specific endpoint coordinates you can do so Click on the Manual button above the map Type in the known X and Y coordinates for the beginning and ending points of the profile and click the Process button A profile line will be displayed between these coordinates 6 Ifyou want the program to create multiple parallel profiles automatically insert a check in the Create Additional Parallel Profiles checkbox in the main options list to the left The Options button above the map can be used to define the multi profile settings the spacing extents orientation from the original line and nature of the output graphic 7 Click the Process button at the bottom of the window when you are ready to continue 204 RockWorks15 Laying out Sections and Fences The program will create the diagram and display it in a RockPlot2D tab page 249 fi Help Contents Reference Laying out Vertical Sections and Fences See also 2D Profile and Section Options page 134 Drawing a Multi Panel Cross Section Trace The Borehole Manager Section tools are available within the Lithology Stratigraphy I Data T Data P Data Fracture and Aquifers menus They are used to display multiple connected vertical slices from the inside of a solid or stratigraphic model to illustrate lithology distribution stratigr
325. ntacts from Grids into Stratigraphic Logs Given a list of grid models this program will define or redefine the contacts within existing stratigraphic logs based on the contents of a list of one or more stratigraphic surface models Sample applications include Interpolating elevations for missing contacts within borehole files e g lost circulation intervals estimating what a log might look like before the borehole is drilled i e prediction Caveats Items within the datasheet Unit column must already exist within the project s Stratigraphy Types Table This program only works with vertical boreholes Manually Building 3D Stratigraphic Diagrams The Grid Grids gt Stratigraphic Model tool is used to create a 3D stratigraphic model diagram based on a list of existing grid models that represent the top and base of each unit These are grid models that must already exist on your computer See also page 164 Manually Building 3D Stratigraphic Solid Models The Grid Grids gt Solid tool is used to create a 3D stratigraphic solid model MOD based on a list of existing grid models that represent the top and base of each unit This program is similar to Grids gt Stratigraphic Model except that this program creates a numeric solid model whereas the Grids gt Stratigraphic Model program just creates a diagram See also page 165 Manually Building 3D Stratigraphic Fences The Grid Grids gt Stratigraphic Fence too
326. nterval The Smoothing Filter reads an existing grid file and averages the Z values based on a user declared filter size The smoother can be run 1 or more times to get rid of spurious noise within the grid model and bring out regional trends Notes The Polygon table contains a button that will plot the polygon in a RockPlot2D window If you save that image it can then be plotted over your resulting map using RockPlot2D s File Append command Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Grid Filtering Editing Grid Models The RockWorks Utilities Grid Edit command is used to edit the node values stored in a RockWorks grid model or to create from scratch a new grid with user declared dimensions and node values This interactive editor color contours node values posts X Y points if available and allows editing of individual Z values or those within a polygon Notes The Grid Editor is used to modify node Z values only E It cannot be used to modify the X Y location coordinates of the nodes TEA Forn moving grid nodes see the Resample option in the Grid Math menu Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Grid Editor 211 Grid Model Tools Directional Analyses amp Directional Flow Maps The RockWorks Utilities Grid Directional Analyses tools are used to read an existing grid file and compute the changes in Z values e g elevations between neighboring nodes to determine uphill or
327. nu items at the top of the window will change depending on which data entry program is currently activated The Borehole Manager and the RockWorks Utilities datasheet each has its own suite of menus and program options Quick Tour of the Borehole Manager The wells in the current project will be listed in the pane along the left side of the window 29 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 home anp bi G mi PE TALCE Click on the name of the well whose data you wish to view The program will load its data into the data tables The data tabs can be displayed along the left edge of the program window as shown below or along the top as you ve specified under Tools General Preferences CET tore E K Selected a borehole nay en Tx Borehole s na ants datasheets TAAS E gt I As a A mo A Just click on a tab to bring up that data for the current borehole Using the Project Manager The Project Manager is a pane that can be displayed along the left edge of the program window which displays various RockWorks program files in the current project folder The name of the current project folder is always displayed right above the Project Manager pane at the top of the program window Project Folder If you are just getting started in the program the current project folder is probably the Samples folder in My Documents RockWorks15 Data If you ve been working in a different pro
328. o be sure that the dimensions and node density of the grid model along which the lithology is extracted and the lithology solid model are the same Help Contents Borehole Manager Lithology Tools Creating Lithology Surface Maps Lithology Plan Map i The Lithology Plan Map tool is used to interpolate a solid model or read an existing a lithology model and create a 2 dimensional map representing the lithology along a horizontal slice at a specified elevation This is stored as a RockWorks grid model GRD and the map is displayed in the RockPlot2D window Choose Use Existing Model in the Options window if you already have a good lithology solid model MOD file and don t need to re interpolate J ust browse for the MOD file name in the project folder Help Contents Borehole Manager Lithology Tools Creating Lithology Plan Maps Lithology Computation Tools See Chapter 17 Computing Volumes for a discussion of how to compute lithology volumes 187 Lithology Modeling RockWorks15 Lithology Data Tools Pick Lithology Intervals ba View Optens t t me jie lia Best Redraw if Fe Ebge Reduce i PPR 29990 OSS SCG88800008 n coo o9 00 1 Depth 11 46 Select point st top of ithologx interval Use the Borehole Manager s Lithology Pick Intervals tool to display log data such as geophysical curves or raster logs and interactively determine the dept
329. ocation X and Y and the Z value being contoured We also discussed the concept of gridding whereby the scattered sample points can be interpolated into a regular array of X Y Z points A grid model can be visualized graphically as a 2D contour map or a 3D surface ee lt gt PASS SSS 23 SSS ER lt 5 lt gt SESS Sse SSS eco BEERS SS SS SSS Ferreres Siem ae OXY SNN sexr Terea SE ne ee SSS SS SSSss S gt z5 151 Stratigraphy Modeling RockWorks15 RockWorks uses similar concepts for creating stratigraphic diagrams and modeling stratigraphic surfaces in the Borehole Manager offering EZ or straight stratigraphic profiles and fence diagrams Stratigraphic correlations are drawn with straight line panels Profiles and fences only Grid based stratigraphic surfaces for display in maps profiles sections 3D models fence diagrams and more Typical Workflow 1 Define your formation names page 54 Be sure you define the formation order with the youngest uppermost formation at 1 and proceeding downward Enter your borehole locations and stratigraphy data pages 38 and 41 or import your data page 63 Establish your Project Dimensions page 100 For stratigraphy models be sure the X and Y spacing for the nodes is half the average minimum distance between your boreholes or closer The min max settings for the elevation axis should comply with the elevation
330. odel Tools Importing Exporting Solid Models Use the Solid Export command to export the data contained in a solid model file created within RockWorks It offers model export to these different formats with a variety of options ASCII XYZG XYZ node locations and G values are listed in four columns separated by the character of your choice at the decimal precision you select with or without a header NOeSYS T3D Exports XYZG data from the model to a NOeSYS ASCII format RockWorks permits you to launch T3D automatically when the file export is completed Slicer Dicer Exports XYZG data from the model to a Slicer Dicer format Voxel Analyst Exports XYZG data to a Voxel Analyst format Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Tools Exporting 222 RockWorks15 Volume Tools Chapter 17 Computing Volumes Topics MOMMIES TOO IS CVV OW sees atau a a teen adnaatursaecexawateael 223 RockWorks Utilities EZ Volume of X Y Thickness Dat ccccccssssssccccesssssseeeeceessssneeeeeeees 223 RockWorks Utilities Advanced Volume Computation of X Y Thickness Data ccceee 224 RockWorks Utilities Extracting Solids ccccssscccccssssssscccceesssssseeeecessesseeecceeessssseeeeeceeesssaeeees 224 RockWorks Utilities Computing Grade THICKNESS ccccssssssecccecesssssseeecceessssnseeeeeeseeesssaeeees 225 Borehole Manager Creating a Lithologic Volume REport cccccssssssseccecess
331. odel that fall within a specified range e g contaminated soil or a selected lithotype The output is a report that lists the pit and contaminant volumes and the stripping ratios a 2D diagram illustrating the pit elevations and or a 3D diagram showing the filtered solid and the pit elevations This program assumes you have already created a solid model that illustrates the distribution of the desired material This can be created using the RockWorks Utilities Solid Model tool for XYZG data in the datasheet or external file or using the Borehole Manager Model tools Lithology Stratigraphy I Data T Data P Data menus You may also input solid models that have already been filtered for G value range or with a polygon filter Solid Boolean Ops or Filter tools The program also requires that you have an existing grid model of the surface elevations for the project This will create more accurate computations and surface models 224 RockWorks15 Volume Tools Notes This extraction process offers some options regarding maximum slope and whether benches are desired and maximum bench height Use the Report Captions settings to fully customize your report to your units See the help messages for examples Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Volume Tools Extracting Solids RockWorks Utilities Computing Grade Thickness AAM The RockWorks Utilities Volumetrics Grade gt GT Grade Thickness tool reads an existing s
332. of any linked files are in the third The program is originally set up with the image pane on the right but you can swap them Interactive 3D View DOO CET me Data Pane Linked files Once the image is plotted on the screen you may do any of the following operations which are discussed in the Help topics below Help Contents RockPlot3D Viewing RockPlot3D Files Swapping the position of the image and data panes Changing the size of the 3D View pane Rotating the 3D view aK Zooming into out of the view p 268 RockWorks15 RockPlot3D Moving the image in the 3D display Pan 5 Spinning the 3D image LET D cP Selecting a pre set view View Above Below Plan View Compass Points Selecting a custom view Changing the 3D view dimensions and vertical exaggeration E ei H g Changing the lighting of the 3D view Turning off screen redraw M Draw Manipulating RockPlot3D Images The RockPlot3D screen contains an image pane to the right and a listing of the data items to the left You can adjust interactively the view of the image in the 3D Image pane by following the instructions in Viewing RockPlot3D Files If you want to change the look of individual items in the Image view that s possible too by accessing the item names in the data tree This section discusses these tools This discussion is split up into the Reference Items which are available for all RockPlot3D images and the Data Items
333. of the two main data windows in RockWorks It is used for entering general types of data FS ra e E aio emys Ha Pw Egi veg bap fe jgid yee fei fee oe Ben Ei ey jeer Seige ng I Mewes bie il regem uy bhat ag is mmi f bA i r Fand kamagre ial is Fikih Cire 7 ao B woes or 5 a E r cn zz imiia nia Pe ia emg a a Th F ajg P iLE LAT p BL reer LEAH EME LERES HFI E i AF E li i LEN E F mactrcenraiy z i ipara ei La D i C OO Lee LIE Lh E m es jums aw E a Le ferret woe toot ss is T CEEE bama T pu te as ie Loe ni islet Pn T ae ai ee iii ha iP F Taip Hipa J 4 ail OE ew L i L ks i i Ta F t i i Li a Tr 3 F gt 3 a pen dF al i WEL hak ra ee er Le 7 3 ae FA am T jE E E 5 i Eilain i a a i iniii CS Lo damim i i mi BE iz aban ol Lii aL TA Limi il Le MN HET EDA L BL M E ee L Ei E E ELA EEIE Sn We ae S au Ehau Hi l iio he ee ee Adee l I e ai jf oe E a pi i D pim ENW i ml SH Lhe DD Lee ee hs om e se E D LH rmi Beets ETAL Re ar F maril The other main data window is the Borehole Manager specifically for entering borehole data downhole stratigraphy lithology geochemistry geophysical measurements water level etc See Chapter 2 for information about that data window The data you enter into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet can include simple XYZ data for generating point and contour maps strike and dip m
334. og profiles in which the distance between logs is determined by their perpendicular projection onto a single profile line Because the hole to hole trace can contain multiple segments that differ in direction it s impossible to project a 3 dimensional log so all boreholes are plotted as vertical In RockWorks drawing the hole to hole section lines is easily done on a plan view display of the borehole locations The program will remember the traces from one session to the next within the current project 123 Strip Logs and Log Sections RockWorks15 2D Hole to Hole Log Sections b 3 fer f Use the Borehole Manager s Striplogs Multi Log Section tool to create a 2 dimensional vertical display of strip logs of multiple boreholes The logs can include any combination of the available log items listed on page 126 whose data is read from the data tabs Multi log sections also offer the ability to hang the section from a selected Stratigraphic unit Menu command Striplogs Multi Log Section Output window RockPlot2D Notes Unlike log profiles logs in hole to hole sections must be plotted as vertical In a hole to hole cross section the order in which the drill holes are selected will make a big difference in the appearance of the diagram The first hole you select regardless of its position in the map will be at the left edge of the cross section and the last will be at the right edge The intermediate drill holes w
335. oints in the study area The data range can be color coded in a variety of ways Striplogs can be projected onto the panel plane and true well orientation will be honored There is an option to create multiple parallel profiles automatically You can request generation of a map illustrating the profile slice location 193 Fracture Modeling RockWorks15 9 D oe 9 See page 203 for information about drawing the profile slice Help Contents Borehole Manager I Data Tools T Data Tools P Data Tools Creating Profile Diagrams l Data T Data P Data Section The Section tool interpolates a solid model or reads an __Sromsecionmae existing model representing your downhole I Data T 1 ee Data or P Data values and creates a 2 dimensional vertical multi panel profile diagram The panel endpoints can be placed anywhere in the project The data range can be color coded in a variety of ways You can request generation of a map illustrating the cross section panel locations Striplogs can be appended However note that in cross sections logs are always displayed as vertical If your wells are inclined or deviated this will be accurately represented in the interpolation panels but not in the logs If you need non vertical logs displayed in a section view you should opt for a Profile diagram or a Fence diagram both of which will honor true well geometry See page 205 for information about drawing the S
336. ol to create a solid lithology model and 3D diagram Or you can create a solid lithology model only e g no diagram Or you can create a 3D diagram from an already existing lithology solid model e g no new model interpolated Lithology models are displayed as all voxel diagrams with each voxel color coded based on its assigned material type In RockPlot3D the patterns you ve defined for your lithotypes are not displayed Instead it uses the background colors you selected for the lithology Help Contents Borehole Manager Lithology Tools Creating 3D Lithology Models Lithology Fence Use the Borehole Manager s Lithology Fence tool to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing lithology and create a 3 dimensional fence diagram that illustrates material types with color coded panels You may request regular panel spacing in a variety of configurations or you can draw your own panels 3D logs can be appended Choose Use Existing Model in the Options window if you already have a good solid lithology model MOD file and don t need to re interpolate J ust browse for the MOD file name in the project folder Lithology fence panels will be displayed in 3D using the background colors you selected for the lithology patterns This is because the RockPlot3D window and its OpenGL engine do not support patterns See page 203 for information about drawing fence panel traces Help Contents Borehole Manager
337. ole Manager Stratigraphy menu for creating fence diagrams based on Straight line non interpolated contacts Stratigraphy Fence Straight Stratigraphy Fence ESRI Format Straight Fence panel spacing can be regular in a variety of configurations or you can draw your own panels The stratigraphy will be color coded based on the formation s background color in the Stratigraphy Types Table 3D striplogs can be included and a map illustrating the panel locations can be requested Unlike Modeled fences page 159 the Straight fence correlations will simply be drawn as straight lines between like formations in adjacent boreholes See page 206 for information about drawing the fence panels See page 41 for tips about entering your stratigraphy data See page 159 for creating modeled fence diagrams based on grid surfaces 153 Stratigraphy Modeling RockWorks15 See page 119 for the Striplogs menu tools if you only want to display stratigraphy logs in 2D or 3D individual logs or multiple wells Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Profiles Sections Fences Interpolated Stratigraphy Structure Maps and Isopachs The RockWorks Stratigraphy menu offers several tools for generating maps that represent your formation structure and isopachs in 2D and in 3D These tools all rely on grid models to represent the elevations or thickness See also Chapter 7 Gridding Contour Maps and 3D Surfaces Stratigra
338. ole rock types Can contain repeated sequences sand clay sand clay Rock types can vary in order between wells No lateral variability Data is entered in the Lithology tab No simple correlation is possible in hole to hole cross sections Is interpolated as a solid model for display as slices fences or block diagrams Missing Formations Stratigraphy Represents interpreted layers or formations Is often the second step in entering borehole rock types Cannot contain repeated sequences Stratigraphy layers must be consistent in order from the top down between wells Often has lateral variability Data is entered into the Stratigraphy datasheet Simple correlations are possible in hole to hole cross sections Is interpolated as surface models for display as maps 3D surfaces Slices fences or block diagrams There are several ways to note missing stratigraphic formation data in the Borehole Manager Stratigraphy tab The method you use will affect at its most basic how 2D strip logs and log sections are displayed It will also affect how stratigraphic surface maps thickness maps profiles fence diagrams and block models are created RockWorks15 Borehole Manager Zero Thickness Formations One method of noting a missing formation is to assign the formation top an elevation that results in zero thickness Stratigraphy i 0 120 gal Pae 120 215 T flow 75 260 Pierre ae as 260 266
339. olid model that contains grade values e g percent eU308 this program will produce a GT grade thickness grid and contour map in which the contours represent the grade multiplied by the thickness In other words high valued areas may represent either thick zones of lower grade ore or thin zones of high grade ore The output includes a grid model and a 2D contour map or 3D surface map Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Volume Tools Borehole Manager Creating a Lithologic Volume Report The Borehole Manager s Lithology Volumetrics tool reads an existing lithologic solid model and compute volume mass number of nodes and or percent of each rock or soil type at user declared elevation levels Lithology solid models can be created in the Lithology Model Profile Section Fence Surface Map or Plan Map options Notes If you select the Mass option these computations are based on the Density Factors declared in the current Lithology Table which declare mass per cubic unit Help Contents Borehole Manager Lithology Tools Computing Lithology Volumes Borehole Manager Creating a Stratigraphic Volume Report Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Volumetrics tools to compute volume mass number of nodes and or percent of each stratigraphic type in each user defined elevation layer These computations can be done based on surface models or on a solid stratigraphic model Stratigraphic solid models MOD ca
340. ols provide a quick look at a specific G value range without creating a solid model These programs extract an XY location for each borehole and the high low sum average value as requested for a specific track for that location and create a grid model and 2D and or 3D map to illustrate this data The data values can be color coded in a variety of ways A Statistics Map differs from a Plan Map in that this map is not extracted from a solid model This map can be especially useful for T Data measurements e a Help Contents Borehole Manager I Data Tools or T Data Tools or P Data Tools Statistical Tools Creating Statistics Maps T Data Time Graphs N The T Data Time Graph option plots T Data as a K function of time for a given borehole You can plot one or two T Data Tracks using symbols and lines or sy of bargraphs WN fi P Help Contents Borehole Manager T Data Tools Plotting T Data Measurements Over Time Single Borehole T Data Time Graph Maps abe i The T Data Time Graph Map option creates maps ATI A that illustrate one or two T Data components over time wt in small charts for each enabled borehole location The At Wl Ad components can be displayed as symbols and lines or AA i bargraphs Each mini graph is displayed in a pointmap A callout box ai 9 lt Help Contents Borehole Manager T Data Tools Plotting T Data Measurements Over Time Multip
341. oordinate listing You can use the RockPlot2D Utilities Rescale command to rescale a map to a different coordinate range You can use the Utilities Degrees to UTM or UTM to Degrees commands to convert between decimal longitude latitude and UTM coordinates See also The ReportWorks program page 277 for laying out pages with RK6 images Help Contents RockPlot2D Managing RockPlot2D Files Copying RockPlot2D Files to a New Window Use the RockPlot2D Edit Copy to New Window command or toolbar button e to copy the contents of an embedded RockPlot2D window to a new stand alone window This can be helpful if for example you want to keep a copy of a map handy while you adjust settings in the main options window and recreate the map again Printing RockPlot2D Files Use the RockPlot2D File Print Setup and File Print commands to output the map or diagram to your printer You should use the Print Setup command first to establish the type of printer you are using and the paper size and orientation See your Windows documentation for information about installing printer drivers and see your printer s documentation regarding specific printer settings The Print command is used to send the graphic image to the printer When you select this command you ll see a large Printer Scaling Options window 252 RockWorks15 RockPlot2D wd e 5 Cel Laser Printer 2 10s BLM EM Page ef Cantar A 4 echoes E Honronal
342. ordinates look right Does their layout look right and as overlays with other map layers e g contours 2D Point Maps The procedures you will follow to create a point map will vary depending on whether you have entered your data into the Borehole Manager or into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet where you have X andY locations at minimum 2D point maps are displayed in RockPlot2D Use point maps as overlays over other 2D maps isopachs structural contours etc J ust save the borehole location map in RockPlot2D and you can then append this map to any other 2D plan image in your project RockPlot2D File Append Use point maps as overlays over your 3D views solid models 3D surfaces etc In RockPlot2D choose File Export RockPlot3D to float the map at a particular elevation or drape the map over an existing grid surface 109 Point Maps RockWorks15 Borehole Manager Borehole Locations Use the Borehole Manager s Map Borehole Locations tool to create a 2 dimensional plan view of your borehole locations yi 4 Data source Borehole database Location tabs Other map options include labels ID elevations thickness pon l etc borehole trace plots for deviated holes borders and won tan bitmap backgrounds You can also request surface contours a aSamap layer which will generate a grid model of the borehole surface elevations also read from the Location tabs for displa
343. ot window containing the graphic representation of the Digitized items points lines polylines and or polygons listed in the data window The line style and color in which the lines are to be drawn should be established under File Options prior to creating the new graphic di Append Current Graphic Creates a new plot window containing the graphic representation of the digitized items points lines polylines and or polygons which are listed in the data window overlaying the existing image in the current plot window The line style and color in which the lines are to be drawn should be established under File Options prior to creating the new graphic 261 RockPlot2D RockWorks15 o w e You need to use the data tools shown above to store the data in the clipboard or record the data as graphic entities before closing the plot window or you ll lose all of the data items The data items are not stored in the graphic RK6 file The Measure and Digitize items are held in temporary memory only If you redraw the image using Zoom In Zoom Out Best Fit Stretch or Vertical Exaggeration the drawn items will disappear from the graphic display Since they are recorded however in the Data Window the Copy all Data Copy Numeric Data New Graphic and Append Current Graphic tools are still available The Data Window is not designed for you to edit the coordinates or measurements there Thus there is no Paste command
344. ou have a new project created comprised of a new folder and a new MDB file with the same name you can start entering your data While the RockWorks data interface is easy to use it s also true that getting your data into the program is one of the key components to how successful your work with the program will be Garbage in garbage out so they say You have a number of choices in how to get your downhole data into the Borehole Manager and you can use a combination of the methods summarized below e Manually entering typing in the data Handy for small projects You simply create a new well record for each borehole and click on the different data tabs to type in location information and downhole measurements See page 35 e Importing the data There are a number of importers included in RockWorks o Single or multiple boreholes and or mixed types of data in multiple worksheets for example borehole locations and stratigraphy and geophysical curves for several holes Excel or ASCII via the File Import menu Specific layouts are required This is a good way to get a lot of data into the program very quickly o Single or multiple boreholes and a single worksheet of data Bring in a table of rows and columns into the I Data I Text T Data P Data or P Text tables using the Import CSV XLS options inside the I Data T Data and P Data menus o Commercial data such as GDS IHS KGS Tobin Importers for these suppliers encompa
345. ou to include this annotation when the map or diagram is being created If you wish to combine maps via the Append command you should combine the maps first then annotate them Help Contents RockPlot2D Manipulating RockPlot2D Files Adding Border Annotations 262 RockWorks15 RockPlot2D o ao e Rescaling 2D Plot files The RockPlot2D Utilities Rescale command is used to change map or diagram coordinates using one of two available schemes e _Rescale by establishing a new X Y origin coordinate and scaling the X and Y axes by a constant value e Rescale by establishing new boundary coordinates for one or more axes Note that these rescaling schemes change the actual coordinates that are stored for the lines symbols and such in a map or diagram In order to preserve the existing plot file both utilities create a new plot window for display of the rescaled map or diagram If you do not need to change the coordinates of the plot file but simply want to change the scale at which it is printed this is done within RockPlot2D s Print utility itself See Printing RockPlot2D Files page 252 for more information Or if you want to change the scale at which it is viewed on the screen there are zoom in and zoom out tools for this see Viewing RockPlot2D Files page 254 Help Contents RockPlot2D Manipulating RockPlot2D Files Rescaling 2D Plot Files Clipping RockPlot2D Files The RockPlot2D Utilities
346. p diagram in each sample Each sample will be represented by a point in each trilinear diagram unique symbols may be selected for each sample and can be referenced in a symbol index at the top of the diagram Symbols may be accompanied by labels if desired The square grid is designed to show both anion and cation groups Circles may be plotted around each point to illustrate total dissolved solids TDS for the sample The total dissolved solid computation will include all components listed in the data file standard ions and additional ions TDS concentrations and relative sample densities can also be represented with contours in the diagram Concentrations entered in the source data file in units of milligrams per liter are converted to milli equivalents per liter for display on the diagram You may choose up to 4 additional cations and up to 4 additional anions for the TDS computations la Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Tools Creating Durov Diagrams Creating Piper Diagrams The RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Piper command reads a listing of ion concentrations from the datasheet and creates a Piper diagram for groundwater ion concentration analysis Piper diagrams consist of three parts Two trilinear diagrams along the bottom and one diamond shaped diagram in the middle The trilinear diagrams illustrate the relative concentrations of cations left diagram and anions right diagram in each sample
347. page 72 for more information e Formation Double click in this cell and choose the unit name from the Stratigraphy Types Table a library of stratigraphic names and patterns that is stored in the project database Or you can single click in this cell click the small down arrow and choose the formation name from the drop down list If the formation name is not listed you ll need to add it to the current Stratigraphy Types Table See page 54 for more information Borehole Data Manager 43 boreholes Name j Location a 2 Hh amp DH 01 Giai Export Y Spreadsheet Stratigraphy Types Tab Manager v DH 02 7 DH 03 Lithology Depth to Top Depth to Base Formation DH 04 Stratigraphy ld 0 0 6 9 A Horizon v DH 05 6 9 72 5 Spergen Fm I Data Intervals v DH 06 72 5 72 5 Leadville Ls Fono iE tent Catena 72 5 159 0 Potosi Fm Zi DH 08 T Data Time In 159 0 170 0 Basement o P Data Points aE V DH 11 P Text Point T Stratigraphic layers must be listed in the same order from borehole to borehole RockWorks assumes a rather layer cake approach to stratigraphy Units can be missing or they can be listed with a thickness of zero see Leadville Ls in the example but they cannot repeat and they cannot change order If you have repeating materials sand clay sand clay you need to enter this into the Lithology datasheet instead Stratigraphy data can be illustrated in in 2D and 3D log and log diagrams us
348. pecial network license certificate file which RockWare will email to you which must be stored on a network drive in a location where all users have access You must have standard user or higher e g administrator privileges to set up the network licensing Restricted users should contact their system administrator AN RockWorks Licensing RockWorks 15 Revision 2009 9 8 MEN i C Copyright 1983 2009 by RockWare Incorporated Installation Number Registration Number Licensee Name 5N E3DC2 5B69 B9100 RW15CN9999 Earth Science Inc Send us this information Certificate File License Type RockWorks Trialware RockWorks Single RockWorks Utilities Single Network User ID RockWorks Network RockWorks Annual Remove Licensing and we ll send you this to activate your network license Skip this menu the next time the program is executed 1 Enter the requested information Registration Number Type into this field the letters and numbers that are printed 7 Introduction RockWorks15 on a sticker on the CD User Manual registration card and or receipt you received from RockWare The registration number might start with the characters RW15CN or RWI15AN Contact RockWare if you can t locate this number Licensee Name Type in your company s name This will be displayed in the initial splash screen 2 Contact RockWare for your Certificate File This is a file that is suppli
349. phy Structural Elevations 2D Use the Stratigraphy Structural Elevations 2 Dimensional tool to create 1 a grid model of the elevations at the top or base surface of a selected stratigraphic unit and 2 a 2 dimensional flat contour map representing the grid model You can choose the gridding method to be used to model the formation elevations The structure map can include a variety of map layers e Besure to type in a name for the grid model that is created It will be stored in the project folder and can be manipulated using the RockWorks Utilities Grid menu tools Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Structure Maps 2D amp 3D Stratigraphy Structural Elevations 3D One Surface Use this tool to create 1 a grid model of the elevations at the top of a selected stratigraphic unit and 2 a 3 dimensional surface representing the grid model You can choose the gridding method to be used to model the formation elevations e Besure to typein a name for the grid model that is created It will be stored in the project folder and can be manipulated using the RockWorks Utilities Grid menu tools e Once displayed in RockPlot3D you can manipulate the surface style and colors etc Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Structure amp Isopach Maps 154 RockWorks15 9 Stratigraphy Modeling Stratigraphy Structural Elevations 3D All Surfaces za j e Us
350. play the standardized values as a contour map to show anomalous areas Generating Random Numbers The RockWorks Utilities Stats Random utility generates random numbers within a specified range or from a normal distribution This utility can generate both positive and negative numbers with or without decimal values Computing Point to Point Distances The RockWorks Utilities Stats Point Distances utility is used to read X Y or X Y Z point locations from the datasheet and compute a variety of statistics regarding the distribution of the points 240 RockWorks15 Survey Tools Chapter 21 Survey Tools Topics Survey Menu CV CL VOW see see cnntins saree walaetsat sb seas slbawahad ab aninh deans nad qvessnedanansuedonedtuesoue tues adsdadadedeseeeseiads 241 Converting Bearing Distance Data and Creating Map ccccccssssssecccessssssseeeeesesssnseeeeeeessees 241 Converting Triangulation Data to XYZ cccssscccccsssssssccceeeessssssaeeceeessssneeeecesessaeeeeceessssnaeeeeeeeees 241 Saung UPA dere io Hh 10s meeerme mene tn en tee ee een tet orem or ere ere ee en ere ere mere 241 Interpolating Points Along a Line ccccsssssssscccesssssssceccessssseeeccesesssseescececcessssnseeeeseessseeseess 242 Computing Downhole Survey Coordinates ccccsssssccccesessssssseecceesssssceeccesssssaseeeeesessaeeeeeeees 242 Survey Menu Overview The Survey menu contains a variety of tools designed to translate diffe
351. ple if your P Data is measured every 0 10 feet beware of using that for the z spacing of the nodes 106 RockWorks15 if it results in a model with many hundreds or thousands of nodes vertically It will take forever to model and render and may not help pick out your anomalies Keep in mind that a solid model with 50 x 50 x 50 nodes 125 000 total requires one eighth the computations of a 100 x 100 x 100 node model 1 million nodes Help Contents Project Dimensions and Preferences Project Manager Using the Project Manager The Project Manager is a pane that can be displayed along the left edge of the program window which displays various RockWorks program files in the current project folder Emn PA neema Carpine Project Dimensions Project Manager fie lig V g bhp mJ kgd Wolymeince ys Myiochemairy Lps Planer mis apy Gord Vidgets Prosba Pedder a Calker t ARE ecane Ren yer piti Pica Glare gee LANI Fhe E Borchote Dlhiir a f ATO Fikri ES Piei A beta pena Detplry Propet Demenes brei ba A mii lba Ege SRR amex PL Xe OOade HELON IELI SED LE zu i914 TL m eae ey photoes EER aami mii EE NT iii Latas penin LL EEM LMI MAN eT EE a vey E LE EIE See LETAN MIHI BEE oH euL LETE IENE TNG o nE L622 HE0 sae LN GS BEL oP Ge LHH EHA LAS be M e eo E Pe ek cece Lenso BIAS EEE Loss L5 Giy Toog Wind Hgip IILAN 1 6708 id LET Laa Le iaiia Laii Le jaiii
352. prompt you Delete all the information for wellname The data is not recoverable 5 Click Yes to continue and delete the entire borehole record from the database Click Cancel to cancel the Erase Log operation If you choose Yes the data in the selected borehole file will be removed from the project Any existing grid surface or solid plume models you ve already created using the now deleted borehole will NOT be automatically updated to reflect the data change You ll need to re generate models and graphics Accessing a Well s Records 1 Access the Borehole Manager as necessary 2 Open the existing project as necessary The wells in the current project will be displayed in the pane just to the right of the project manager pane 36 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager oa ecenenre iai Hone LAL cheek A Ad ae b 3 Click on the name of the well you wish to view The program will load its data into the data tabs You can click on the various data tabs to see that boring s data Enabling Disabling Borehole Records Use the check boxes to the left of the borehole names to turn the borehole on checked or off un checked If the borehole is enabled it will be included in borehole location maps and log section diagrams and its data will be processed during surface or solid model interpolation If the borehole is disabled it will not be included in these maps diagrams or interpolation processe
353. ps 1 Access the RockWorks Utilities datasheet 2 Select the View Columns command 3 Inthe Title column type in the new text for the column title You should limit the column names to 20 characters including spaces 4 Repeat this process for as many columns as you wish in the scrolling list by clicking in each cell and typing a new name Change the Column Type The column type determines how the information in a RockWorks Utilities datasheet column will be displayed or how it will behave as text graphic symbols graphic lines graphic patterns a hyperlink to a file and so on To change the column type follow these steps 1 Access the RockWorks Utilities datasheet 2 Select the View Columns command 3 Click in the Data Type cell for the column to be changed The program will display a pop up window that lists all of the available column types 4 Select the data column s type by clicking in the appropriate selection 94 RockWorks15 RockWorks Utilities Datasheet Text columns display their contents as textual characters both alphabetic and numeric Most of your columns will probably be set to Text columns including X and Y location coordinates any sample ID s measured data values and other project information Text columns simply display their contents as letters and numbers You may also display symbols colors lines and patterns as text if you prefer not to see their graphic display Symbol colum
354. ps srseirass ionii e R EE 230 Computing Total Dissolved SolidS s csssiirirrsisrisirrseissicisesisissresisoiirindni sanansa NEEN n aN n aa 230 Overview The RockWorks Utilities Hydrology and Hydrochemistry menus contain tools used for computing water level drawdown creating water level and precipitation graphs and hydrochemistry diagrams and calculations In earlier versions of RockWorks these tools were lumped under the Hydro menu Computing Drawdown for a Single Well The RockWorks Utilities Hydrology Drawdown 1 Well utility is used to calculate water level drawdown for a single well using the Theis non equilibrium equation Data for a single well is entered directly into the program dialog box it is not read from the program datasheet Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Hydrology Tools Computing a Drawdown Surface The RockWorks Utilities Hydrology Drawdown Surface utility is used to read a listing of drawdown data parameters from the datasheet and generate a potentiometric surface model based on pumping and or injection wells using the Theis non equilibrium equation Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Hydrology Tools Computing a Drawdown Surface 227 Hydrology Hydrochemistry Tools RockWorks15 Plotting 3D Flowlines The RockWorks Utilities Hydrology Flowlines command reads a particle path data file as can be imported from ModPath data and plots ModPath style particle paths as 3 dimension
355. pt will default to the last folder in which you were working or if you re new to the program the tutorial samples folder Note that you can change the current Project Folder at any time while you are working with the program simply by clicking in the Project Folder prompt below the main menu items Reminders Insert a check mark for the program to display a Do you want to save reminder when you close a RockPlot2D graphics window and the image has not been saved We recommend that you leave this setting on Check for Newer Version On Startup Insert a check here to have RockWorks check whether there s a new version on the RockWare web site and display an alert if there is If desired you can save the latest installation program to your local computer You can then run the installation program to re install RockWorks Show Help Messages on Startup Check this box to display the RockWorks Help window automatically each time the program is launched Should you disable this and then wish to access the Help system simply select the Help Contents option the Help Tutorial option or the Help button in most options windows Warn User If Use these settings to turn on a variety of warnings regarding data and memory availability Main Menu Options Use these settings to define some overall program settings such as windows size toolbar displays and Borehole Manager datasheet button tab position Secondary Menu Options Use these settings to
356. r This means that if you do not initially know the regional stratigraphy and cannot define discrete layering you can still plot observed lithology in logs and log based cross sections observed lithologies ang often repeating How is Lithologies Defined RockWorks stores in each project database a Lithology Types Table where you define the names of the rock or material types the colors and patterns to be used to represent them in logs and diagrams and some additional settings Page 52 How is Lithology Modeled RockWorks allows you to enter repeating lithology intervals within individual boreholes so they cannot be modeled using surfaces You can t create a single surface for the top of a Sand layer for example if there are three Sand entries for a well Because of this lithology data is modeled using solid modeling techniques whereby the rock types basically bleed out from the boreholes into the surrounding space This allows RockWorks to create panel sections fences and block models representing interpolated material types using the tools in the Borehole Manager s Lithology menu 69 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 If you want to try to group your lithologies into interpreted stratigraphic units you can do so by hand or using the Pick Contacts tool in the Stratigraphy menu that allows you to view a lithology or geophysical cross section and point and click to record stratigraphy depths Interpreted
357. r 43 boreholes Name Location Orientation Lithology Stratigraphy Intervals l Data Points P Data Fractures b lt DH 01 Location Information These settings establish These determine grid amp solid project boundaries model densities As you change the spadng the number of nodes will change These are IMPORTANT 5 RockPlot2D This is the window in which 2D flat maps logs and diagrams are displayed This window is displayed automatically each time that a 2D graphic is generated This window can either be embedded in the program Options window or displayed as a stand alone window You can open a blank RockPlot2D window using the Window RockPlot2D menu option You can open saved RockPlot2D files using the Project Manager See Chapter 23 for a discussion of RockPlot2D Fegor i A a LPi niini E E e Eee h p pe jhen Cape ipa hp He bp E e Et p whim The Myparardn FF pean eo Lay a m F ae ial i 7 di i F Beorieir Lien Aip rebiti bel F ero Leron Peep Ebates Py F berich Locator Airp leaders E i F borbck Lec wor Pepio ied d f F Eemich Lee on Map Coron aE o ey ereh Lice ames Peper cate en Ea T QF mbob Lemon Bop Borde ban Bonde a wen ol Gi Dobok Lio whew Map cles Legere alert a sonal z J e iF r a if t ir anid IA a acme ht Ao Pree Deere De F ee 14 RockWorks15 Introduction 6 RockPlot3D This is the interactive window in which 3D images are displayed
358. r See page 285 for details e Establish the default width of the Project Manager pane using the Tools General Preferences Project Manager Width setting This is established in pixels e Open a different project folder using the Project Open menu option or by clicking on the Project Folder path at the top of the program window 108 RockWorks15 Point Maps Chapter 5 2D and 3D Point Maps Other Base Maps Topics COTO A E E E A AA ANA E A A E 109 2D Point Maps cs isexiis caneciniccsnccsraesnessvsessuwavenadcessaswmabactgnesescreresdymadueaadieincsandessnsanneseunardesncoasseerwepanzcinte 109 OE E ener A TA 114 Go de Earth MAPS enaa a AAEE AA 114 LOO NED oee A A sageauneiaeeteanteneneueeetes 115 Eci KET Eh E ia A P TAE EEE E EEEE A AT OAT AENEON 115 Pirecion a Map asse a E EA E AEA EEEE 116 Shotpoint Maps arera a aaa aadar EEEa E i die 116 ODEN S ara aE NOOR ROME AAD NON ORONO NRL ER Eee NN eT SE TN eee Rem een eet eer 117 Translating Map Coordinates ccccccssssssscccccssssssseccccessssnseceeeceesseseeeeceessssaeeeeceesessaaeeeeeeseeeees 117 Overview RockWorks contains dozens of tools which are designed to illustrate your sample locations in what we call point maps These maps can use simple map symbols to denote sample sites or they can use mini diagrams logs stereonets scaled circles and more Use point maps to verify that your borehole or sample locations have been entered correctly e g do the co
359. r note that in cross sections logs are always displayed as vertical If your wells are inclined or deviated this will be accurately represented in the interpolation panels but not in the logs If you need non vertical logs displayed in a section view you should opt for a Profile diagram above which will honor true well geometry The grid models will be named automatically date _top grd and date _base grd See page 205 for information about drawing the section slice Help Contents Borehole Manager Aquifer Tools Creating Aquifer Sections Aquifer Fence Diagram The Borehole Manager s Aquifers Fence tool creates a 3 dimensional fence diagram that illustrates the aquifer at a selected date or date range You may e request regular panel spacing in a variety of configurations or you can draw your own panels During the process of building the fence panels the program will create a grid model for the upper and lower surface of the aquifer layers using the user selected gridding method 3D logs can be appended and you can request a map representing the fence panel locations The completed fence diagram will be displayed in a RockPlot3D window where you can manipulate the image and append other 3D images The grid models will be named automatically date_top grd and date _base grd See page 206 for information about drawing the fence panels Help Contents Borehole Manager Aquifer Tools Creating a
360. r data has any regional trend If activated the program will fit a polynomial surface to your data and compute the residuals for each control point representing the difference between the source z value and the polynomial computed z value The program will then grid the residuals using the selected gridding method Triangulation Inverse Distance etc The residuals grid and the polynomial grid are then added together You may select Automatic to have the program compute the best fitting polynomial for your data Or you can select the order of the polynomial yourself by clicking in one of the remaining radio buttons For a summary of how well each polynomial order fits your data you can run separately a Trend Surface Report RockWorks Utilities Grid menu page 209 Smooth Grid When activated this tool averages the Z values in the grid model based on a user declared filter size The smoother can be run 1 or more times to get rid of spurious noise within the grid model and bring out regional trends This is also available as a filter within the Grid Filter menu The Filter Size defines how many adjacent nodes should be used when computing the average smoothed Z value for each grid node If you enter 1 then each node will be assigned the average of 142 RockWorks15 Gridding Contouring 3D Surfaces itself and the 8 nodes immediately surrounding it 1 layer deep If you enter 2 the node will be assigned the average of itse
361. radius and color data from the datasheet page 93 and draw 3 dimensional cylindrical tanks at those locations for display in RockPlot3D Use these to display underground or surface tanks with your 3d images The tanks can be oriented vertically or horizontally Once you ve saved the tank image use File Append to append it to an existing RockPlot3D view 3D Surface Objects The Grafix 3D Utilities Surface Objects tool is used to create simple 3D entities such as buildings roads cylinders and walls that may be plotted along with other 3D diagrams in order to show relative positions of surface items Data is read from an external ASCII file 245 Image Tools RockWorks15 Once you ve saved the image of the surface items use File Append to append it to an existing RockPlot3D view 3D Triangles spt The Triangles program is used to plot a series of colored triangles in 3D space The input consists of a datasheet that lists the coordinates for each triangle vertex The Grafix 3D Utilities Tubes option reads X1Y1Z1 X2Y2Z2 locations from the datasheet page 93 and draws 3D tubes between these locations for display in RockPlot3D Use this to display pipes mine workings structural diagrams in 3D space Other Tools The Grafix menu s 3D Utilities also offers a stand alone reference cage tool that s the same as the cage options listed within many of the program menus It also contains a stand alone app
362. ratigraphy Model program Because it is not solid model based this eliminates the need to adjust the solid model z spacing voxel height for optimum accuracy The resulting computations are displayed in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet Input This tool reads data the grid models GRD that are created for each stratigraphic unit via the Stratigraphy Model menu item page 157 Output window RockWorks Utilities datasheet e You can request both Volume and Mass Volume will be reported in cubic units typically meters or feet depending on your X Y and depth elevation units If you select the Mass option these computations are based on the Density Factors declared in the current Stratigraphy Types Table which declare mass per cubic unit Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Creating a Stratigraphic Volume Report 163 Stratigraphy Modeling RockWorks15 Advanced Stratigraphy Topics The RockWorks Utilities Grid menu contains a number of tools that you can use to edit filter and otherwise modify existing GRD files in your project There are also tools for importing grid models from other sources The Grid menu options are discussed on page 209 of this book You may find these tools handy for fine tuning your stratigraphic models which are generated in the Borehole Manager If you modify any of the stratigraphic surfaces and wish to generate a new 3D model display for example you have a couple of choices
363. ratigraphy sections must be drawn borehole to borehole and the program will automatically snap panel endpoints to well locations 4 Click Process to accept the section trace The program will create the diagram and display it in a RockPlot2D tab page 249 Notes Well Order In a section diagram the order in which the panel endpoints are selected will make a big difference in the appearance of the diagram The first panel you select regardless of its position in the map will be at the left edge of the cross section and the last will be at the right edge Mistakes Click the Undo button to remove the last picked point You can use this command repeatedly to remove panels in backward order Or click Clear to clear the display and start over Help Contents Borehole Manager Laying Out Vertical Sections and Fences Drawing Fence Diagram Panels The Borehole Manager Fence tools are available within the Lithology Stratigraphy I Data T Data P Data Fractures and Aquifers menus They are used to display one or more vertical slices from the inside of a solid model to illustrate lithology distribution stratigraphic or water level elevations fracture proximity or geochemical geophysical values A Fence tool is also available within the RockWorks Utilities Solid menu to slice an existing solid model containing any type of data 206 RockWorks15 Laying out Sections and Fences When you select any of these menu options you ll s
364. ration 9 Introduction RockWorks15 If you clicked Yes the program will remove all RockWorks licensing from your computer It will also display a message with an important number 3 Write down the Status Number that is displayed RockWare employees will ask you for this number to verify the license removal Note that this license removal does not affect the Trialware day use counter Contacting RockWare Inc To obtain RockWorks Single RockWorks Utilities Single or RockWorks Annual unlocking codes or to obtain your network license certificate file contact RockWare by web Visit www rockware com and click Support Unlock Software Telephone within Colorado 303 278 3534 within the U S 1 800 775 6745 outside the U S 303 278 3534 Fax 303 278 4099 You will need to include Your name The name of the end user if different Your company s name if applicable The Registration Number The Installation Number for unlocking codes only and How we should contact you email telephone or fax Starting Up RockWorks Starting RockWorks the First Time After you have installed the program as described in the separate topic page 2 and you have licensed the program as described in the previous topics the program will now e Copy a folder of tutorial data files to your Documents or My Documents folder in RockWorks15 Data Samples e Initialize all of the program s vari
365. read a listing of ion concentrations from the datasheet create a Stiff diagram for each sample and plot uo the diagrams at each sample location in a map S P Data source RockWorks Utilities hydrochemistry file with fh XY sample locations and multiple cation and anion listings IEAS Notes You may choose up to 4 additional cations and up to 4 ine additional anions for display in the Stiff polygons See the description of Stiff diagrams page 230 for information about their structure Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Tools 113 Point Maps RockWorks15 3D Point Maps In addition to the 2D point maps discussed above RockWorks also contains a tool for visualizing control points in 3D space Use these 3D point maps to verify that your borehole or sample locations have been entered correctly e g do the XYZ coordinates look right Does the layout of the points look right and as overlays with other 3D views e g isosurfaces voxel models RockWorks Utilities 3D Points The Map 3D Points tool is used to plot points in 3D space representing X Y Z points listed in the Utilities datasheet It has two main sub options titled Simple and Advanced e The Simple version will prompt the user for three columns within the datasheet that contain the X Easting Y Northing and Z Elevation for a list of points The output from this program will be displayed as equally sized red spheres e
366. reate solid models from lithology interval or point sampled quantitative data fracture or vector data in the respective datasheets What Can I do with a Solid Model Once you have a solid model or MOD file created illustrating the distribution of your geochemistry geophysical measurements lithology or other measured values it can be used in a variety of ways View it 172 RockWorks15 Solid Modeling Illustrate it as a 3 dimensional voxel or isosurface diagram as in this 3D lithology voxel diagram Display a vertical slice of the model as a 2 dimensional section multiple slices or profile 1 slice as in this 2D geochemistry profile diagram Display a horizontal slice of the model as a 2 dimensions plan map as in this example from a geochemistry model Extract model values where they lie along a surface as in this example of a lithology surface map Display multiple vertical slices of the model as a 3 dimensional fence diagram as in this example from a p data model Manipulate it Use the RockPlot3D window to visually manipulate solid models setting high and or low G value nodes to transparent inserting slices rotating the display 173 Solid Modeling RockWorks15 Use the RockWorks Utilities Solid menu tools to filter models perform computations on nodes edit models and more Compute its volume and mass Iso level f Cap Styl
367. reating Rose Diagrams amp Rose Diagram Maps from fracture data page 201 Other Lineation Tools Computing Lineation Bearing Length and Midpoint The RockWorks Utilities Linears Lineation Properties command computes the bearing length and or midpoint of lineations listed in the main datasheet as X1Y1X2 Y2 line endpoint coordinates page 92 Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Linear Feature Tools 232 RockWorks15 Directional amp Geotechnical Tools Importing DXF Lineations into the Datasheet The RockWorks Utilities Linears Import DXF Lineations utility is used to import lineation endpoint data from a DXF file storing the endpoint coordinates in the main RockWorks data sheet Notes LINE and POLYLINE entities only are read from the DXF file POLYLINE entities will be broken down into their individual segments See also Importing Files into RockPlot2D page 253 for information about importing DXF images into the plotting window Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Linear Feature Tools Importing DXF Lineations into the RockWorks Datasheet Creating Stereonet Diagrams The RockWorks Utilities Planes Stereonet utility reads planar linear or rake data from the data sheet page 91 and displays the orientation of these features on a stereonet diagram using points and great circles Optional gridding is available to display point density with line or color filled contours Notes Data can be listed
368. rent kinds of survey data Converting Bearing Distance Data and Creating Maps The RockWorks Utilities Survey Bearing Distance tools are used to convert survey data page 90 to XYZ coordinates for display in a new datasheet and or to create a plottable map in 2D or 3D that illustrates the survey stations and or transect lines with a variety of labeling options The survey data must list one or more control points and bearing distance and inclination to the survey stations Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Survey Tools Converting Survey Data to XYZ Plotting 2D Survey Maps Plotting 3D Survey Maps Converting Triangulation Data to XYZ The RockWorks Utilities Survey Triangulation tool is used to convert triangulation survey data page 90 to XYZ coordinates for display in the current datasheet This program requires that two or more stations have known X Y Z elevation coordinates from which other coordinates can be computed Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Survey Tools Converting Triangulation Data to XYZ Coordinates Setting Up X Y Stations The RockWorks Utilities Survey Setup XY Stations tool is used to create a new set of X Y coordinates based on a single user entered coordinate a known grid based station arrangement and a user entered spacing Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Survey Tools Setting Up X Y Stations 241 Survey Tools RockWorks15 Interpolating Points Along a Line T
369. rid of spurious noise within the solid model and bring out regional trends This is also available as a filter within the Solid Filter menu e Model Constraints These filters are applied to the solid model after interpolation is complete O Upper Surface Grid Filter previously called stratabound Sets nodes located above a user selected grid model GRD file or above the borehole tops automatic to a user defined value or a null value This is most commonly used to hide those solid model nodes that are located above the ground surface Lower Surface Grid Filter Sets nodes located below a user selected grid model GRD file or below borehole bases automatic to a user defined value or a null value This can be used to hide those model nodes that lie below the drillhole bases or below a known stratigraphic boundary surface 177 Solid Modeling RockWorks15 o Distance Filter Sets nodes which are located beyond a user defined distance from a control point to a user specified or null value This can be a means of expressing confidence in a model o Polygon Filter Sets nodes that lie either inside or outside a user defined polygon to a user specified value or null value Help Contents Reference Solid Model Reference Solid Model 3D Diagram Options lso level Diagram Type 0 05 EA 434 61 Isosurface eaae Nul Value 1627 In an isosurface diagram the model s G values are enclosed in a skin that
370. ridding method will look for points as it s assigning a node value and apply the user defined modeling settings 60 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager Synonym Table Defines target and replacement text to be used by the RockWorks Utilities Edit Columns Translate program 7 Help Index Misc Project Tables for more information about their setup and use Editing Data as a Spreadsheet Although the Borehole data tables look like spreadsheets they are not Instead they area fairly complicated merging of separate database fields While you can type into these tables just like you can with a regular spreadsheet you cannot select a block of cells or copy paste a block of cells like you can with a normal spreadsheet There is however a tool in the Borehole Manager s Edit menu that will load the active borehole s current in front data sheet into a spreadsheet style editor and allow standard copy paste editing tools Edit Edit Data as Spreadsheet Intervals l Data for Borehole DH 01 Ss E E D o O A Ls TUHFARSSESRAES SRSA RS BIO re 10 15 20 F 20 35 40 45 a 55 50 a 70 75 30 Bs 30 95 i D 0 26 Total Rowe 27 Mode Range select 61 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 Editing Modes Refer to the status bar at the bottom of the window to see whether the editor is in Range Select mode or in Cell Editing mode If you re in Cell Editing mode you cannot select multiple cells To return to Rang
371. riplogs Text Wrapping Display detailed descriptions See above Custom Color Tables Link these to your 2D I Data and T Data Bargraphs New Mapping and Gridding Options Kriging tools New variogram types an interactive variogram editor and a variogram matix plot 22 RockWorks15 Introduction Point Map Layers symbols and labels Added for Lithology Stratigraphy I Data T Data and P Data plan surface maps Point Map Labels Detailed labels can display varied types of data stratigraphy depths elevations thickness water level dates depths elevations thickness T Data values dates elevations depths thickness and more RockPlot2D images Drainage Nets Flow Maps New tools in 2D and 3D with exports of line segments fill sinks and stratigraphy filters 23 Introduction RockWorks15 Rose and stereonet diagrams from grid models Run a topography grid through a Slope aspect analysis and generate a Rose or Stereonet diagram New color palettes Automatic palettes custom palettes and multiple color cycles Shaded relief Display 2D contour maps with a variety of shaded relief options s New Solid Modeling and Display Tools Interactive Editor 3D solid model editor edit individual voxels or blocks drawn as polyhedra I Cay Cary Gravel Cay Sand Oay Sand Gravel Concrete Dobmte Dolomitic Limestone Dolomtic Sandstone Grante Gravel Limestone Mudstone Paleosol
372. rks15 Borehole Manager Log Maps The Striplog menu s mapping tools for display of maps with mini logs or projected logs are discussed on page 124 RockWorks Utilities EZ Maps The Map EZ Map tool builds 2 dimensional flat maps for X Y and Z coordinate data that can include several map layers symbols labels background bitmaps map axis labels and triangulation network See also page 144 regarding the line and color contour layers Data source RockWorks Utilities XYZ file page 88 3 Map symbols can be uniform or unique read right from the nity ss datasheet us Map symbols can be scaled based on a measured value using a continuous scheme or a customized scale table al f i ne on Multiple labels can be displayed with each map symbol with a m i variety of formatting options x ical gom EZ Map can automatically offset labels to prevent overprinting Include background images to verify point locations z RockWorks Utilities Tutorial Create Point and Surface Maps Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Mapping Tools Contour and Point Maps Creating Easy Maps RockWorks Utilities Map Multivariate Maps The Map Multivariate Maps tools are used to create maps that illustrate two or more components at specific X Y locations Data source RockWorks Utilities datasheet Multivariate data page 89 Bar chart maps illustrate the relative percentage TE TE l of the selected
373. roduction 32 inverse distance gridding 140 inverse distance solid modeling 175 RockWorks15 ion balance 228 ion data 91 113 228 229 230 isopach thickness maps 145 149 155 170 isosurfaces 180 193 displaying 265 271 in page layout 277 slicing 271 273 I Text datasheet 43 57 Jeffersonian points to XY 117 290 J effersonian polygons to XY 290 J PG images see also raster images 92 Keyword Tables 52 KGS files importing 68 KMZ files 114 267 kriging 140 labeled cell maps 297 land grid lease descriptions 89 116 land grid maps 115 116 Land Grid Tables 290 land grid well descriptions 89 117 landbase 115 LAS files importing 66 layers 257 281 lease data amp maps 89 116 legends 259 color index tables 289 Line Style Index Tables 289 Pattern Index Tables 289 RockPlot3D 275 Symbol Index Tables 289 licensing 4 11 12 LIDAR data 215 Line Style Index Tables 289 Linears menu 231 lineations computations 231 232 235 data 91 92 diagrams 232 233 importing from DXF 233 maps 231 232 lines 282 digitizing 98 260 in datasheet 94 measuring 259 lithology picking from logs 188 303 Reference Lithology datasheet 40 69 188 189 lithology diagrams 183 fences 185 plan map 187 profiles 186 sections 186 solid model 185 surface map 187 Lithology menu 183 Lithology Types Table 52 lithology versus stratigraphy 69 lithology volume 225 Locate Closest
374. rofile location can be created automatically There is also an option to create multiple parallel profiles automatically Un check the Interpolate Surfaces check box if the grid models already exist in the project folder and don t need to be interpolated again This can be a handy way to include GRD files that are the result of editing filtering other operations page 209 See page 203 for information about drawing the profile slice Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Profiles Sections Fences Interpolated Stratigraphic Cross Sections asa S RG A A Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Section Modeled tool to create a 2 dimensional flat vertical multi panel profile of a multiple stratigraphic layers read from the Stratigraphy data tabs between multiple points in the study area The panel endpoints can be anywhere within the project area they don t need to coincide with borehole locations The section s layers can be color or pattern filled During the process of building the section the program will create a grid model for each of the active stratigraphic layers using the user selected gridding method or existing grid models can be used if no new interpolation is desired You can request generation of a map illustrating the section panel locations Un check the Interpolate Surfaces check box if the grid models already exist in the project folder and don t need to be interpolated again This
375. rs Lis ot i 2 a ia re ee ae as _ oi em a foe YE LH pei Bets ECA ee ed De eS eee Le RockWorks15 RockWorks Utilities Datasheet How to create a new datasheet To display a new blank datasheet follow these steps 1 Access the RockWorks Utilities Datasheet 2 Select the File New Datasheet command If there have been changes in the existing datasheet that have not yet been saved the program will prompt you whether you wish to save them Click Yes to save changes in the existing datasheet or click No to discard the changes in the existing datasheet 3 Choose from the next window the desired layout for the new file This window will list a variety of column layouts from generic styles with numbered column titles to hydrochemistry ion layout You may expand topics click on the symbol to view sub topics When you click on a layout sample the column titles and their types will be displayed to the right lig you don t know which to choose or prefer to design your own column titles choose Numbered Column Titles Later use the View Columns tool to modify the column names and types 4 Click OK The program will display a new untitled datasheet with the column headings you selected The file will be displayed as untitled in the upper title bar untitled atd How to open an existing datasheet RW2002 current To open an existing datasheet that you have saved in RockWorks version 2002 to current you
376. ruction Legend Draw Insert Well Construction Legend Inserting Miscellaneous Legends Draw Insert Index Legend RockPlot2D Measuring Tools The RockPlot2D Measure menu contains four tools used to compute measurements Computed measurements are displayed in the RockPlot2D data window that sits to the right of the graphic window This information can be copied to the clipboard for pasting into other applications Examples Measure hole to hole distances to determine good grid model node spacing Measure fracture bearings off a map for display as a rose diagram Help Contents RockPlot2D Measuring Tools for step by step instructions about computing the following measurements within the RockPlot2D window 259 RockPlot2D RockWorks15 Measuring the area within a polygon Measure Area Measuring the bearing of a line Measure Bearing Measuring the distance between two points Measure Distance Measuring the perimeter length of a polygon Measure Perimeter RockPlot2D Digitizing Tools The RockPlot2D Digitize menu contains four tools used to capture map or diagram coordinates for points lines polylines and polygons that are drawn by the user Digitized coordinates are displayed in the RockPlot2D data window that sits to the right of the graphic window This information can be copied to the clipboard for pasting into other applications In addition these digitized items can be can be appended to the underlyi
377. rves in a 2D display and then point and click to pick the stratigraphic contacts The contact depths are recorded in the project s Stratigraphy tabs This tool will assign formation depths assuming vertical boreholes If your boreholes are deviated you may need to eventually edit by hand the picked formation depths based on how the stratigraphic surfaces or log intervals look when displayed in diagrams that can accommodate the borehole s deviated downhole trace We encourage you to follow very carefully the steps listed in the How To section of the Help messages which are summarized below 1 Enter your known data Typically this would be lithology intervals down the hole or 160 RockWorks15 Stratigraphy Modeling ow geophysical elog measurements 2 Build alog section This is not required but it s helpful to be sure your data is good for setting up the proper section alignment for viewing the known data to be picked from and for determining the formations that are present 3 Create a Stratigraphy Types Table With a good idea of the look of the existing downhole lithology or geophysical data you need to create a Stratigraphy Types Table which lists the names of the formations from the surface downward that are represented in your project 4 Setup the formation picker display This should be set up just like the hole to hole section in step 2 5 Pick the wells to be displayed You can choose th
378. s You can use Edit Enable All Boreholes to tum all borehole records on and Edit Disable All Boreholes to turn all borehole records off See also Querying Data page 82 for database query tools for enabling disabling boreholes Summary of the Datasheets The RockWorks Borehole Manager uses data sheets for entering the different types of downhole data for each borehole For example if your well is inclined or deviated you can enter the downhole survey information in the Orientation datasheet If you have point sampled geophysical data you can enter these into the Points P Data datasheet When you add a new well to a project the program will display a blank suite of datasheets Simply click on the corresponding button to bring that sheet to the front for entering your data You may leave any sheets blank for which you have no data Only the Location datasheet is required to contain data The datasheets display a spreadsheet type view of the information in the MDB database tables This section discusses the different datasheets and how you enter the data 37 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 ow Your downhole data such as stratigraphic intervals or geophysical curves must be entered using depths not elevations Behind the scenes RockWorks will convert the depths to true elevations for modeling and diagram generation The data buttons are listed to the right of the borehole names You can switch the view
379. s sections or model as a solid for display as a profile cross section fence plan map fracture surface map or solid model Fracture data fields e Depth Measured depth for the first fracture you wish to record The depth values must be positive e Direction Dip bearing in azimuth degrees from 0 to 360 of the fracture e Dip Angle Angle in degrees from horizontal 0 horizontal 90 straight down e Radius Fracture radius in your data units feet meters This will determine the size of the fracture disk as displayed on 3D striplogs and will affect any fracture modeling you perform This setting will be ignored if during strip log setup you set the Fractures Dimensions to Fixed and enter a value there e Aperture Fracture thickness When displayed in RockPlot3D this will affect the thickness of the fracture disk as it s displayed with the logs The fracture aperture is entered as actual thickness units in the same units as your other downhole data For example if your other log data is entered in feet the fracture aperture must also be entered as decimal feet This setting will be ignored if during strip log setup you set the Fractures Dimensions to Fixed and enter a value there e Color Double click in this cell and choose a color for the fracture disk that will be displayed in the logs and log sections 46 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager Borehole Data Manager 43 boreholes Name Lithology a
380. s Page Units Use the Options Units menu item to set your ReportWorks page units This will determine the units displayed in the reference rulers as well as the default units shown in scaling options From the pop up menu select either Inches or Centimeters This is a toggle item selecting either from the menu will establish it as default The program will update the reference rulers with these units These will also become the default scaling units for subsequent RockPlot images and geo referenced raster images that you insert Help Contents ReportWorks View and Layout Options Establishing the ReportWorks Page Units Defining the ReportWorks Program Libraries Use the Options Program Files tool to establish the names of the pattern and symbol libraries to be used to draw patterns and symbols inserted into the page or those that are included in inserted RockPlot graphics Neither RockWorks nor ReportWorks stores the actual pattern and symbol designs in the drawings but instead links pattern and symbol numbers to a reference library use this option to define which library to use Help Contents ReportWorks Other Options Defining the ReportWorks Program Libraries 280 RockWorks15 ReportWorks Drawing Tools Working with Layers ReportWorks allows you to organize the different items on a page into different layers These are groups of items that can be displayed or hidden with the click of a button For example you mig
381. s Redraw Zoomin ZoomQut Manual Snap P Wisnap Swath 89 lt _ clipping distance Click on point that represents start of profile X 654 377 3 Y 5 535 679 Process button current x y mouse position 1 To accept the existing profile cut click the Process button at the bottom of the window 2 Or to draw a new profile line along which the model will be sliced and or onto which the logs will be projected click on the map location to become the left edge of the profile and then click on the location to become the right edge of the profile You do not need to refresh the screen between drawing lines The line can be oriented in any direction You may redraw this line of section as many times as you like until you are pleased with its placement Note that the prompt at the top of the window will read Click on panel starting point or Click on panel ending point to let you know what it s expecting 3 For profiles containing logs you can adjust the clipping distance or swath shown above by the cross hatched area This represents the distance to either side of the actual profile line that boreholes or portions of boreholes if the well is deviated will be grabbed for projection onto the line You can change the clipping distance by clicking the up or down arrows at the top of the window or by typing an actual value into the Swath prompt 4 To snap the profile endpoints to actual well locations i
382. s Utilities This tool reads a stratigraphy gridlist data file page 90 Notes Be sure the grid models that are listed in the datasheet actually exist in the current project folder Use the cutoff setting to erode thin layers Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Stratigraphic Tools Manually Building 3D Stratigraphic Diagrams 164 RockWorks15 Stratigraphy Modeling ao Manually Building 3D Stratigraphic Solid Models The RockWorks Utilities Grid Grids gt Solid tool is used to create a 3D stratigraphic solid model MOD based on a list of existing grid models that represent the top superface and base subface of each unit This program is similar to Grids gt Stratigraphic Model except that this program creates a numeric solid model that can be subsequently manipulated whereas the Grids gt Stratigraphic Model program just creates a diagram e The grid models must already exist on your computer e The grid models must match the XY dimensions and node density of the current project dimensions Datasheet RockWorks Utilities This tool reads a stratigraphy gridlist file page 90 Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Stratigraphic Tools Manually Building 3D Stratigraphic Solid Models Manually Building 3D Stratigraphic Fences The RockWorks Utilities Grid Grids gt Stratigraphic Fence tool is used to create a stratigraphic fence diagram base
383. s a 2D vertical profile of a single aquifer listed for a particular date or date range in the Water Levels tab The profile can be drawn between any two points in the study area The profile can be color or pattern filled Striplogs can be projected onto the panel plane and true well orientation will be honored During the process of building the profile the program will create a grid model of the upper and lower surface of the aquifer using the user selected gridding method You can request an automatic map representing the location of the profile cut There is an option to create multiple parallel profiles automatically The grid models will be named automatically date _top grd and date _base grd See page 203 for information about drawing the profile slice 168 RockWorks15 Aquifer Modeling or or C or or oa Aquifer Section Diagram Cross Section NV to SE Use the Borehole Manager s Aquifers Section tool to create a 2D vertical multi panel profile of a single aquifer listed for a particular date or date range in the Water Levels tabs The panel endpoints can be anywhere within the project area The profile can be color or pattern filled During the process of building the section the program will create a grid model of the upper and lower surface of the aquifer using the user selected gridding method A map representing the section location can be created automatically Striplogs can be appended Howeve
384. s already displayed This tool imports DXF LINE POLYLINE LWPOLYLINE 3DFACE SOLID and CIRCLE filled commands See Help Contents RockPlot3D Importing Images into RockPlot3D Exporting RockPlot3D Images The RockPlot3D program saves image information in an R3DXML file with links to external bitmaps solid models etc that are displayed in the image See Saving Files page 266 RockPlot3D RockWorks15 9 RockPlot3D also offers export of the screen display as other image types via the File Export menu command See Help Contents RockPlot3D Exporting Images from RockPlot3D Export RockPlot3D images to a Bitmap format Export RockPlot3D images to a J PEG format Export RockPlot3D images to a PNG format Export RockPlot3D images to a TIFF format Export a RockPlot3D animation to an AVI animation format Export RockPlot3D images to ESRI 3D Shapefiles Export RockPlot3D images to DXF Export RockPlot3D images to Google Earth Viewing RockPlot3D Files 9 RockPlot3D is the plotting engine for all surfaces fence diagrams solid models and other 3 dimensional objects within RockWorks and these images are plotted automatically into a RockPlot3D window on the screen as they are generated What you ll see when RockPlot3D first opens is a window with three panes Your image will be displayed in the larger pane a listing of the standard reference items and the current data items are shown in another and a list
385. s data sheet or by clicking on the symbol picture in the Borehole Manager Location tab Help Contents RockWorks Tables and Libraries Symbol Tables Diagram Legend Tables Color Index Tables A Color Index Table is used to plot a color legend inside a map diagram legend box in the RockPlot2D program Although many RockWorks color diagrams maps stratigraphic blocks etc offer automatic color legends it can be handy to include a custom color index in an overall diagram legend to emphasize anomalous areas etc Color Index legends can also be inserted into ReportWorks layouts Line Style Index Tables These are used to plot a legend showing different line styles and captions in a map diagram in the RockPlot2D and ReportWorks programs Pattern Index Tables These are used to plot a legend showing different pattern designs and captions in a mapor diagram in RockPlot2D and ReportWorks Symbol Index Tables These are used to plot a legend showing different map symbol designs and captions inside a legend box in RockPlot2D and ReportWorks You can access the factory installed versions of these tables using the Project Manager expand the Misc Tables heading and double click on the Index item The samples for these tables are in the RockWorks System folder However since these tables are generally project specific we recommend that you store your working tables in the project folder Help Contents RockWorks Tables and
386. s15 Solid Models How to Create Them ao RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Use the Solid Model tool to read XYZG data from the RockWorks Utilities datasheet and interpolate a solid model of this data The X Eastings Y Northings and Z elevation coordinates note the sample locations and G represents the measured value to be modeled G can represent geochemical concentrations geophysical measurements etc A variety of modeling algorithms are available The solid model will be represented in RockPlot3D as an isosurface diagram or as an all voxel diagram Datasheet RockWorks Utilities XYZC file see 89 Output This tool can generate a solid model file MOD and a 3D isosurface or all voxel diagram You can use this tool to create a solid model and 3D diagram Or you can create a solid model only e g no diagram Or you can create a 3D diagram from an already existing solid model e g no new model interpolated Use the Project Manager to create a quick voxel or isosurface diagram that illustrates an existing solid model just double click on a MOD file name and establish the diagram settings See page 107 Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Solid Model Tools Creating Solid Models from XYZG Data RockWorks Utilities Other Solid Menu Diagram Options Once you have a solid model interpolated and saved in your project folder as a MOD file using the Solid Model option defi
387. sented in individual strip logs It would be displayed in hole to hole sections as pinched out at the well with no fill or pinched out between wells There is an Allow Pinchouts option in the hole to hole Section window that offers the choice Formation i left blank Allow Pinch Outs OFF Hole to hole section Allow Finch Outs Formation pinches out BETWEEN wells Allow Pinch Outs OM CH Hole to hole section Allow Pirnch Outs 74 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager The omitted formation would not be included for that borehole in computations that generate surfaces and thickness calculations Note how the red surface in the example on the left is not pulled up to lie on top of the lower surface since there is no data for the borehole Its interference with the lower formation is noted with the splotchy lines On the right this interference is avoided by activating the onlap option in the stratigraphic model settings Onlap tells the program to build the model from the bottom up and give lower units priority over upper ones E E Missing Formation Bases Another common scenario occurs when a borehole ends in the middle of a unit challenging the geologist to decide whether to list the base of the boring as the base of the formation not entirely correct or to leave it blank RockWorks permits you to leave a formation base blank as shown below Stratigraphy 0 rE Cal TE 146 T flow 146 200 Fi
388. sheet and calculates the lineations that result from the intersection of each plane with each other plane in the data set This can result in a tremendous number of computed lineations Beta Pairs on the other hand reads strike and dip measurements for pairs of planes and for each pair computes the single resulting lineation 234 RockWorks15 Directional amp Geotechnical Tools ao Computing Planar Intersections Planar Pairs The RockWorks Utilities Planes Beta Pairs tool is used to read the strike and dip of pairs of planes page 92 and calculate the lineations resulting from their intersections The bearing and plunge of these lineations are stored in new columns in the datasheet Notes A comparison Beta Intersections previous reads a listing of individual planar strike and dip measurements from the data sheet and calculates the lineations that result from the intersection of each plane with each other plane in the data set This can result in a tremendous number of computed lineations Beta Pairs on the other hand reads strike and dip measurements for pairs of planes and for each pair computes the single resulting lineation Rotating 3D Data Use the RockWorks Utilities Planes Rotate Planes command to rotate 3D features planes or 3D lineations by a specified amount and to list the resulting strike and dip or dip direction dip angle values in two new columns of your data sheet The input data can be entered using the
389. sk the grid model of formation thickness be sure to insert a check in the Save Grid box and enter a grid file name 9 Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Isopach Maps Borehole Manager l Data P Data T Data Fractures Plan Map ie i 5 i i The Borehole Manager s I Data P Data T Data and Fracture Plan Map tools create a solid model representing the downhole data or read an existing model and slice it horizontally at a user specified elevation The resulting grid model GRD can be displayed as a 2 dimensional map in which the data values can be color coded in a variety of ways These maps are discussed in Chapters 10 13 Borehole Manager Aquifers Plan Map sU Bey Atos m ppn a oe a ead The Borehole Manager s Aquifer Plan tool s used to create a 2 dimensional flat contour map of the aquifer surface base or thickness for a particular date or date range These maps are discussed in Chapter 9 Modeling Water Levels Borehole Manager l Data P Data T Data High Low Average Sum Statistics Maps i 3 1 k i fi i ij ji l i i The Borehole Manager s I Data P Data and T Data Statistics Map tools provide a quick look at a specific G value range without creating a solid model These programs extract an XY location for each borehole and the high low sum average value as requested for a specific track for that location and create a grid model and
390. ss 29668732 i Linked Fie Lect Stratigeapihyp T ab Overburden_T op grd Overbuiden_Base grd guil r 1_ Tagid aerd Fase ond z Hugan b elica Esag 1 00 W Autores Stratigraphy Model Stacked Grid Surfaces RockWorks also offers the option of building a stratigraphic solid model of the stacked surfaces This is done with the Save Model checkbox in the Stratigraphy Model tool These stratigraphic solids are true solid models that represent the 2 dimensional grids stacked on each other depositionally from the bottom up Stratigraphic solids have three fixed dimensions X Easting Y Northing and Z elevation with a variable G value which represents stratigraphy type as an integer These formation G values are declared in the Stratigraphy Types Table Reference RockWorks15 We RockPlot3D untitled Fie Egt Wew Help alak P PB SH e ely solid model i I di 0 Linked File List Statin mod Stratignankry Tab Vertical Exag 100 fe utodai Stratigraphy Solid Like geochemical or geophysical solid models stratigraphic solid models are just files that contain listings of X Y Z and G numbers Unlike solid models which contain real number G values stratigraphic models usually contain integer G values that correspond to the formations You might picture a stratigraphic solid as a stack of cubes In the cartoon here the 3 dimensional cells or voxels are color coded base
391. ssing a variety of types of data are also in the File Import menu o Commercial data LAS One or more curves for one or more holes can be imported using the File Import LAS item o Other programs LogPlot other databases gINT old versions of RockWorks Also available in the File Import menu Each import tool has its own requirements and processes e Copy pasting the data Many of the RockWorks borehole database tables offer an edit as spreadsheet option which allows pasting in of multiple rows and columns that 34 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager you ve copied from Excel or similar program Once you accept the insertion RockWorks posts the data to the database Transferring data from the RockWorks Utilities datasheet Borehole location fields can be posted to the database from the Utilities using the File Transfer menu You can map specific columns to specific database fields How would a combination of these play out Here s just one example You could import all of your borehole locations from Excel to create the initial borehole records You could then hand enter the downhole lithology data for the holes You could then import geophysical measurements from separate LAS files for some of the holes You could then hand register raster images for some holes And so on If you have a particularly complicated set of data a little here and a little there in multiple sources just contact our technical support te
392. ssseeeeeessssseeeeeeees 225 Borehole Manager Creating a Stratigraphic Volume ReEpOrt ccssssccceeesssssseeeeeeesesseeeeeeees 225 Borehole Manager Creating Detailed Geochemistry Volume Reports and Diagrams 226 Volume Tools Overview RockWorks offers a number of tools for computing volumes of stockpiles of formations in stratigraphic models of specific material zones in solid lithology models and of specific G value ranges in continuous solid models These tools can be found in both the RockWorks Utilities and in the Borehole Manager RockWorks Utilities EZ Volume of X Y Thickness Data The RockWorks Utilities Volumetrics EZ Volume calculator is used to compute the volume for a column of thickness values in the RockWorks Utilities datasheet and list the volume in a textual report It uses a basic approach Volumes are computed using a Delaunay triangulation method in which the samples are connected together in a network of triangles a sample at each vertex The volume of each triangle is computed based on the thicknesses used as Z values and then the total volume added up This method tends to provide lower estimates of total volume than an orthogonal grid based calculation Optional volume to mass conversion is available Datasheet RockWorks Utilities This tool reads XYZ files where the Z value represents thickness See page 88 Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Volume Tools Comp
393. stick diagrams e Visible Items will be displayed in the Layout Preview which offers a bird s eye view of the log columns e Click and drag the circles in the Layout Preview to change their position in the log e Resize the columns by clicking and dragging on a circle s corner handle or by typing in a different Column Radius e Click ona Visible Item to a check in its check box Strip Logs and Log Sections Instructions 3D Striplog Designer ce a g E kd 5 Check Al Uncheck Al Algn Summary Save ROL Load RCL Vege Then Layout Prenen Overhead Pan View as aiii a Visible items will be BiLthologs displayed here in an at Well Comet Fractures a to change their Aquifers placement in the log Vectors F Symbok Pattems Data Stlenigispby Diption 127374 Epad Colaree alafia E Piot Interval Labels ARET 4 Offset Direction BEE Offset Distance Column Radius EE List of available log items Click on a Visible Item Tum an item on by inserting to view change its options See also Profiles and Sections in later chapters for information about creating vertical slice views profiles of interpolated stratigraphic or solid models 121 Strip Logs and Log Sections RockWorks15 2D Logs Projected Log Profiles and Log Sections Single 2D Strip Logs a c Use the Borehole Manager s Striplogs Single Log 7 2D tool to create a vertical 2 dimensional flat s
394. stics Tools Graphs and Maps a C ao Creating Statistics Reports The Borehole Manager s I Data T Data and P Data Stats tools are used to calculate Statistics for a single track of samples in the current database Spatial and G value filters are available as is resampling Statistics include simple summaries population min max range mean etc as well as Mean 1 2 3 and 4 Standard Deviations Use the Stats tool to get a textual summary of your data values before you even start plotting or interpolating Help Contents Borehole Manager I Data Tools or T Data Tools or P Data Tools Statistical Tools Generating a Statistical Report Creating Frequency Histogram Plots joists The Borehole Manager I Data T Data and P Data Histogram options are used to read a single track of data from the database and determine the frequency or percentage of the total number of measurements for that variable that falls in each user defined grouping or cell These values are represented as a bar histogram plot Use the Histogram tool to get a graphical summary of your data values before you even start plotting or interpolating Help Contents Borehole Manager I Data Tools or T Data Tools or P Data Tools Statistical Tools Generating a Frequency Histogram 195 Fracture Modeling RockWorks15 Creating High Low Average Sum Statistics Maps The Borehole Manager s I Data T Data and P Data Statistics Map to
395. storage in the database even though you won t be able to display this text in a strip log Help Index Tab Settings Backing Up Restoring and Refreshing the Database Use the Project Backup Database tool to make a backup copy of the current MDB file and the project s data dictionaries We generally recommend that you do this from time to time particularly before importing data deleting data or filtering data should you inadvertently make changes you don t wish to keep You can use the Project Restore Database option to restore a backup copy as current Use the Project Refresh Database option to reopen the current project database without having to exit and re launch the program Use Project Archive Database to ASCII to export the entire database to an ASCII file zip format for archival purposes or technical support If you re working with a SQL Server this is the only backup option in RockWorks Checking the Data and Database Integrity Use the File Check Database Integrity tool to compare the contents of your current project database against the general program data dictionaries to see a report of the items that are not in synch and to fix all those that it can This can be helpful in the event that 80 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager wd wd o w fields have been added to one of your projects and you re open another project and the older database no longer matches the modified data dictionaries Use the Fi
396. surface of an existing grid model by double clicking on the GRD file name and establishing the map diagram 107 Project Dimensions Project Manager RockWorks15 settings Or right click on the file name and choose Display Grid See page 139 for information about general gridding concepts e Solid Models This heading lists all of the solid models that have been interpolated for the current project such as lithology models or I Data models You can create a 3D voxel or isosurface diagram of an existing solid model by double clicking on the MOD file name and establishing the diagram settings Or right click and choose Display Solid See page 171 for information about general solid modeling concepts e 2D Diagrams This heading lists all of the RockPlot2D maps and diagrams that have been created and saved as RK6 files in the current project You can hover over any of these files to view a preview of the image You can double click on any of these to display them in a Rockplot2D window The previews can be disabled via the Tools General Preferences Project Manager Display Diagram Previews option See page 249 for information about RockPlot2D diagrams e 3D Diagrams This heading lists all of the RockPlot3D views that have been created and saved as R3DXML files in the current project You can hover over any of these files to view a preview of the image You can double click on any of these to display them in a RockPlot3D
397. t into a ReportWorks page a raster image that has an associated world file for geo referencing its coordinates You can adjust the image s scaling and outline To insert the image use your mouse to position the cursor in the page where the one corner of the image is to be placed and click and hold the left mouse button to insert it With the button still pressed in drag to the location of the diagonal corner point and release the mouse button As you drag you ll see a rubber band image of the shape s outline e You can access the image s options at any time by double clicking on the image or by right clicking and choosing Properties e You can resize the image block by first single clicking on the image to see the boundary handles Then click and hold on any of the handles on the corners or edges and drag to the new position Release the mouse button when the boundary s edges are in the correct position The raster image will be redrawn within the new boundary using the scaling you ve selected e Reposition the image as you wish by clicking and holding anywhere on the text and dragging it to the new location See the Raster tool for inserting generic non geo referenced raster images e Help Contents ReportWorks Drawing Tools Inserting a Geo Referenced Raster Image Inserting a Scale Bar into a ReportWorks Page 1 Use the Scalebar menu command or toolbar button F to insert a scale bar on an existing ReportWorks page
398. t to global coordinates and digitize points lines polylines and polygons As the items are selected the global coordinates are stored within an editable data window along the right side of the screen This data may then be copied into other applications See also Digitizing data with an electronic digitizing tablet page 98 Displaying a RockWorks PicShow The Grafix Images PicShow option is used to read a list of names of bitmap images BMP or J PG format from the RockWorks Utilities data sheet and display them in order with an adjustable delay between frames The PicShow can run once or be continually looped to repeat the display list Raster to RockPlot2D The Grafix Images Raster gt RockPlot2D tool can be used to add aerial photos to your maps or raster well logs or core pictures to your strip logs cross sections and fence diagrams This procedure supports BMP J PEG WMF EMF PCX PNG and TIFF formats For very large images you may want to resize them to save disk space and for better viewing quality using the new Raster Conversion utility below Raster Conversion The Grafix Images Raster Conversion tool is used to read bitmap images and resize and or sharpen them This would typically be done prior to displaying the images in RockPlot2D This procedure supports BMP J PEG WMF EMF PCX PNG and TIFF formats 247 Image Tools RockWorks15 Rectifying Images The Grafix Images Rectify Image tool re
399. ta use the menus to create interpolated models and graphics of specific data types O O O O O Stratigraphy data see page 151 Water Level data see page 167 Lithology data see page 183 P Data I Data T Data see page 191 Fracture and Vector data see page e View manipulate print export your graphics in the RockPlot2D and Rockplot3D windows See page 249and 265 e Use the Grafix menu to add items to your 3D views See page 243 e Use the ReportWorks program to create page layouts of images text legends etc See page 277 84 RockWorks15 RockWorks Utilities Datasheet Chapter 3 The RockWorks Utilities Datasheet Topics Pacing or Bic ik eee penmmete nme tren ane nT aT apes ar eT aneter yy aperarenaeri y ieaerni i tiamrntp inaertt tear nr net er emereer en men tee 85 Using the Datasheet cccccssssssccccessssssssnscccessssseesccecesssseesseecessssssseeseeesesssseeseeeeesesseeseeeesseeseeeeeees 86 PGT Cie Data hoci sereoo rnai E vaattapneasstasarseassenens 94 DOL 17 EEEE T rere se tre gene tre ETA eae ede sates AE EEE 97 Exporting Data from the RockWorks Utilities Datasheet cccccsssssscccceesssseeeeeeeessseeeeeeeseeees 97 Transferring Data to the Borehole Manager ccccccesssssscececeeesessseeeccessesseeeeeeesesssseeeeeeseseseaes 98 BUYIN Dold eessen SEEE A tenscoeeaiauearwtesssoacneeecennt anata 98 Entering Your Data The RockWorks Utilities datasheet is one
400. tacts from Grids into Stratigraphic Logs Given a list of grid models the RockWorks Utilities Grid Grids gt Stratigraphic Logs program will define or redefine the contacts within existing stratigraphic logs based on the contents of a list of one or more stratigraphic surface models Sample applications include Interpolating elevations for missing contacts within borehole files e g lost circulation intervals estimating what a log might look like before the borehole is drilled i e prediction Caveats Items within the datasheet Unit column must already exist within the project s Stratigraphy Types Table This program only works with vertical boreholes Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Grid Model Tools Grid Stratigraphic Tools Stratigraphy Modeling Options In addition to all of the gridding options that are discussed on page 140 there are several modeling options specific to stratigraphy modeling Onlap This option fixes stratigraphy models in which portions of an upper unit extend below the base of a lower unit The sequence of formations within the Stratigraphy Types Table must be listed correctly from top to bottom i e the younger formations at the top and the lower formations at the base and there must be good control at the base of the model N Initial Stratigeaphic Model Constrain Model Based on Ground Surface This option lets you constrain your stratigraphic model with another surface
401. tacts to the Utilities datasheet The depths will be converted to elevations during the transfer Then select the Easting and Northing columns for X and Y and the desired top or base for the Elevation value e T Data Use the T Data Export T Data gt Utilities Datasheet option to transfer your T Data measurements Output window RockPlot2D 138 RockWorks15 Gridding Contouring 3D Surfaces You must have at least four XYZ point triplets to create a Delaunay contour map using the RockWorks Utilities Map EZ Map tool The Planes 3 Point tool requires only 3 input triplets Grid Based Contouring Gridding is a process in which scattered spatially distributed data can be transformed into a continuous array or grid of numeric values Data to be gridded can represent anything from topographic elevations in your county to ratings of local pizza joints as long as the original data points have location coordinates X and Y and a measured Z value of some kind The locations coordinates must be in a Cartesian coordinate system You might picture a data grid as a grid of imaginary lines that overlays your source data points In the process of gridding the program assigns a value to the grid line intersections called grid nodes Contours can then be drawn based on the values of the grid nodes Gridded data can also be displayed as a 3 dimensional surface yr grt ss so S2 S SSeS Se Socet Se e SSeS SSssssee Sc p
402. tead of a dipping flat plane the model is warped based on a user selected surface grid model Be sure the grid model and the solid model being created have the same X Y dimensions and node spacing Logarithmic Helpful for creating solid models of highly anomalous data The control point G values are converted to natural logarithms a solid model is interpolated based on the logarithmic data and the nodes within the model are then converted back to the original units by exponentiation Data sets that contain large outliers i e values that are far beyond the typical range of data are typically problematic when the goal is to highlight these anomalous regions By computing and gridding the natural logarithm of the control point values the regional effects of these outliers is more localized High Fidelity When selected this option will tweak the final solid model after the smoothing option has been applied such that the node values will do a better job of honoring the control points regardless of the algorithm or the smoothing This is accomplished by modeling the residuals adding the residuals model to the initial model and then overwriting the node values with the original control point values Unlike the grid version of high fidelity this is not an iterative algorithm too slow Smooth Model This tool averages the G values in the solid model based on a user declared filter size The smoother can be run 1 or more times to get
403. ted solid models or bitmap images that may be displayed in the 3D view In other words a large solid model file MOD containing contaminant data is not stored in the R3DXML 275 RockPlot3D RockWorks15 file Instead its file name is stored in the R3DXML file and then RockPlot3D loads the data itself from the linked file The names of files linked to the current view are displayed in the linked file list pane below the data pane of the RockPlot3D window RockPlot3D assumes that all files referenced in the R3DXML are stored in the same folder as the XML file So what this means is that if the R3DXML file and any linked solid model bitmap or other files get separated you may see the following message when RockPlot3D tries to open that R3DXML file or append that R3DXML file to another file Filename has been moved Do you want to browse for this file 1 Click the Yes option if you want to locate the missing file s and use the standard Windows to change folders and or drives as necessary Click No if you prefer not to locate the missing file s and the scene will be loaded without those data elements Troubleshooting OpenGL RockPlot3D uses OpenGL to deliver the responsive interactive scenes you see on the screen You ll get the best performance from RockPlot3D on a computer that contains a video card with OpenGL support How do you know if you have a video card that supports OpenGL The easiest way is to access the
404. these steps to remove the RockWorks licensing and program from your computer Step 1 Remove the licensing from your computer 1 Follow the steps listed for Remove License on page 9 2 Write down the Status Code RockWare employees will ask you for this number to verify the license removal Note that this license removal does not affect the Trialware day use counter Step 2 Remove the program itself using the Window Control Panel Add Remove Programs If you don t do Step 1 before uninstalling the program the Status Code will be generated during program removal Uninstalling the program won t remove any of your data files from the computer A Brief Tour Here are some important landmarks within RockWorks 1 The Borehole Manager This is the data window and suite of menus for entering and working with borehole data Here is where you do most of the sub surface modeling and visualization in RockWorks 2D and 3D logs cross sections fence diagrams solid models stratigraphic models structure maps etc Borehole data is stored in a database Access MDB by default You can access the Borehole Manager using its tab along the left edge of the program window The Borehole Manager is discussed starting in Chapter 2 goseeeeeeceny ra ak JERE KC Borehole Manager gt RRESn 2 a HAE LEA T 2 The RockWorks Utilities This is a simpler row and column type of data window with its own suite of menus Here you can cre
405. thin an existing solid model file The Distance Filter is used to filter an existing solid model file based on the nodes distances from the XYZ control points All nodes that lie beyond the distance cutoff will be set to null or a user defined constant This can be used to remove low confidence areas from a model The Grid Filter adjusts the voxel values in a solid model based on their location above or below one reference grid model or above between or below two reference grid models This can be a handy way to assert stratigraphic surface or ground surface constraints on a solid model Note that the input solid model and the input grid file must have the same dimensions and numbers of nodes in the X and Y directions in order for this filter to work If you aren t sure you can use the Statistics option in the Grid and Solid menus to viewa Summary of model dimensions and node spacings for grid and solid models respectively The Polygon Filter reads a user created table listing polygon boundary coordinates and sets a solid model s nodes that lie either inside or outside a vertical projection of the polygon to a null value or a user specified value The Range Filter deletes high or low G values from a solid model file reassigning them a user specified constant The Rounding Filter reads G values stored in a solid model file and rounds them up or down to the closest user declared rounding interval 218 RockWorks15 Solid Model Tools
406. ths and observed rock types Unlike stratigraphy listings lithology types can repeat and don t need to be listed in the same order in each boring How is Lithology Modeled Lithology is interpolated using solid modeling techniques You can refer back to Chapter 10 for general information about the concepts of solid modeling The resulting solid model can be sliced vertically profile section and fence diagrams sliced horizontally plan map displayed on a surface and or displayed as a 3D block Lithology types are stored in the solid model not as words like sand but as integer or real number values based on the G value you have listed for each rock type in the Lithology TypeTable page 52 For example gravel might be coded with a 1 and sand with a 5 for example In the output diagrams each lithology is represented using the background color you ve selected for its pattern also in the Lithology Types Table 183 Lithology Modeling RockWorks15 There is a specific solid model algorithm called horizontal lithoblending which is designed to interpolate lithology from depth intervals in borings This method is different from other solid modeling algorithms in two main ways The lithology types are bled out from the boreholes in a horizontal fashion and the lithology G values are assigned as is no gradation or averaging occurs Optional surface filtering is available to zero out nodes above a surface
407. tion S Delete Row s Deletes the row in which the cursor is currently located or the rows currently selected v Click this button to accept the changes and post the data to the database You ll be returned to the Borehole Manager x Click this button to cancel the editing changes and return to the Borehole Manager 62 RockWorks15 Borehole Manager Importing Data a Overview Another popular option for getting data into the Borehole Manager database is to import the data in bulk from another source Many of these options can be used in combination with each other and with manually entering some of the data Most users will indeed use a combination of many methods for getting data into the program There are a number of formats that are supported and which are described in detail in the Help messages In this document we ll focus on the most commonly used formats and offer the help topics where you can find more information Help Contents The Borehole Manager Entering Your Borehole Data Importing Data Importing ASCII Data The Borehole Manager s File Import ASCII option is used to bring data into Borehole Manager from external ASCII files This program will import data from one or more ASCII files into the borehole database In addition to the borehole data the program can also import other project information such as the project dimensions lithology type table Stratigraphy type table column titles etc The b
408. tions like the Inverse Distance method except that the user can define a vertical distance from each voxel node beyond which points will no longer be used in computing the node value Help Contents Reference Solid Model Reference Solid Modeling Methods Solid Model Dimensions The Model Dimensions options are used to set the boundary coordinates and the number of nodes to be created in the solid model The more nodes you specify the denser the model Remember that a 10 node x 10 node x 10 node model very low resolution will contain 1 000 nodes a 50 node x 50 node x 50 node model will contain 125 000 nodes and a 100 x 100 x 100 model will contain 1 million nodes The more computations the program needs to do the longer the time required to create the model Denser is not always better You might start with less dense models on trial runs These settings are offered Hardwire Project Dimensions Choose this option if the solid model dimensions are to be taken from the current Project Dimensions settings See page 83 This is generally a good idea particularly in projects where multiple models are going to be created and may need to undergo comparison mathematical and filtering operations in which all models must be dimensioned the same Use the Adjust Examine Project Dimensions button to view and or reset the project s dimensions 175 Solid Modeling RockWorks15 Variable Based on Data Coordinates Choose this option if th
409. to enter laser distance measurements in sub surface for cavern modeling Data fields 49 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 e Depth Measured depth to the vector origin The depth values must be positive e Direction Direction of the vector from the well in azimuth degrees from 0 to 360 e Inclination Vector s angle in degrees from horizontal 0 horizontal 90 straight down and 90 straight up e Color Double click in this cell and choose a color for the vector arrow that will be displayed in the logs and log sections e Magnitude Enter the current flow rate or any other parameter that is used to define the strength of the vector This can be used to scale the vector arrow in the logs If these represent laser distance measurements in a cavern the value will represent actual distance Borehole Data Manager 43 boreholes Name Orientation Da E 4 DH 01 Lithology Spreadsheet Tab Manager v DH 02 b 7 pH 03 Stratigraphy Depth Azimuth Indination Color v DH 04 LData Intervals Ld 10 0 41 0 24 0 v DH 05 20 0 43 0 13 0 I Text Interval T v DH 06 30 0 31 0 21 0 V DH 07 T Data Time Inte 40 0 35 0 160 7 DH 08 P Data Points 50 0 21 0 15 0 ae P Text Point Text 60 0 44 0 48 0 7 DH 10 7 DH 11 Fractures _ 70 0 17 0 25 0 80 0 36 0 28 0 v DH 12 Water Levels za v DH 13 Be a Symbols m v DH 14 100 0 33 0 24 0 v DH 15 Patterns _ 110 0 36
410. track in the I Data sheets which represents quantitative data measured at downhole depth intervals The T Data options interpolate data pulled from a user selected track in the T Data Sheets which represents quantitative data measured at downhole depth intervals with a date record The P Data options model data pulled from a track in the P Data sheets which represents quantitative data measured at downhole depth points These downhole data types are interpolated using solid modeling techniques as discussed back in Chapter 10 Unlike lithology models discussed in the previous chapter these data models are usually gradational illustrating a continuum from lows to highs Notes Optional surface filtering is available to null out nodes that lie above a surface model such as the ground surface or a stratigraphic unit or to null out nodes that lie below aunit Additional options include applying a regional tilt to the modeling as well as warping the model based on a surface See Solid Modeling Options on page 175 Once you have the solid model file created you can use that existing model for future profile section fence and plan diagrams They can all be drawn to represent the same MOD file without having to re interpolate it each time choose Use Existing Model in the diagram s Options window Typical Workflow 1 Enter your borehole locations and I Data or T Data or P Data pages 38 44 or import your data page 63
411. trip log of a single well The log can include any combination of the available log items listed on page 126 The log data is read from the database The boring can be vertical inclined or deviated Menu command Striplogs Single Log 2D Output window RockPlot2D Notes Before selecting the menu command be sure to a click on the name of the borehole whose data is to be displayed in the log so that its name is highlighted Be sure also that the check box to the left of the borehole name is checked so that the borehole is enabled Borehole Manager Tutorial 9 D Help Contents Borehole Manager Logs and Cross Sections What is a Log Profile A log profile is one in which the logs of individual borings are projected onto a single profile line cut These diagrams can display vertical inclined and deviated boreholes By projecting onto a line of section the orientation of the logs will be honored In log profiles the distance between logs is determined by their perpendicular projection onto the profile line This differs from hole to hole sections in which the distance between the logs is proportional to the well distances on the ground In RockWorks drawing the profile line is easily done on a plan view display of the well locations or you can enter known coordinates for the section endpoints In addition you can enter a filtering distance to limit the cross section to only proximal wel
412. uble click on the drawn item to view adjust its settings or right click on it and choose Properties Resize the item as you wish by clicking on one of the endpoint or vertex handles and dragging Reposition the item as you wish by clicking and holding anywhere on the item and draggingit to the new location Help Contents ReportWorks Drawing Tools Inserting a Line Polyline Rectangle Polygon Inserting Text into a ReportWorks Page Use the Text or Text Block menu commands or toolbar buttons to insert either a single line of text or a text paragraph on an existing ReportWorks page You can adjust the font type and size color and fill pattern color Click on the Text toolbar button T or choose the Tools Text menu command to insert a single line of text such as a title or label Click on the button or choose Tools Text Block to insert text that can wrap into multiple lines or paragraph You can access the text options at any time by double clicking on the text or by right clicking and choosing Properties Reposition the text label as you wish by clicking and holding anywhere on the text and draggingit to the new location Help Contents ReportWorks Drawing Tools Inserting Text Multi Line Text Inserting a RockPlot Map or Diagram RK6 File into a ReportWorks Page Use the RockPlot RK6 menu command or toolbar button to insert into a ReportWorks page a map cross section or other 2D diagram generated by RockPlot2D and
413. uetndntesinceeteisveliciveseceletesiucele uieeetsancaseuia E ERENER E ETit 268 Manipulating RockPlot3D Images ccccceesssssscceeesesssceeceeeessseaeecceesessseaeeceeesesssaeeeceesesssnaeees 269 Rock Plot D ROSNO er a E E 275 RockPlot3D Overview RockPlot3D is a true 3 dimensional display tool that is used by the RockWorks Borehole Manager and RockWorks Utilities for display of 3D objects such as stratigraphic and water level surfaces solid models strip logs and other items such as bitmaps and storage tanks These items can be displayed individually or in combination as shown above RockPlot3D permits interactive movement of the display rotate zoom pan and easy viewing and hiding of image objects Managing RockPlot3D Files This section discusses the process of opening appending printing and saving R3DXML files that are displayed in the RockPlot3D window Help Contents RockPlot3D Managing RockPlot3D Files Creating a new RockPlot3D window A new RockPlot3D window is created automatically any time that a 3 dimensional image is created within RockWorks Multiple RockPlot3D windows may remain open at any time You can open a new blank RockPlot3D window by clicking on the By button on the main RockWorks toolbar or by selecting the Window RockPlot3D menu option RockPlot3D RockWorks15 ae Opening a RockPlot3D XML File Use either of the following methods to open a
414. un the full RockWorks for a two week trial period Use this mode to test out the program or to use the program while you wait for your unlocking code or network license file The screen will show you the number of days and sessions left in your trial period RockWorks15 Introduction AN RockWorks Licensing RockWorks 15 Revision 2009 8 25 C Copyright 1983 2009 by RockWare Incorporated Installation Number Registration Number Licensee Name 5x 5CDC2 5B69 B9100 License Type RockWorks Trialware Trial Days 2 Used 0 of 14 Days 5 RockWorks Single 5 RockWorks Utilities Single Trial Sessions 2 Used 1 of 50 Sessions 5 RockWorks Annual Remove Licensing L Skip this menu the next time the program is executed e 1 Click the Continue button to proceed into the program See Starting Up page 10 2 Ifthe trial days and sessions are used up you may be able to receive an extension code to extend the period Contact RockWare for details RockWorks Single License Choose the RockWorks Single license type if you purchased a Single license of the full RockWorks program With this license type the software can be installed onto a single computer and the complete RockWorks program can be used by anyone who uses that computer Running in this mode requires an unlocking code that is supplied by RockWare You must have standard user or higher privileges e g administrator to unlock the Sin
415. ure sessions Changing the Licensing If you wish to change the type of license under which RockWorks is being run you ll need to contact RockWare to make the necessary arrangements You ll be issued a new license registration number Then you can choose the new license type using one of these methods DO NOT UNINSTALL the program to change the license type e Start up RockWorks and choose a new license type on the program s startup screen m AN RockWorks Licensing RockWorks 15 Revision 2009 9 11 C Copyright 1983 2009 by RockWare Incorporated Installation Number Registration Number Licensee Name 5A 50DB9 2C60 F9120 fod License Type RockWorks Trialware RockWorks Single RockWorks Utilities Single RockWorks Network Show days remaining within RockWorks Annual annual licensing period Unlocking Code Remove Licensing Skip this menu the next time the program is executed E Request Unlocking Code Via The Web e Or if the startup screen has been hidden select the Tools Change Licensing option in the program itself and the startup screen will be displayed Then follow the instructions for that license type in the previous topics 11 Introduction RockWorks15 Uninstalling RockWorks If you own a Single license of RockWorks and you want to install your license on a different computer you ll need to remove the program from the original machine Follow
416. uting Volumes based on Thickness Values 223 Volume Tools RockWorks15 RockWorks Utilities Advanced Volume Computation of X Y Thickness Data The RockWorks Utilities Volumetrics 2D Grid Model option is used to compute formation volume given a column of thickness values in the spreadsheet with a variety of filtering parameters The computations are grid based with the gridding algorithm user selected Some of the advanced filtering operations include thickness stripping ratio up to 5 quantitative data column range restrictions polygon areas and distance Finally you have the options of e Storing the final thickness or mass model as a grid file on disk and e Displaying the volumetric or mass computations in a text report and or e Displaying the final thickness or mass grid model as a 2 dimensional line or color filled contour map or labeled cell map and or e Displaying the final thickness or mass grid model as a 3 dimensional profile or raised line or color filled contour map Datasheet RockWorks Utilities This tool reads XYZ files where the Z value represents thickness See page 88 Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Volume Tools RockWorks Utilities Extracting Solids The RockWorks Utilities Volume Extract Solid tool reads an existing solid model such as soil chemistry or lithology type determines the volume of a pit that would be required to extract the portions of the solid m
417. variables as varying length l i L histogram bars at each sample location 112 RockWorks15 Point Maps eo Pie chart maps illustrate the relative percentage of the selected variables as varying width pie oe i slices at each sample location Examples include Q 5 0 whole rock geochemistry relative sand silt clay j ratios and non geological parameters such as population breakdowns 3 d os Spider maps illustrate the relative percentage of the selected variables as polygons within a circle at each sample location A a Starburst maps illustrate the relative percentage of the selected variables as varying length pie F slices at each sample location Each component 4 4 PN within a starburst has a scaling factor that a determines the radius of the wedge This allows you amp A to create diagrams for variables with different units For example one wedge within a starburst could 2 Q represent amount of silica which another could represent fracturing which a third might represent amount of alteration Notes Refer to the Help messages for details about how to set up the data columns and apply a scaling multiplier for the starburst and bar chart maps RockWorks Utilities Tutorial Analyze Component Data Help Contents RockWorks Utilities Mapping Tools Multivariate Maps RockWorks Utilities Stiff Diagram Maps omen eee The RockWorks Utilities Hydrochemistry Stiff Maps Y command is used to
418. variety of options BReae ly i r e You need to be sure that the dimensions and node density of the grid model onto which the model is projected matches the current project dimensions 159 Stratigraphy Modeling RockWorks15 D D e Use the RockPlot2D Export RockPlot3D tool to drape the surface stratigraphy map over a grid model and display it in 3D Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Stratigraphic Geology Maps Horizontal Stratigraphy Geology Maps ee The Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Plan Map tool is used to create a 2 dimensional map representing the stratigraphy along a horizontal slice at a specified ER elevation This is stored as a RockWorks grid model ie GRD and the map is displayed in the RockPlot2D fa window Strat types are represented in the map with colors and or patterns with a variety of options Help Contents Borehole Manager Stratigraphy Tools Stratigraphic Geology Maps Stratigraphy Data Tools a Pick Stratigraphic Contacts ee Acie Conlach BM Leadville Ls Base Poton Fr Top OL Petesi Fen Base DE Gesernent Top Baserrven i Base eos Use the Borehole Manager s Stratigraphy Pick Contacts tool to determine depths to stratigraphic tops and bases from geophysical raster lithology or other log data This is one of the most powerful tools in this program since it lets you visualize existing lithology blocks or geophysical cu
419. w 247 pie chart maps 112 Piper diagrams 229 plan maps 146 160 170 180 181 187 194 201 plan maps see also contour maps 143 planar data 233 234 235 243 Planes menu 231 plot files adjusting reference amp data items 269 annotating 262 clipping 263 combining 252 266 278 converting coordinates 263 copying to new window 252 exporting 246 254 267 279 importing 253 inserting into ReportWorks 282 opening 251 266 printing 252 267 279 rescaling 263 Saving 252 266 279 viewing 254 Zipping 267 PNG images see also raster images 92 point distances 240 point maps 109 112 114 145 297 point based data 44 58 points digitizing 98 260 polar coordinates 117 polyenhancement 142 polygon clipping 177 211 218 polygons 259 260 282 polylines 259 260 282 polylines gt planes 235 polynomial enhancement 142 preferences 293 Print Setup command 252 280 printing from ReportWorks 279 305 Reference from RockPlot2D 252 RockPlot3D views 267 RockWorks Utilities datasheet 88 profiles 119 drawing 203 fractures 200 grid models 215 I data 193 in page layout 277 lithology 186 P data 193 plotting 249 solid model 180 stratigraphy 157 strip logs 122 123 T data 193 water level 168 project new 33 294 project dimensions 14 100 143 175 project folder 293 Project Manager 13 30 107 293 P Text datasheet 45 quadrant converting from to a
420. window ld Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering Borehole Data Querying the Database Workflow in the Borehole Manager Once you have your project data entered into the Borehole Manager here are some possible workflows e Establish your project dimensions o Where Project Dimensions pane at the top of the program window o Why Sets up overall dimensions of your maps and diagrams Sets up dimensions and node density for 2D Grid and 3D Solid models See page 100 e Create a borehole location map o Where Map Borehole Locations o Why This confirms that your XY location data is good creates a reference map for your use and can create a ground surface grid model for your solid models See page 110 e Create a 3D view of your log data 83 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 O O Where Striplogs Multi log 3D activating as many of the downhole data types as you like Why This gives you a quick look at your all of borehole locations in 3D and confirms that your downhole data is entered properly See page 126 e Create a multi log profile or section O Where Striplogs Multi Log Profile or Multi Log Section activating as many of the downhole data columns as you like Why If you prefer a 2D view of your logs this can confirm that your downhole data is entered properly See page 122 Note that inclined and deviated wells will be displayed as vertical in Multi Log Section diagrams e Interpolate your da
421. window The previews can be disabled via the Tools General Preferences Project Manager Display Diagram Previews option See page 265 for information about RockPlot3D diagrams e ReportWorks Diagrams This heading lists all of the ReportWorks documents that have been created and saved as RW6 files in the current project You can double click on any of these files to disply them in a ReportWorks window See page 277 for information about ReportWorks documents e LAS Files This heading lists all of the LAS Log ASCII Standard files that you have saved in the current project folder These are not files that RockWorks generates they typically contain geophysical log data You can double click on any of these file names to start the LAS single file import process See page 66 for more information e RCL Files This heading lists all of the RCL RockWare Command Language files that you have saved in the current project folder These are text files that contain lists of program commands to run the software in batch mode They can also be sent to RockWare technical support for trouble shooting You can double click on one of these file names to start the batch process See page 297 for more information e Misc Tables This heading lists any miscellaneous tables that can be referenced by the current project such as the RockWare pattern or symbol libraries You can double click on a file name to load the table into its appropriate edito
422. wish to use any of the existing models GRD MOD or graphic images RKW XML RWR you ll need to copy them from your old folder to the new This tool imports only the BH files Lithology Table Stratigraphy Table and project dimensions from your older project It will NOT import grid models solid models or graphic files Help Contents Borehole Manager Entering your Borehole Data Importing Data fora detailed listing of the import steps Other Database Imports Please refer to the Help messages for further details about these additional import tools e Importing gINT Data Use the File Import gINT option to import data from the gI NT software program into the Borehole Manager database This program requires the following You have gINT version 7 1 039 or newer installed onto your computer You have created a correspondence file in gI NT as described in that program s documentation e Importing GDS Well Data The File Import GDS option Geological Data Service s GDSII or flat file format files into the Borehole Manager A separate borehole record will be created for each well number 67 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 Importing IHS Well Data Error Bookmark not defined The File Import IHS PI DWIGHT option imports IHS Energy Group s 297 Well Data format files into the Borehole Manager This format is an updated version of the legacy PI 197 Well Export format A separate borehole record will be created for each
423. with selection handles 256 RockWorks15 RockPlot2D Selection Rectangle Position the cursor in the graphic window and click and draga rectangular rubber band area within which all items will be grabbed To move a RockPlot2D graphic item 1 Select the graphic item as described above 2 To move the item simply click on it with your mouse and drag it to its new location You can also use your keyboard s arrow keys to move items in the specified directions To resize a RockPlot2D graphic item 1 Select the graphic item as described above 2 Position the cursor onto one of the item s handles and watch for the cursor to change Shape to or u Click and drag the handle outward inward to make the item larger smaller You can also resize an item via its Attributes window below To edit a RockPlot2D graphic item 1 Select the graphic item as described above 2 Right click on the item and choose Properties from the pop up menu The program will display the item s Attributes window You can also simply double click on the item to access the Attributes window 3 Edit the attributes as you want see details below and click the OK button to apply the changes and close the window wd Help Contents RockPlot2D Editing Tools for information about the graphic item Attributes windows Circle Attributes Symbol Attributes Text Attributes Line Attributes Polyline Attributes Rectangle Attributes Polyfill pol
424. xisting Model in the Options window if you already have a good solid lithology model MOD file and don t need to re interpolate J ust browse for the MOD file name in the project folder Striplogs can be appended However note that in cross sections logs are always displayed as vertical If your wells are inclined or deviated this will be accurately represented in the interpolation panels but not in the logs If you need non vertical logs displayed in a section view you should opt for a Profile diagram above which will honor true well geometry See page 203 for information about drawing section panel traces Help Contents Borehole Manager Lithology Tools Creating Lithology Section Diagrams 186 RockWorks15 Lithology Modeling o Lithology Surface Map This tool is used to interpolate a solid model or read an existing model representing lithology and create a 2 dimensional map representing the lithology where it intersects a designated surface typically the surface topography In other words it creates a geological map based on downhole lithology data This is stored as a RockWorks grid model GRD and the mapis displayed in the RockPlot2D window As with the other Lithology menu options choose Use Existing Model in the Options window if you already have a good solid model MOD file and don t need to re interpolate Just browse for the MOD file name in the project folder You need t
425. y as line or color filled contours with your point map see page 145 Use the surface contours grid model as a surface filter for your solid models lithology I Data etc Check your coordinates If your borehole locations as entered into the Location tabs are not in Eastings and Northings you ll need to translate your longitude latitude or Range Township Section descriptions first Borehole Manager Tutorial Create a Borehole Location Map Help Contents Borehole Manager Location Maps amp Coordinate Tools Borehole Manager Rose Diagram Maps The Borehole Manager s Fractures Rose Map option if a creates maps that illustrate fracture orientations at each S X 2 i A enabled borehole location using rose diagrams Data source Borehole database Location tabs X Y and NG Fractures tabs azimuth measurements ge Se ae See the description of Rose diagrams page 232 for information about their structure o Help Contents Borehole Manager Fracture Tools 110 RockWorks15 Point Maps ao Borehole Manager Stereonet Diagram Maps The Borehole Manager s Fractures Stereonet Map option creates maps that illustrate 3D fracture orientations a at each enabled borehole location using stereonet diagrams amp B Data source Borehole database Location tabs X Y and ie oe Fractures tabs azimuth and dip data See the description of Stereonet diagrams page 233 for information a
426. y the water level as a surface of little or no thickness set the Base depth to Slightly greater than or equal to the Top depth If you are not drilling to the base of the aquifer and wish to note the upper surface only you can set the base depth to a value just slightly deeper than the top Stratigraphy Name gt Iv DH 01 os an m a Tab SA er I Data Intervals p nag W DH 02 J DH 03 F LText Interval Text Date of Sample Depth to Top Depth to Base 7 DH 04 T Data Time Intervals 2 14 2007 a J DH 05 5 15 2007 30 0 184 8 P Data Points _ vi DH 06 _ 8 6 2007 32 0 184 8 7 DH 07 P Text Point Text 11 18 2007 46 0 184 8 4 DH 08 Fractures 7 DH 09 O 7 DH 10 Water Level a W DH 11 Symbols Water level intervals can be displayed in logs and log sections as color filled bars Striplogs menu and they can be modeled as surfaces for display as profile and cross section panels fence diagrams plan maps or 3D surfaces Aquifers menu 47 Borehole Manager RockWorks15 Symbols Use this table to enter one or more depths for each borehole and the symbol to be plotted at each depth in individual logs and in log sections Symbol Tab fields e Depth Measured depth for the first symbol you wish to record The depth values must be positive e Symbol Double click in this cell to pick the desired symbol from the displayed index to the library of symbols You can pick a color for the s
427. ygon Attributes Scalebar Attributes Text table Attributes Pattern Legend Attributes lithology stratigraphy and well construction Color legend Attributes Raster image Attributes Grid Attributes Index Legend Attributes Working with RockPlot2D Layers RockPlot2D allows you to organize the different items on a page into different layers These are groups of items that can be displayed or hidden with the click of a button The layer pane sits along the right edge of the RockPlot2D window to save real estate in embedded windows the layer pane may be minimized just click on the small button to display it 257 RockPlot2D RockWorks15 a orn X rams Tii E Lias Y o Oia i MP Prova LE Deere 0 e JZRT Opening RockPlot2D generates a single layer named Default Layer Subsequent items that are drawn or inserted into the page are done so in that layer until a new layer is created When RockWorks generates a map or diagram there may be different layers created for the different image components such as map contours border annotation and legends To add a layer to the current document choose the Draw New Layer menu item or right click in the Layers pane and choose Add The program will add a new layer entry into the layer pane named New Layer Be sure to highlight a particular layer prior to adding zitems to your document items are always added to the currently highlighted layer See also Moving Ite
428. ymbol by clicking in the Color box Click OK to return to the data table e Caption Any text to be plotted with the symbol on the log This is optional _ Depth Symbol_ caption F 10 Pump J efe Pipe See page 287 for information about the RockWorks Symbol library Patterns Use this table to select specific graphic patterns to be plotted along a depth interval in individual logs or in log sections Data fields e Depth to Top Measured depth to the top of the interval to be filled with the pattern block The depth values must be positive e Depth to Base Measured depth to the bottom of the pattern interval e Pattern Double click here to pick the desired pattern from the displayed index You can pick foreground and background colors for the pattern by clicking in the Color boxes You can also adjust the pattern density by adjusting the Density setting the Preview box will show you the current design colors and density for your reference Click OK to return to the data table Initially only the pattern number will be displayed in the cell but when you lt Tab gt or click into another cell the display will refresh with the graphic design and color e Caption optional Any text to be plotted with the pattern on the log Der hto Top Depth ta Base Pattern Car ion a 10 20 Creen See the discussion of Lithology data and Stratigraphy data earlier in this section for information about entering downhole rock typ
429. your preferred values The second step is to review the Project Dimensions jump to page 103 Setting the Project Dimensions RockWorks Utilities For new projects the dimensions will default to a range of 0 to 100 along all axes 1 2 The first step in setting project dimensions is by scanning the data you have entered into the RockWorks Utilities datasheet using the Scan Datasheet button Define the columns to be scanned Datasheet Scanning Options Seles Input Columns Scan For Data Column iw Scan For Data if Scan For Data f Column Northing ka 2 Columr Surface Elevs X Cancel Help Input Columns Click the down arrow to select from the drop down list the name of the column in the datasheet that contains the Easting or X coordinate units and the Northing or Y coordinate units to be scanned to establish the West gt East and South gt North extents of your data If your datasheet contains elevation ranges you can select the appropriate column for the Z Column prompt For any axes you don t choose to scan below the column setting will be ignored Scan for X Data Y Data Z Data Check the boxes for the columns defined above to be scanned If you leave any options un checked that data will not be scanned for the project dimensions If you are generating 2D maps only you should scan for X and Y Data only If you are generating 3D solid models you should scan for all thr
430. zimuth 235 query 82 83 R3DXML files 292 combining 266 exporting 246 254 Opening 266 275 viewing 268 zipping 267 range filter 211 solid models 218 Range Township Section 89 290 Range Township Section conversion 117 Range Township Section coordinates 117 raster images 3D 243 animated GIF 247 appending to RK6 files 247 as 3D panels 92 as map backgrounds 297 as panels 93 converting 247 digitizing coordinates 247 Reference displaying in logs 49 132 displaying in RockPlot2D 247 drawing on screen 259 exporting 246 254 267 279 importing 253 importing as grid models 214 in page layout 277 in slide show 247 inserting into ReportWorks 283 284 rectifying 248 RCL 17 291 294 297 rectangles 259 282 rectify bitmaps 248 Refresh Database 80 registration number 6 7 8 9 remove license 9 reports grid statistics 209 solid model statistics 217 volume computations 223 ReportWorks drawing items 282 283 284 files 278 279 introduction 15 277 layers 281 page layout 280 printing 279 resample grid models 210 resampling 176 rescaling datasheet coordinates 117 RockPlot2D images 263 residuals 141 209 213 Restore Database 80 RK6 files 292 annotating 262 clipping 263 combining 252 converting coordinates 263 exporting 246 254 inserting into ReportWorks 282 Opening 251 printing 252 rescaling 263 saving 252 306 RockWorks15 viewing 254

RockWorks15

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents